DocuPrint C525 A Service Manual 1st Edition

DocuPrint C525 A
Service Manual 1st Edition

This service manual covers the following models
FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. Color Laser Printer
DocuPrint C525 A
Related Materials
No other related materials issued other than this
service manual.
Confidentiality
This service manual is issued intending use by
maintenance service personnel authorized by
FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. Copying, transferring or
leasing this manual without prior consent by
FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. is prohibited.
When a page becomes irrelavant (e.g.
superceded by a replacement page), destroy
the page by burning or shredding it.
Handle with care to avoid loss or damage of
the manual.
Revision and Modification Information
When design changes or revisions relating to
this service manual occur, the overseas
technical information or overseas service
bulletin may be issued as supplementary
information until such changes are
accomodated in the updated version of this
service manual.
CAUTION Important changes including
revisions of spare part
numbers and adjustment
specifications must
immediately be reflected on
the respective pages of this
service manual upon
reception of such
information.
Edited by: Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. CS&S TSC SDEG
KSP R&D Business Park Bldg 6A7
3-2-1, Sakado, Takatsu-ku, Kawasaki-shi, Kanagawa, JAPAN 213-8508
TEL 044-812-7637
[XEROX] [The Document Company] are registered trademarks.
PRINTED IN JAPAN
DocuPrint C525 A
Service Manual 1st Edition Issued: January 2005
Company Name
Department Name
Telephone No.
Full Name Employee No. .
Introduction
Getting to know the Service Manual
How to use the Service Manual
Terms and Symbols
Abbreviations
Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Chapter 5 Parts List
Chapter 6 General
Chapter 7 Wiring Data
Chapter 8 Accessories
Chapter 9 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) Not yet
issued
Chapter 10 Machine Overview
Preface
Preface
Table of Contents
Preface-1
Table of Contents
1 Getting to know the Service Manual .............................................................. Preface-2
2 How to use the Service Manual ..................................................................... Preface-2
2.1 Contents of Manual ......................................................................................................Preface-2
2.2 Information on Updating ...............................................................................................Preface-3
3 Terms and Symbols....................................................................................... Preface-4
4 Abbreviations ................................................................................................. Preface-5
Introduction
1. Getting to know the Service Manual
Preface-2
1. Getting to know the Service Manual
This manual is used as the standard service manual for the DocuPrint C525 A.
Publication Comment Sheet
Enter any comments and/or corrections regarding the DocuPrint C525 A service manual into the
Publication Comment Sheet, and send it to FX/CSS/IBS through the OpCo TS or CS
department.
2. How to use the Service Manual
This manual describes the standard procedures for the servicing of the DocuPrint C525 A. Refer to
Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure for efficient and effective servicing during maintenance calls.
2.1 Contents of Manual
Hardware
This manual summarizes all technical information on the DocuPrint C525 A.
Chapters
This manual is divided into ten chapters as described below.
This chapter describes the general work and servicing procedures for the maintenance of the
DocuPrint C525 A.
This chapter describes the troubleshooting procedures other than image quality
troubleshooting of the DocuPrint C525 A. It also describes how to use the diagnostics and
some programs.
This chapter describes the image quality troubleshooting procedures of DocuPrint C525 A.
This chapter describes the disassembly, assembly, adjustment and replacement procedures
for components of the DocuPrint C525 A.
This chapter contains spare parts list for DocuPrint C525 A.

Chapter 6 General
This chapter contains the following general information on DocuPrint C525 A.
6.1 Specifications
6.2 Tools and Service Consumables
6.3 Consumables
6.4 Periodic Replacement Parts
6.5 Installing the Printer
6.6 Setting the Printer Environment
6.7 Software Related Information
This chapter describes the wiring data of DocuPrint C525 A.
7.1 Connectors [P (Plug)/J (Jack)]
7.2 P/J Layout
7.3 Connection Charts
7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts
Introduction
2. How to use the Service Manual
Preface-3
This chapter provides information on accessories and options specific to DocuPrint C525 A.
8.1 200/500 Sheet Feeder Installation Guide
8.2 Duplex Unit Installation Guide
Chapter 9 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) (Not yet issued)
This chapter gives an overview of the functions of the main components of DocuPrint C525 A.
2.2 Information on Updating
This manual will be revised and sent to each customer engineer as specified below. Revisions must
be incorporated correctly to keep the manual up-to-date.
Updating Procedure
When the entire manual is revised, "1st Edition" on the front cover will be renewed to 1st Edition,
2nd Edition, 3rd Edition and so on.
When this manual is partially revised, revisions will be sequentially indicated as Revision A,
Revision B, Revision C, etc. All revised pages will be marked accordingly with "Revision A",
"Revision B", "Revision C" and so on.
Revision Sidebar
When any paragraph, table or figure has been added or amended, a revision sidebar will be
added to indicate where the revision was made.
If the same page is changed again due to a subsequent revision, revision sidebars associated
with the previous revision(s) will be deleted.

(Example)
Introduction
3. Terms and Symbols
Preface-4
3. Terms and Symbols
Specific terms and symbols used in any particular chapter are described in the Preface for that
section. The terms and symbols described here are used throughout this manual.
The terms and symbols used at the beginning of a text are defined as follows:
DANGER Indicates an imminently hazardous situation, such as death or serious
injury if operators do not handle the machine correctly by disregarding
the statement.
WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as death or serious
injury if operators do not handle the machine correctly by disregarding
the statement.
CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as injury or property
damage if operators do not handle the machine correctly by
disregarding the statement.
INSTRUCTION
Indicates that the printer or its components may be damaged if the instructed
procedure is not strictly observed.
NOTE
Used to emphasize the procedure, servicing, and regulation.
REFERENCE
Used to describe the technical terminology and supplementary explanations.
OBJECTIVE
Used to explain purpose of adjustment.
REP : Indicates the disassembly/assembly procedure for reference.
ADJ : Indicates the adjustment procedure for reference.
PL : Indicates the parts list for reference.
ASSY : Means Assembly.
Safety Critical Components (SCC)
For the safety control of the Safety Critical Components and the components specified, follow the
regulations regarding the Safety Critical Components set by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
Introduction
4. Abbreviations
Preface-5
4. Abbreviations
Abbreviations
This manual contains abbreviations that are specific to this manual, as well as general
abbreviations, which include:
ADC Automatic Density Control
AG Analog Ground
APS Auto Paper Select
ARC Auto Registration Control
ASSY Assembly
ATS Auto Tray Switching
B Black
BCR Bias Charge Roll
Bk Black
BLK Black
BLU Blue
BRN Brown
BTR Bias Transfer Roll
C Cyan
CLN Cleaner
CRU Customer Replaceable Unit
CRUM CRU Moniter
CTRG Cartridge
DET Detoner Roll
DEVE. Developer
DIAG. Diagnostic
DISP Dispense
dpi dots per inch
DTS Detack Saw
DUP Duplex
ESB Electro Static Brush
ESS Electric Subsystem
F Front
FEED, FDR Feeder
FIP Fault Isolation Procedure
GND Ground
GRN Green
GRY Gray
HT Half Tone
HUM Humidity
HVPS High Voltage Power Supply
ICDC Image Count Dispense Control
ID Image Density, or Identification
IBT Intermediate Belt Transfer
INTL, INLK Interlock
IOT Image Output Terminal
K Black
L Left
L/H Left Hand
LD Laser diode
LDD Lightly Doped Drain
LED Light-emitting diode
LEF Long Edge Feed
LH Left Hand
LV Low Voltage
LVPS Low Voltage Power Supply
M Magenta
MAG Mag. Roll
MCU Machine Control Unit
MOB Marks On Belt
MOT Motor
MSI Multi Sheet Inserter
N/P No Paper
NVM Non Volatile Memory
OEM Original Equipment
Manufacuring
OHP Overhead Project
OP Operation
OPC Organic Photo Conductor
ORN ORANGE
PC Personal Computer
PCDC Pixel Count Dispense Control
PH Paper Handling
PHD Printer Head
PNK Pink
POP Paper On Photoreceptor
PPM Prints Per Minute
PR,P/R Process
PV Print Volume
PWB(A) Printed Wiring Boad
(Assembly)
R Right
R Rear
R/H Right Hand
REF Refresher
REGI. Registration
RH Right Hand
ROS Raster Output Scanner
ROT Rotary
RTC Rubber Tube Charger
RTN Return
SEF Short Edge Feed
SG Signal Ground
SMH Special Material Handler
SNR Sensor
SOL. Solenoid
SOS Start Of Scan
STM Single Tray Module
SW Switch
TEMP. Temperature
TM Tray Module
TNER, TNR Toner
TP Thermopile
TR Transfer
VIO Violet
WHT White
XERO Xerographic
Y Yellow
YEL Yellow
Table of Contents
1-1
Table of Contents
1.1 Before Starting the Servicing .................................................................................... 1-2
1.1.1 Safety ..................................................................................................................................... 1-2
1.1.2 Other Things to Note .............................................................................................................. 1-3
1.2 Servicing Call Procedure .......................................................................................... 1-4
1.3 TRIM Servicing ......................................................................................................... 1-5
1.3.1 TRIM Servicing Procedure ..................................................................................................... 1-5
1.3.2 Machine Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts ...................................................... 1-6
1.3.3 TRIM Check List ..................................................................................................................... 1-7
1.1 Before Starting the Servicing
1-2
1.1.1 Safety
To prevent any accident that may occur during maintenance servicing, any WARNING or CAUTION
regarding the servicing must be strictly observed. Do not perform any hazardous operation.
1. Power Supply
To prevent electrical shocks, burns, or injury, etc., be sure to switch OFF the machine and
disconnect the plug before starting the maintenance servicing. If the machine has to be switched
ON, such as when measuring the voltage, take extra care to prevent an electrical shock.
2. Drive Area
Never inspect or lubricate the drive area such as the gears during the machine operation.
3. Heavy Parts
The weight of the machine is 24.5kg. When moving the machine to ensure sufficient working
space, take extra care to prevent back pain.
4. Safety Device
See that safety devices for preventing mechanical accidents, such as fuses, circuit breakers,
interlock switches, etc., and those for protecting customers from injury, such as panels and
covers, function properly. Modifications that hinder the function of any safety devices are strictly
prohibited.
5. Installing and removing the parts
The edge of parts and covers may be sharp, take care not to touch them. If the oil gets onto your
hand, wipe it off before getting on with the servicing. When removing parts or cables, do not pull
them out by force but remove them slowly.
6. Specified Tools
Follow the instruction when a tool is specified.
7. Organic Solvents
When using an organic solvent such as the Drum Cleaner or Machine Cleaner, pay attention to
the following:
Ensure good ventilation in the room to prevent too much intake of the solvent.
Do not use heated solvent.
Keep away from fire.
8. Cleaning the Toner and Developer
As the toner may cause a dust explosion, sweep the spilt toner into a waste container. When
using a cleaner to clean the remaining toner, be sure to use the FX standard toner-proof cleaner
and not a customer's cleaner. Also, as the developer also contains toner, exercise the same
caution during cleaning.
9. Modifications
If any modifications are deemed necessary for the printer, submit an Application for Approval of
Modification prior to performing any work.
10.Other Safety Precautions
For safety, you should also pay attention to precautions other than the above 1 to 9 items. Follow
the SAFE WORKING PRACTICES FOR ENGINEERS issued by FXAP EH and S (Environmental
Health and Safety) to ensure greater safety during servicing,
1-3
1.1.2 Other Things to Note
Pay attention to the following when performing maintenance service to avoid wrong or redundant
servicing:
1. Reference Materials
Before performing maintenance servicing, read all relevant technical materials such as SB, FTI,
or FTO for a systematic approach.
2. Disassembling
Make sure to check the assembled condition before removing parts or disassembling the
machine.
3. Installation/Adjustment
After the installation or adjustment is complete, check that no parts or tools are left inside or on
the assemblies before using the machine.
4. Handling of parts/consumables replaced
Make sure that the replaced parts or consumables as well as the packaging materials are
collected back to the Service Center.
NOTE
For the separation and processing methods for the collected items, refer to the
Common Technical Information No. 2-138 for all machines.
If you have replaced the following consumables, affix the "U" sticker for the recyclable parts to be
handled appropriately.
Drum Cartridge
Individual Color Toner Cartridge
For recyclable parts, fill the necessary items in the "U-TAG" and perform collection.
5. General precautions
Take care not to disturb the customer's daily work.
Place the drip cloth or paper on the customer's floor during work in the machine because
color toners may dirty the floor and are difficult to clean.
Throw any trash generated during the maintenance service into the trash bag and bring them
to the servicing office.
Record the service details and the consumables and parts replaced at visit in the Machine
Service Log.
DocuPrint C525 A weighs 24.5kg.
Always have 2 or more people available to move the printer.
Refer to the Installation Procedures for details.
1.2 Servicing Call Procedure
1-4
1.2 Servicing Call Procedure
Initial Actions
1. Ask the operator(s) about the machine condition.
2. Record the billing meter readings.
3. Inspect any printing error, then check the machine.
4. Check the Service Log.
UM Call
1. Troubleshoot on Level 1.
2. Troubleshoot.
3. Check the print quality using the test patterns on the machine.
4. Feed paper from the respective trays and, if necessary, clean or replace the
Feed Roll.
5. Repair all the secondary problems.
6. Perform TRIM servicing.
SM Call
1. Check the print quality using the test patterns on the machine.
2. Feed paper from the respective trays and, if necessary, clean or replace the
Feed Roll.
3. Repair all the secondary problems.
4. Perform TRIM servicing.
Final Actions
1. Check overall operation/features.
2. Check the machine exterior and consumables.
3. Train the operator as required.
4. Complete the Service Log and Service Report.
5. Keep the print sample with the Service Log.
1.3 TRIM Servicing
1-5
1.3 TRIM Servicing
TRIM Servicing for DocuPrint C525 A is performed in all SM/UM to maintain the performance of the
machine. Independent visits for TRIM Servicing does not take place.
1.3.1 TRIM Servicing Procedure
1. Check overall operation before servicing
Make prints with a test pattern containing 20% color pattern for each color, gradation pattern
and grid pattern.
1. 20% color pattern for each color: Checks for any scratches on the IBT Belt and Drum, and for
fusing failure.
2. Gradation pattern : Checks for improper low-density reproducibility, color
balance and fusing failure.
3. Grid pattern : Checks for color misalignment and fusing failure.
* Refer to Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.4 Test Print on how to print test patterns.
2. Clean the interior of the machine
Clean toner residues and paper powder etc. in the paper delivery system.
(Clean especially the operation section of the operator.)
3. Inspect parts that require periodic replacement (consumables) and replace them if necessary.
4. Safety Precautions
Check the connection of the power plug and any damage on the cord and the plug.
5. Check the overall operation after servicing as follows:
Check machine operation.
Check the print quality.
Check the billing meter reading.
1.3 TRIM Servicing
1-6
1.3.2 Machine Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts
Check the total number of copies printed during TRIM Servicing before replacing the machine
consumables.
Machine Consumables
* Use Conditions
(*1) Color/BW Ratio = 2:1, Print Ratio = 5%
(*2) Color/BW Ratio = 2:1, Print Ratio = 5%, Quantity printed at one time = 2 pages on average
Periodic Replacement Parts
* Use Conditions
(*1) Color/BW Ratio = 2:1, Print Ratio = 5%, Quantity printed at one time = 2 pages on average
(*2) Replace the Fuser Unit and the 2nd BTR Assy at the same time (whichever needs to be
replaced earlier)
(*3) Replace Deve Assy K independently
(*4) Replace Deve Assy Y, M and C at the same time (replace when whichever's life has expired)
Consumables Product Code Life
Black Toner Cartridge CT200649 4KPV (*1)
Cyan Toner Cartridge CT200650 4KPV (*1)
Magenta Toner Cartridge CT200651 4KPV (*1)
Yellow Toner Cartridge CT200652 4KPV (*1)
Drum Cartridge CT350380 14KPV (*2)
Consumables Life (Life Warning Interval) Remarks
Fuser Unit 100KPV (99KPV)
Deve Assy K 100KPV (99KPV)
Deve Assy Y 67KPV (66KPV)
Deve Assy M 67KPV (66KPV)
Deve Assy C 67KPV (66KPV)
2nd BTR Assy 100KPV (99KPV)
Service Call Procedure
1.3 TRIM Servicing
1-7
1.3.3 TRIM Check List
A --- Perform checking. Clean, replace, or supply if necessary.
B --- Always perform cleaning and checking.
C --- Always perform replacement service at the specified interval.
* Refer to pages 3-5 on how to print test patterns.
CAUTION Do not touch the Drum, IBT Belt and 2nd BTR inside the Drum Cartridge directly with your hands.
Do not use solvents such as Drum cleaner. (Time is required for recovery.)
No. Servicing Items
Every
time
100K
Disassembly/
Adjustment No.
Service Details
1.1
Pre-servicing check (check the sound of
the machine in operation)
A Activate the machine and check that abnormal noise is not heard.
1.2 Pre-servicing check (print test patterns) A
Print built-in test patterns and check the print quality. (Check the 20% color pattern for each color for density unevenness and
image deletion. Check the Drum/IBT belt for damage, and the patterns for gradation recurrence and low density recurrence.)
2
Clean the interior of the machine (paper
delivery system) Retard Roll
A C
Clean the paper dust and toner residue in the paper path and on the jam sensor.
Clean especially the operation section of the operator.
Check and clean the feed roll of the MSI.
3.1 Fuser Unit B C REP9.1 Check the H.Roll and P.Roll for scratches. Replace them if necessary.
3.2 2nd BTR Assy A C REP9.2 Check visually. Do not make direct contact.
4 Safety Precautions B
Make sure that the power plug is plugged in properly.
Make sure that the power cords are not cracked and no wires are exposed.
Make sure that no extension cord with insufficient capacity or power cord outside the specification for off-the-shelf power strips
is used.
Make sure that no multiple power plugs are added to a single socket.
5.1 Post-servicing check (print quality) A Print built-in test patterns to confirm that the print quality satisfies the specification.
5.2
Post-servicing check (machine in
operation)
A Check the paper feed and check for abnormal noise.
5.3 Post-servicing check (meter) A Create the Service Log and Service Report.
Table of Contents
2-1
Table of Contents
2.1 Preface...................................................................................................................... 2-4
2.1.1 Fault repair flow...................................................................................................................... 2-4
2.1.2 Installation check .................................................................................................................... 2-5
2.1.3 Things to take note when servicing ........................................................................................ 2-6
2.1.4 Things to take note when using FIP ....................................................................................... 2-7
2.1.5 Warm Up Operation Flow Chart at Power ON........................................................................ 2-9
2.2 Level 1 Troubleshooting.......................................................................................... 2-10
2.2.1 Level 1 FIP ........................................................................................................................... 2-10
2.2.2 FIP Flow ............................................................................................................................... 2-10
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting.......................................................................................... 2-11
2.3.1 Error/Status Code List (Paper Jam) ..................................................................................... 2-11
2.3.2 Error/Status Code List (Except Paper Jam) ......................................................................... 2-14
2.3.3 Error Code FIP ..................................................................................................................... 2-21
FIP-1. 1 Y Toner Detached ............................................................................................................. 2-21
FIP-1. 2 M Toner Detached ............................................................................................................ 2-22
FIP-1. 3 C Toner Detached ............................................................................................................. 2-23
FIP-1. 4 K Toner Detached ............................................................................................................. 2-24
FIP-1. 5 XERO CRU Detached ....................................................................................................... 2-25
FIP-1. 6 XERO Communication Error ............................................................................................. 2-26
FIP-1. 7 XERO Verify Error ............................................................................................................. 2-28
FIP-1. 8 XERO Imitation Error ........................................................................................................ 2-29
FIP-1. 9 XERO ID Error .................................................................................................................. 2-30
FIP-1. 10 Y Toner Communication Error ........................................................................................ 2-31
FIP-1. 11 Y Toner Verify Error ........................................................................................................ 2-33
FIP-1. 12 Y Toner Imitation Error .................................................................................................... 2-34
FIP-1. 13 Y Toner ID Error .............................................................................................................. 2-35
FIP-1. 14 M Toner Communication Error ........................................................................................ 2-36
FIP-1. 15 M Toner Verify Error ........................................................................................................ 2-38
FIP-1. 16 M Toner Imitation Error ................................................................................................... 2-39
FIP-1. 17 M Toner ID Error ............................................................................................................. 2-40
FIP-1. 18 C Toner Communication Error ........................................................................................ 2-41
FIP-1. 19 C Toner Verify Error ........................................................................................................ 2-43
FIP-1. 20 C Toner Imitation Error .................................................................................................... 2-45
FIP-1. 21 C Toner ID Error .............................................................................................................. 2-46
FIP-1. 22 K Toner Communication Error ........................................................................................ 2-47
FIP-1. 23 K Toner Verify Error ........................................................................................................ 2-49
FIP-1. 24 K Toner Imitation Error .................................................................................................... 2-50
FIP-1. 25 K Toner ID Error .............................................................................................................. 2-51
FIP-1. 26 Tray1 PSNR1 On Jam .................................................................................................... 2-52
FIP-1. 27 MSI Regi On Jam ............................................................................................................ 2-56
FIP-1. 28 Tray Regi On Jam ........................................................................................................... 2-59
FIP-1. 29 Regi Off Jam ................................................................................................................... 2-62
FIP-1. 30 Exit On Jam ..................................................................................................................... 2-65
FIP-1. 31 BTR 2 Jam ...................................................................................................................... 2-70
FIP-1. 32 OHP (lead) Jam .............................................................................................................. 2-75
FIP-1. 34 Fuser In On Jam ............................................................................................................. 2-77
FIP-1. 35 Exit Off Jam ..................................................................................................................... 2-81
FIP-1. 36 Duplex Regi On Jam ....................................................................................................... 2-84
FIP-1. 37 Duplex Out On Jam ......................................................................................................... 2-88
FIP-1. 38 Duplex In On Jam ........................................................................................................... 2-90
FIP-1. 39 Static Jam ....................................................................................................................... 2-93
FIP-1. 40 Communication Error Feeder .......................................................................................... 2-94
FIP-1. 41 Communication Error Duplex .......................................................................................... 2-96
FIP-1. 42 PAGE Timeout ................................................................................................................ 2-97
Table of Contents
2-2
FIP-1. 43 NVRAM Error .................................................................................................................. 2-98
FIP-1. 44 TR0 Failure ..................................................................................................................... 2-99
FIP-1. 45 ROS Motor Failure ........................................................................................................ 2-101
FIP-1. 46 Deve Home Position Sensor Error ................................................................................ 2-102
FIP-1. 47 ADC Contamination ...................................................................................................... 2-103
FIP-1. 48 High Density .................................................................................................................. 2-104
FIP-1. 49 Low Density ................................................................................................................... 2-106
FIP-1. 51 High Coverage .............................................................................................................. 2-108
FIP-1. 52 BTR 2 Error ................................................................................................................... 2-109
FIP-1. 53 BTR 2 Advance Error .................................................................................................... 2-111
FIP-1. 54 Fuser Fail ...................................................................................................................... 2-113
FIP-1. 55 Temp Sensor Error ........................................................................................................ 2-115
FIP-1. 58 Humidity Sensor Error ................................................................................................... 2-116
FIP-1. 59 Feed Motor Failure ........................................................................................................ 2-117
FIP-1. 60 Duplex Motor Failure ..................................................................................................... 2-119
FIP-1. 61 IBT CLN Fail .................................................................................................................. 2-122
FIP-1. 62 Y Toner Life Over .......................................................................................................... 2-124
FIP-1. 63 M Toner Life Over ......................................................................................................... 2-125
FIP-1. 64 C Toner Life Over .......................................................................................................... 2-126
FIP-1. 65 K Toner Life Over .......................................................................................................... 2-127
FIP-1. 66 Waste Toner Bottle Life Over ........................................................................................ 2-128
FIP-1. 68 Regi Cover Open (P/H Cover Open) ............................................................................. 2-129
FIP-1. 69 2nd BTR Cover Open .................................................................................................... 2-130
FIP-1. 70 Exit Cover Open ............................................................................................................ 2-131
FIP-1. 71 Tray 1 Cover Open ........................................................................................................ 2-132
FIP-1. 72 Duplex Cover Open ....................................................................................................... 2-134
FIP-1. 73 Duplex Tray Open ......................................................................................................... 2-136
FIP-1. 74 Front Cover Open ......................................................................................................... 2-137
FIP-1. 75 Y Toner Life Warning .................................................................................................... 2-139
FIP-1. 76 M Toner Life Warning .................................................................................................... 2-140
FIP-1. 77 C Toner Life Warning .................................................................................................... 2-141
FIP-1. 78 K Toner Life Warning .................................................................................................... 2-142
FIP-1. 79 Toner Bottle Life Warning ............................................................................................. 2-143
FIP-1. 80 Xero CRU Life Warning / Xero CRU Life2 .................................................................... 2-144
FIP-1. 81 Electrical Noise ............................................................................................................. 2-145
FIP-1. 82 ESS-Related Error ........................................................................................................ 2-146
2.3.4 Abnormal Noise.................................................................................................................. 2-147
2.3.4.1 Abnormal Noise Troubleshooting Entry Chart .......................................................... 2-147
2.3.5 Operation Table in Each Mode........................................................................................... 2-148
FIP-1.N1 During Power ON .......................................................................................................... 2-148
FIP-1.N2 During STANDBY .......................................................................................................... 2-149
FIP-1.N3 During Printing (1 Sided) ............................................................................................... 2-150
FIP-1.N4 During Printing (2 Sided) ............................................................................................... 2-152
FIP-1.N5 During STANDBY .......................................................................................................... 2-155
2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode .......................................................................... 2-156
2.4.1 Explanation......................................................................................................................... 2-156
2.4.2 Menu tree ........................................................................................................................... 2-157
2.4.3 Function Items in CE Mode ................................................................................................ 2-172
2.4.4 ESS Diag Details ................................................................................................................ 2-174
2.4.4.1 CodeROM Test ........................................................................................................ 2-174
2.4.4.2 EEPROM Test .......................................................................................................... 2-174
2.4.4.3 DRAM Test ............................................................................................................... 2-174
2.4.4.4 CENTRONICS Test .................................................................................................. 2-174
2.4.4.5 MAC+PHY Test ........................................................................................................ 2-175
2.4.4.6 HAYATE Test ........................................................................................................... 2-175
2.4.4.7 IOT Test ................................................................................................................... 2-175
2.4.4.8 PANEL Test .............................................................................................................. 2-176
Table of Contents
2-3
2.4.4.9 All Test ..................................................................................................................... 2-176
2.4.5 Other Diag./Settings ........................................................................................................... 2-177
2.4.5.1 Digital Input (DI) Test ............................................................................................... 2-177
2.4.5.2 Digital Input Test Parameter Table ........................................................................... 2-177
2.4.5.3 Digital Output (DO) Test ........................................................................................... 2-178
2.4.5.4 Digital Output Test Parameter Table ........................................................................ 2-178
2.4.5.5 NVM Access ............................................................................................................. 2-180
2.4.5.6 Parameter Settings ................................................................................................... 2-181
2.4.5.7 Installation Settings .................................................................................................. 2-181
2.4.6 Test Print ............................................................................................................................ 2-182
2.4.6.1 Grid ........................................................................................................................... 2-182
2.4.6.2 Grid 2 ........................................................................................................................ 2-182
2.4.6.3 Density 20% Pattern ................................................................................................. 2-182
2.4.6.4 Gradation Pattern ..................................................................................................... 2-182
2.5 Diag. by the Unit Alone ......................................................................................... 2-183
2.5.1 Overview............................................................................................................................. 2-183
2.5.2 Print Method ....................................................................................................................... 2-183
2.5.3 Test Print Pattern................................................................................................................ 2-184
2.6 NVM List ............................................................................................................... 2-185
2.1 Preface
2-4
NOTE
This manual describes Fuji Xerox standard specifications and printer controllers in
normal status.
2.1 Preface
Perform pre-check and verify the phenomenon, then use the FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure), "Diag.
Operation", "Wiring Connection Charts", and "Operation Principles" to perform troubleshooting
effectively.
2.1.1 Fault repair flow
Faults are repaired in the following flow:
Check status and phenomenon
Perform pre-check
Start fault repair
Perform FIP
End
Check fault repair
Perform preventive
maintenance
*Clean the Feed Roll. Check for any other problems.
2.1 Preface
2-5
2.1.2 Installation check
Before troubleshooting, always check the following items.
1) The power supply voltage is within the specifications.
2) Check the power cord for damage, short-circuit, poor contact and improper connection.
3) The machine is properly grounded.
4) Avoid installing the machine at a place with high temperature, high humidity, low temperature, low
humidity, or a place where the temperature will change drastically.
5) Avoid installing the machine near a water outlet, humidifier, heater or fire, dusty areas, or under
the direct draft of an air-conditioner.
6) Avoid installing the machine in a place where volatile or flammable gas is generated.
7) Avoid installing the machine in a place exposed to direct sunlight.
8) Install the machine in a well-ventilated place.
9) Install the machine on a stable level surface.
10)Paper used must be within the specifications. (Standard paper is recommended.)
11)The machine must be properly handled.
12)The periodic replacement parts are replaced for every replacement sheet count.
2.1 Preface
2-6
2.1.3 Things to take note when servicing
1) When servicing, always remove the power cord unless required otherwise.
WARNING When the power is turned ON, never touch a current-carrying part
unless necessary.
Also, as current is carried in the LVPS power switch/inlet even when the
power is turned OFF, never touch the current-carrying part.
2) When the Interlock switch or security switch is turned ON with the covers removed and
checking is carried out with the power turned ON, always remove the connector
(P/J601) on the ROS ASSY.
WARNING When the Interlock switch or security switch is turned ON with the
covers removed and checking is carried out with the power turned ON,
always remove the connector (P/J601) on the ROS ASSY because laser
light may be emitted from the ROS ASSY.
3) When the Interlock switch or security switch is turned ON with the covers removed and
checking is carried out with the power turned ON, be careful of high voltage from the HVPS.
WARNING When the Interlock switch or security switch is turned ON with the
covers removed and checking is carried out with the power turned ON,
never touch the HVPS and high-voltage output parts because high
voltage may be output from the HVPS.
4) Be careful not to burn yourself when touching a hot part.
5) When servicing, perform earthing for the service personnel with wrist bands etc. to remove
static electricity from the body.
2.1 Preface
2-7
2.1.4 Things to take note when using FIP
1) In the FIP, the printer controller (PWBA ESS) is assumed to be functioning properly.
Therefore, when a fault persists after troubleshooting, check by replacing with a functioning
printer controller.
If the fault persists, check by replacing in order the "Main Check Parts" and related parts in
"Initial Check".
2) Before troubleshooting using the FIP, prepare functioning MCU, LV/HVPS, FUSER ASSY,
and 2ND BTR ASSY, etc. as they may be needed to identify failures/faults.
3) During "Initial Check" in the FIP, do the checking at the level that can be easily carried out.
4) For "Initial Check" in the FIP, besides the "Main Check Parts", check also the parts that
configure the main check parts as well as other related parts.
5) When servicing, always remove the power cord unless required otherwise.
When the power cord is connected, never touch a current-carrying part unless necessary.
6) Descriptions related to connectors are expressed as follows:
"P/J12" -> The connector (P/J12) is connected
"P12" -> The plug side when the connector (P/J12) is disconnected (except when the
connector is directly connected to the board)
"J12" -> The jack side when the connector (P/J12) is disconnected (except when the
connector is directly connected to the board)
7) In the FIP, "P/J1-2PIN <=> P/J3-4PIN" means that the plus side of the instrument should be
connected to "2PIN" of "P/J1" and the minus side to "4PIN" of "P/J3".
8) In the FIP, "P/J1<=>P/J2" means that all the relevant pins between the "P/J1" and "P/J2"
should be measured.
9) For voltage measurement in the FIP, "P/J1-2PIN <=> P/J3-4PIN" means that
the "P/J3-4PIN" at the rear and minus side is always AG [Analog Ground], SG [Signal
Ground], or RTN [Return].
Therefore, it is possible to connect the rear and minus side to another "AG", "SG", or "RTN"
pin instead of "P/J3-4PIN" if the "AG", "SG", and "RTN" of both pins are conducting each
other properly.
However, care must be taken not to mess up "AG", "SG", and "RTN" because they are not at
the same level.
10) A special tool must be used to measure the voltage of a small connector. Be careful when
handling the tool as the edge of the tool is sharp.
11) When measuring a voltage, install the IBT ASSY, 2ND BTR ASSY and paper cassette and
close the covers before turning ON the power to measure.
12) The numerical values described in the FIP are for reference only. Approximate values are
considered to be the same.
13) Note that the parts that must be removed for checking specified in the FIP and their
procedures are not described in the document.
14) "Replacement" in the FIP shows the parts that are considered to be the cause of the
problem. Check by replacing the parts and the assembly parts (HIGH ASSY) that contains
those parts.
2.1 Preface
2-8
15) In the FIP, the first feeding part using the paper cassette placed at the bottom of the
machine is called "Tray 1" and the second part is called "Tray 2".
16) In the FIP, some procedures are separately described for each specification. Follow the
instructions for your model to repair the faults.
2.1 Preface
2-9
2.1.5 Warm Up Operation Flow Chart at Power ON
The following shows the printer warm up operation flow (overview) from Power ON to Ready to Print.
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Power ON
Ready (to print)
Fuser Warming Up
(time-out in 45 sec)
Heater is red and hot.
Is Fuser Temp at power on lower
than Fuser Temp Threshold?
Is there a certain difference or more
between Environment SNR detected value at previous
print and the one at current print?
Are Cleaning and Fuser
Warming Up complete?
*1 : Rotary rotates 360 degrees+some at Home
Position Correction; 720 at Procon
Sequence.
*2 : ADC TC Correction corrects TC Target,
based on Deve Housing driving time.
*3 : Procon Sequence performs ADC Patch
creation and reading to adjust toner/image
density.
If the ID Errors occur,
go to:
XERO: FIP 1.9
Y Toner: FIP 1.13
M Toner: FIP 1.17
C Toner: FIP 1.21
K Toner: FIP 1.25
If Fuser Fail occurs,
go to FIP 1.54.
If Deve Home Position
Sensor Error occurs,
go to FIP 1.46.
Leg_Sec001_031FA
Are errors displayed?
Resolve each error.
(See Error/Status Codes List.)
CRUM Check & ADC TC
Target Value Correction (*2)
(16 sec)
Rotary Operation Check
& Home Position Correction
(8 sec)
MOT ASSY ROT operates.(*1)
IBT Brush Motor operates.
BTR/IBT Cleaning
(11 sec)
IBT Brush Motor operates.
Procon Sequence (*3)
(30 sec or more)
MOT ASSY ROT operates. (*1)
If Deve Home Position
Sensor Error occurs,
go to FIP 1.46.
If IBT CLN Fail occurs,
go to FIP 1.61.
A total of 37~840 sec
(depending on the environment)
2.2 Level 1 Troubleshooting
2-10
2.2.1 Level 1 FIP
The FIP is the first step in diagnosing a problem. The FIP helps to proceed with troubleshooting
while checking for any error codes and other kinds of problems.
2.2.2 FIP Flow
Ask the operator about the problem.
Did the operator operate the machine correctly?
Explain to the operator how to operate the machine correctly.
Is it an image quality problem?
Take note of the Jam code.
Refer to the FIP to solve the problem.
Is it a jam problem?
Is an error message (error code) displayed on the Control Panel?
Refer to "Chapter 7 Wiring Data" to perform the
appropriate troubleshooting.
Refer to "Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting" to repair the problem.
Ask the operator about the conditions when the jam occurred and to
print again in the same mode. Does the jam occur again?
Check the status of the customer's problem again and perform the
preventive maintenance by referring to "Chapter 7 Wiring Data",
Disassembly/Adjustment procedure, or information, etc.
Refer to the FIP to solve the problem.
N Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
Y N
Is the version of PWBA ESS and PWBA MCU the latest?
Is there abnormal noise?
N Y
Refer to "2.3.4 Abnormal Noise" and repair the problem.
2-11
2.3.1 Error/Status Code List (Paper Jam)
LCD Display
and Location of
Occurrence
Error Details Error Description
FIP/
Corrective
Action
Open Tray 1 & G
Clear jam
(1)
Tray1 PSNR1 On Jam
The SENSOR T/R did not turn ON within the
specified time after SOLENOID FEED - ON.
FIP-1 26
Open Cover E
Clear jam
Or
Open Unit D
Clear Area E
(2)
MSI Regi On Jam
The SENSOR REGI did not turn ON within the
specified time after SOLENOID PICK UP - ON.
FIP-1 27
Open Cover G
Clear jam
(3)
Tray Regi On Jam
specified time after SENSOR T/R - ON.
FIP-1 28
Leg_Sec001_020FA
2-12
Open Cover E
Clear jam
Or
Open Unit D
Clear Area E
(3) (4)
Regi Off Jam
The SENSOR REGI did not turn OFF within the
specified time after CLUTCH ASSY REGI - ON.
FIP-1 29
Open Cover A
Clear jam
Or
Open Unit D
Clear jam
(4) (5)
Exit On Jam
The Exit Sensor did not turn ON and the
SENSOR FUSER IN was turned OFF within
the specified time after CLUTCH ASSY REGI -
ON.
FIP-1 30
Open Cover F
Clear jam
Or
Open Unit D
Clear Area F
(4) (5)
BTR 2 Jam
The Exit Sensor did not turn ON and the
SENSOR FUSER IN was turned ON within the
specified time after CLUTCH ASSY REGI - ON.
FIP-1 31
Open Cover E
Clear jam
Or
Open D and C
Clear jam
Or
Load correct
paper in tray
(3)
OHP (lead) Jam
The SENSOR OHP did not detect
Transparency when Transparency setting is
selected, or detected Transparency when
Transparency setting is not selected.
FIP-1 32
Open Cover F
Clear jam
(4)
Fuser In On Jam
The SENSOR FUSER IN did not turn ON within
the specified time after CLUTCH ASSY REGI -
ON.
FIP-1 34
Open Cover A
Clear jam
(4) (5) (6)
Exit Off Jam
The Exit Sensor did not turn OFF within the
specified time after SENSOR REGI - ON.
FIP-1 35
Open C of D and
check for paper
Or
If none
Clear Area E
(8) (9) (3)
Duplex Regi On Jam
specified time after DUPLEX Load Signal
(MCU).
FIP-1 36
Open D and C
Clear jam
(8)
Duplex Out On Jam
The SENSOR LOW PATH did not turn ON
within the specified time after SENSOR
UPPER PATH - ON.
FIP-1 37
Open Unit D
Clear jam
(7)
Duplex In On Jam
The SENSOR UPPER PATH did not turn ON
within the specified time after Exit Sensor -
OFF.
FIP-1 38
LCD Display
and Location of
Occurrence
FIP/
Corrective
Action
2-13
Open D and C
Clear jam
Static Jam
(Remain at Dup Out)
The SENSOR LOW PATH was turned ON at
Power ON or when the I/L was closed. (Static
Jam)
FIP-1 39
Open Unit D
Clear jam
Static Jam
(Remain at Dup In)
The SENSOR UPPER PATH was turned ON at
Jam)
Open Cover G
Clear jam
Static Jam
(Remain at Tray Path 1)
The SENSOR T/R was turned ON at Power ON
or when the I/L was closed. (Static Jam)
(No LCD Display)
Static Jam
(Remain at OHP)
The SENSOR OHP was turned ON at Power
ON or when the I/L was closed. (Static Jam)
Open Cover E
Clear jam
Or
Open Unit D
Clear Area E
Static Jam
(Remain at Regi)
The SENSOR REGI was turned ON at Power
ON or when the I/L was closed. (Static Jam)
Open Cover F
Clear jam
Or
Open Unit D
Clear Area F
Static Jam
(Remain at Fuser In)
The SENSOR FUSER IN was turned ON at
Jam)
Open Cover A
Clear jam
Or
Open Unit D
Clear jam
Static Jam
(Remain at Exit)
The Exit Sensor was turned ON at Power ON
or when the I/L was closed. (Static Jam)
Open Cover H
Clear jam
IOT Tray Path2 JAM TrayPath2 Sensor JAM Detected
Remove
jammed
paper.
Open Tray 2 & H
Clear jam
IOT Feeder2 JAM Tray2 Misfeed JAM Detected
Remove
jammed
paper.
Open Cover G, H
Clear jam
IOT Tray2 PSNR1 On
JAM
JAM Caused By Tray2 PSNR1 On
Remove
jammed
paper.
LCD Display
and Location of
Occurrence
FIP/
Corrective
Action
2-14
2.3.2 Error/Status Code List (Except Paper Jam)
Status Code
Or LCD Display
FIP/
Corrective
Action
Load Yellow
Cartridge
Y Toner Detached
The yellow toner cartridge has not been
installed.
FIP-1 1
Load Magenta
Cartridge
M Toner Detached
The magenta toner cartridge has not been
installed.
FIP-1 2
Load Cyan
Cartridge
C Toner Detached
The cyan toner cartridge has not been
installed.
FIP-1 3
Load Black
Cartridge
K Toner Detached
The black toner cartridge has not been
installed.
FIP-1 4
Load Drum
Cartridge
XERO CRU Detached The drum cartridge has not been installed. FIP-1 5
Load Drum
Cartridge
Xero Communication
Error
A communication error occurred between
the PWBA MCU and the ANTENNA ASSY
(CRUM XERO).
FIP-1 6
009-361 Xero Verify Error
Data write error occurred in the ANTENNA
ASSY (CRUM XERO).
FIP-1 7
009-366 Xero Imitation Error
The drum cartridge with a different memory
device has been installed.
FIP-1 8
009-366 Xero ID Error
The drum cartridge with different specifications
has been installed.
FIP-1 9
Load Yellow
Cartridge
Y Toner Communication
Error
A communication error occurred between the
PWBA MCU and the ANTENNA CTRG
(CRUM CTRIG).
FIP-1 10
009-364 Y Toner Verify Error
CTRG (CRUM CTRIG).
FIP-1 11
009-369 Y Toner Imitation Error
A yellow toner cartridge with a different
memory device has been installed.
FIP-1 12
009-369 Y Toner ID Error
A yellow toner cartridge with different
specifications has been installed.
FIP-1 13
Load Magenta
Cartridge
M Toner Communication
Error
(CRUM CTRIG).
FIP-1 14
009-363 M Toner Verify Error
CTRG (CRUM CTRIG).
FIP-1 15
009-368 M Toner Imitation Error
A magenta toner cartridge with a different
memory device has been installed.
FIP-1 16
009-368 M Toner ID Error
A magenta toner cartridge with different
FIP-1 17
Load Cyan
Cartridge
C Toner Communication
Error
(CRUM CTRIG).
FIP-1 18
009-362 C Toner Verify Error
CTRG (CRUM CTRIG).
FIP-1 19
009-367 C Toner Imitation Error
A cyan toner cartridge with a different memory
FIP-1 20
2-15
009-367 C Toner ID Error
A cyan toner cartridge with different
FIP-1 21
Load Black
Cartridge
K Toner Communication
Error
(CRUM CTRIG).
FIP-1 22
009-365 K Toner Verify Error
CTRG (CRUM CTRIG).
FIP-1 23
009-370 K Toner Imitation Error
A black toner cartridge with a different memory
FIP-1 24
009-370 K Toner ID Error
A black toner cartridge with different
FIP-1 25
004-310
Communication Error
Feeder
PWBA MCU and the feeder.
FIP-1 40
004-311
Communication Error
Duplex
PWBA MCU and the Duplex.
FIP-1 41
004-371 PAGE Timeout
The PAGEC/PAGE signal was not received
within 60s after PFA had been sent.
FIP-1 42
003-356 NVRAM Error
An error occurred in the NVRAM on the PWBA
MCU.
FIP-1 43
004-321 TR0 Failure
The PWBA MCU did not receive the output
signals from the SENSOR TR-0 (TR0 Sensor)
at the specified timing.
FIP-1 44
006-370 ROS Motor Failure
signals from the SOS Sensor in the ROS
within the specified time.
FIP-1 45
004-332
Deve Home Position
Sensor Error
signals from the Rotary Home Position Sensor
within the specified time after the Rotary
Developer had started rotation.
FIP-1 46
009-340 ADC Contamination
An error occurred in the SENSOR ASSY ADC
(ADC Sensor).
FIP-1 47
009-341 High Density
The output value from the SENSOR ASSY
ADC (ADC Sensor) exceeds the specified
value.
FIP-1 48
009-342 Low Density
The output value from the SENSOR ASSY
ADC (ADC Sensor) is below the specified
value.
FIP-1 49
009-344 High Coverage
The 500msec coverage for the lead edge of
the image exceeds the limit.
FIP-1 51
009-359 BTR 2 Error
The inputs of the 2nd BTR Retract Sensor did
not change during 2nd BTR initialization.
FIP-1 52
009-358 BTR 2 Advance Error
The 2nd BTR Retract Sensor did not turn ON
within the specified time.
FIP-1 53
Status Code
Or LCD Display
FIP/
Corrective
Action
2-16
010-397 Fuser Fail
The Control Thermistor detected a
temperature higher than the specified value.
The Safety Thermistor detected a temperature
higher than the specified value.
The Control Thermistor does not detect
READY within the specified time after the Main
Lamp was turned ON during warm up.
The Main Lamp was still lit ON after the
specified time had passed since the Control
Thermistor had detected READY.
The Control Thermistor detected a
temperature lower than the specified value
after the specified time had passed since the
Main Lamp turned ON during warm up.
The FUSER ASSY latch lever has not been
installed properly.
FIP-1 54
010-354 Temp Sensor Error
The SENSOR HUM & TEMP detected a
temperature lower than -7 degrees Celsius or
higher than 55 degrees Celsius.
FIP-1 55
004-324 Humidity Sensor Error
The inputs from the SENSOR HUM & TEMP
are out of the specifications.
FIP-1 58
007-340 Feed Motor Failure
The Feeder DRIVE ASSY FEED (Feed Motor)
is not rotating at the specified speed.
FIP-1 59
007-341 Duplex Motor Failure
The Duplex MOTOR ASSY DUP (Lower Roll
Motor) or MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (Upper Roll
Motor) are not rotating at the specified speed.
FIP-1 60
009-360 IBT CLN Fail
The SENSOR IBT RETRACT cannot detect
Advance/Retract of the CAM ASSY-IBT CL.
FIP-1 61
Replace Yellow
Cartridge
Y Toner Life Over It is time to replace the yellow toner cartridge. FIP-1 62
Replace Magenta
Cartridge
M Toner Life Over
It is time to replace the magenta toner
cartridge.
FIP-1 63
Replace Cyan
Cartridge
C Toner Life Over It is time to replace the cyan toner cartridge. FIP-1 64
Replace Black
Cartridge
K Toner Life Over It is time to replace the black toner cartridge. FIP-1 65
Replace Drum
Cartridge
Waste Toner Bottle Life
Over
It is time to replace the waste toner bottle. FIP-1 66
Close Cover E Regi Cover Open The CHUTE ASSY-REAR is open. FIP-1 68
Close Cover F 2nd BTR Cover Open The CHUTE ASSY-FSR is open. FIP-1 69
Close Cover A Exit Cover Open The COVER FUSER is open. FIP-1 70
Close Cover G Tray 1 Cover Open The Tray 1 Cover is open. FIP-1 71
Close Cover C Duplex Cover Open The Duplex Cover is open. FIP-1 72
Close Unit D Duplex Tray Open The Duplex is open. FIP-1 73
Close FrontCover Front Cover Open
The COVER FRONT ASSY U or COVER TOP
is open.
FIP-1 74
Status Code
Or LCD Display
FIP/
Corrective
Action
2-17
- Y Toner Life Warning
The yellow toner cartridge has reached the set
toner supply time limit but it can still work.
FIP-1 75
- M Toner Life Warning
The magenta toner cartridge has reached the
set toner supply time limit but it can still work.
FIP-1 76
- C Toner Life Warning
The cyan toner cartridge has reached the set
FIP-1 77
- K Toner Life Warning
The black toner cartridge has reached the set
FIP-1 78
-
Toner Bottle Life
Warning
The waste toner bottle is detected FULL by the
SENSOR TNER FULL but can still work.
FIP-1 79
- Xero CRU Life Warning
The drum has exceeded its specified rotation
count but it can still work.
FIP-1 80
Replace Drum
Cartridge
Xero CRU Life2
The drum rotation count has exceeded the
specified count.
Open Cover H
IOT Cover Feeder2
Open
The Feeder 2 Cover is open.
Interlock is
close.
016-300 ESS Data Cache Error CPU data cache error. FIP-1 82
016-301
ESS Instruction Cache
Error
CPU instruction cache error. FIP-1 82
016-302 ESS Illegal Exception CPU invalid exception. FIP-1 82
016-310
ESS FontROM Error
(Main)
Built-in Font ROM check sum error. FIP-1 82
016-311
ESS FontROM Error
(Option)
Option Font ROM check sum error. FIP-1 82
016-312 ESS HD Failure Detected by an HDD error. FIP-1 82
016-313 ASIC Failure TBD FIP-1 82
016-314
Reserved (VSYNC
error)
FIP-1 82
016-315
ESS On Baord RAM W/R
Check Failure
Detected at Intial On Baord RAM W/R Check. FIP-1 82
016-316
ESS DIMM Slot RAM W/R
Check Failure
Detected at Intial DIMM Slot RAM W/R Check. FIP-1 82
016-317
ESS ROM Check(Main)
Failure
Main Program ROM check sum error. FIP-1 82
016-318
ESS DIMM Slot RAM
Error
This occurs when an unavailable DIMM is
inserted in the DIMM Slot during initialization
process at Power ON.
FIP-1 82
016-323
ESS NVRAM1 W/R
Check Failure
Detected by Master NVRAM W/R Check FIP-1 82
016-324
ESS NVRAM2 W/R
Check Failure
Detected by Secondary NVRAM W/R Check FIP-1 82
016-325 Reserved (for NVRAM3) FIP-1 82
Status Code
Or LCD Display
FIP/
Corrective
Action
2-18
016-327
ESS NVRAM1 SIZE And
ID Check Failure
Detected by matching check of the system-
required NVRAM size and the real size and of
the ID to be recorded at the first Power ON.
FIP-1 82
016-340
On Board Network
Communication Failure
Communication failure between the 1 CPU
network and the ESS F/W.
FIP-1 82
016-344
On Board Network MAC
Address Checksum
Error
FIP-1 82
016-345
On Board Network
Ethernet BIST Parity/
RAM R/W Error
FIP-1 82
016-346
On Board Network
Internal Loopback Error
FIP-1 82
016-351 Reserved FIP-1 82
016-360 PCI Option#0 Fail PCI option 0 detection error. FIP-1 82
016-361 PCI Option#1 Fail PCI option 1 detection error. FIP-1 82
016-350 IEEE1284 Data Error Detected by the IEEE1284 controller. FIP-1 82
016-370
IOT-ESS
Communication failure between the IOT and
ESS.
FIP-1 82
016-355
USB Error (Spec only for
DIAG)
FIP-1 82
016-380
MACPHY CHIP TEST
Error (Spec only for
DIAG)
FIP-1 82
016-381
MACPHY INT LOOP
TEST Error (Spec only
for DIAG)
FIP-1 82
016-382
MACPHY EXT LOOP
TEST Error (Spec only
for DIAG)
FIP-1 82
016-330
NIC-ESS
Communication failure between the NIC and
ESS.
FIP-1 82
016-331
NIC Flash ROM Boot
Module Checksum Error
FIP-1 82
016-332 NIC RAM R/W Test Error FIP-1 82
016-333
NIC Flash ROM
Application Module
Checksum Error
FIP-1 82
016-334
NIC MAC Address
Checksum Error
FIP-1 82
016-335
NIC Ethernet BIST
parity/RAM R/W Error
FIP-1 82
016-336
NIC Internal Loopback
Error
FIP-1 82
Status Code
Or LCD Display
FIP/
Corrective
Action
2-19
009-343 IOT PCDC Error PCDC error detected.
Power OFF/
ON
001-358 IOT Fan Error Fuser Fan Error Fuser detected.
Power OFF/
ON
001-360 IOT Fan Error Rear Fan Error Rear detected.
Power OFF/
ON
010-317 IOT Fuser Detached Fuser Detached detected.
Power OFF/
ON
Paper Tray Config
Error
Tray Configuration Error
Tray configuration error detected. (Includes all
wrong configurations.)
Turn OFF the
power, reset
the tray and
turn ON the
power.
009-371
IOT TONER ROTATE
ERROR
Rotation error during toner replacement.
Cover is
open.
%s
Check paper
IOT Paper Size
Mismatch
Paper Size Mismatch detected.
Open/close
the tray or
remove and
reload paper
in Bypass
Tray.
Load in %s
%s %s
No Suitable Paper
No paper is loaded in all existing trays during
job standby or when the paper feed automatic
selection is specified (All Tray Empty).
When the paper feed automatic selection is
specified, paper loaded in all existing trays do
not match the setting (All Tray Size Mismatch).
When a paper tray is specified, no paper is
loaded in the specified tray (Specified Tray
Empty).
When a paper tray is specified, the paper
size loaded in the specified tray is different
(Specified Tray Size Mismatch).
-
Out of memory
Press Set
Memory Overflow
Press the Set
button.
Disk is full Press
Set
Hard Disk Full
Press the Set
button.
PDL Error Press
Set
PDL Error
Press the Set
button.
Invalid job Press
Set
Job Environment
Violation
A violation of the print conditions has occurred.
Press the Set
button.
016-383 DOWNLOAD ID ERROR The download file ID is incorrect.
Press the Set
button.
016-384
DOWNLOAD RANGE
ERROR
The write destination address during download
is incorrect. Range check error.
Press the Set
button.
016-385
DOWNLOAD HEADER
ERROR
The download file header information is
incorrect.
Press the Set
button.
Status Code
Or LCD Display
FIP/
Corrective
Action
2-20
016-386
DOWNLOAD
CHECKSUM ERROR
The download file check sum is incorrect.
Press the Set
button.
016-387
DOWNLOAD FORMAT
ERROR
The download file format is incorrect.
Press the Set
button.
016-388
DOWNLOAD INITIAL
ERROR
NIC activation in the download mode has failed
when downloading the optional NIC.
Press the Set
button.
016-389
DOWNLOAD
INSERTION ERROR
Download was performed when the optional
NIC was not installed.
Press the Set
button.
016-390
DOWNLOAD COMM
ERROR
A communication error occurred when
downloading the optional NIC.
Press the Set
button.
016-391
DOWNLOAD PROTECT
ERROR
FW download was performed when FW
update was prohibited by the panel settings.
Press the Set
button.
016-392
DOWNLOAD DELETE
ERROR
Flash deletion error during download. FIP-1 82
016-393
DOWNLOAD WRITE
ERROR
Flash write error during download. FIP-1 82
016-394
DOWNLOAD VERIFY
ERROR
Flash verify error during download. FIP-1 82
Status Code
Or LCD Display
FIP/
Corrective
Action
2-21
2.3.3 Error Code FIP
FIP-1. 1 Y Toner Detached
Procedure Check Items Yes No
Parts considered to be the cause:
TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2)
HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y (PL9.2.6)
ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12)
HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10)
ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
1
Check TNR CRU Y (Y Toner Cartridge) model name
Is a TNR CRU Y that complies with the specifications
installed?
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a
TNR CRU Y
that complies
with the
specifications.
2
Check installation of TNR CRU Y
Is the TNR CRU Y installed properly?
Go to Step 3.
Reinstall and
go to Step 3.
3
Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF
several times?
Go to Step 4. Completed.
4
Check installation of HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y
Is the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y installed properly?
Go to Step 5.
Reinstall and
go to Step 5.
5
several times?
6
Check TNR CRU Y after replacement
Replace the TNR CRU Y.
When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
7
Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG
Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU and connect it
again.
Go to Step 8. Go to Step 9.
8
Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables
Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU.
Check the following. Are they conducting properly?
J415-1 <=> J106-2
J415-2 <=> J106-1
Go to Step 9.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
9
Check HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y after replacement
Replace the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y. (REP9.6)
10
Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after
replacement
Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG.
(REP9.2)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
2-22
FIP-1. 2 M Toner Detached
TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3)
HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M (PL9.2.7)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
1
Check TNR CRU M (M Toner Cartridge) model name
Is a TNR CRU M that complies with the specifications
installed?
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a
TNR CRU M
that complies
with the
specifications.
2
Check installation of TNR CRU M
Is the TNR CRU M installed properly?
Go to Step 3.
Reinstall and
go to Step 3.
3
several times?
4
Check installation of HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M
Is the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M installed properly?
Go to Step 5.
Reinstall and
go to Step 5.
5
several times?
6
Check TNR CRU M after replacement
Replace the TNR CRU M.
7
again.
8
J415-1 <=> J106-2
J415-2 <=> J106-1
Go to Step 9.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
9
Check HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M after replacement
Replace the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M. (REP9.6)
10
replacement
(REP9.2)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
2-23
FIP-1. 3 C Toner Detached
TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4)
HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C (PL9.2.8)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
1
Check TNR CRU C (C Toner Cartridge) model name
Is a TNR CRU C that complies with the specifications
installed?
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a
TNR CRU C
that complies
with the
specifications.
2
Check installation of TNR CRU C
Is the TNR CRU C installed properly?
Go to Step 3.
Reinstall and
go to Step 3.
3
several times?
go to Step 4. Completed.
4
Check installation of HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C
Is the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C installed properly?
Go to Step 5.
Reinstall and
go to Step 5.
5
several times?
6
Check TNR CRU C after replacement
Replace the TNR CRU C.
7
again.
8
Disconnect the P/J415 on the PWBA MCU.
J415-1 <=> J106-2
J415-2 <=> J106-1
Go to Step 9.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
9
Check HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C after replacement
Replace the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C. (REP9.6)
10
replacement
(REP9.2)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
2-24
FIP-1. 4 K Toner Detached
TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1)
HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K (PL9.2.5)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
1
Check TNR CRU K (K Toner Cartridge) model name
Is a TNR CRU K that complies with the specifications
installed?
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a
TNR CRU C
that complies
with the
specifications.
2
Check installation of TNR CRU K
Is the TNR CRU K installed properly?
Go to Step 3.
Reinstall and
go to Step 3.
3
several times?
4
Check installation of HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K
Is the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K installed properly?
Go to Step 5.
Reinstall and
go to Step 5.
5
several times?
6
Check TNR CRU K after replacement
Replace the TNR CRU K.
7
again.
8
J415-1 <=> J106-2
J415-2 <=> J106-1
Go to Step 9.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
9
Check HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K after replacement
Replace the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K. (REP9.6)
10
replacement
(REP9.2)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
2-25
FIP-1. 5 XERO CRU Detached
IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)
HARNESS-ASSY XERO (PL7.1.12)
GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4) or
ANTENNA ASSY (PL7.1.10)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
1
Check IBT ASSY model name
Is a IBT ASSY that complies with the specifications
installed?
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a
IBT ASSY that
complies with
the
specifications.
2
Check installation of IBT ASSY
Re-install the IBT ASSY.
After the power is turned ON/OFF, does the error occur
again?
3
Disconnect the P/J416 on the PWBA MCU and connect it
again.
4
Check HARNESS-ASSY XERO cables
J416-4 <=> J109-2
J416-5 <=> J109-1
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY XERO.
5
Check IBT ASSY after replacement
Replace the IBT ASSY.
6
Check GUIDE CRU ASSY D or ANTENNA ASSY after
replacement
Replace the GUIDE CRU ASSY D or ANTENNA ASSY.
(REP7.2)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
2-26
FIP-1. 6 XERO Communication Error
IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
installed?
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a
IBT ASSY that
complies with
the
specifications.
2
3
4
ANTENNA ASSY check
Is the ANTENNA ASSY dirty?
Clean the
ANTENNA
ASSY and go
to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
5 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed.
6
J416-4 <=> J109-2
J416-5 <=> J109-1
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY XERO.
7
replacement
(REP7.4)
8
Check power supply to PWBA MCU
Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the
PWBA MCU?
J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC
J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC
J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 9.
2-27
9
Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-28
FIP-1. 7 XERO Verify Error
IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
2
3
ANTENNA ASSY check
Is the ANTENNA ASSY dirty?
Clean the
ANTENNA
ASSY and go
to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
5
J416-4 <=> J109-2
J416-5 <=> J109-1
Go to Step 6.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY XERO.
6
replacement
(REP7.4)
7
PWBA MCU?
J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC
J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC
J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 8.
8
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-29
FIP-1. 8 XERO Imitation Error
IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
installed?
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a
IBT ASSY that
complies with
the
specifications.
2
3
4
PWBA MCU?
J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC
J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC
J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 5.
5
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-30
FIP-1. 9 XERO ID Error
IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
installed?
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a
IBT ASSY that
complies with
the
specifications.
2
3
PWBA MCU?
J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC
J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC
J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 4.
4
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-31
FIP-1. 10 Y Toner Communication Error
TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2)
ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
installed?
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a
TNR CRU Y
that complies
with the
specifications.
2
Reinstall the TNR CRU Y.
3
4
ANTENNA CTRG check
Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty?
Clean the
ANTENNA
CTRG and go
to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
6
J415-1 <=> J106-2
J415-2 <=> J106-1
Go to Step 7.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
7
replacement
(REP9.2/REP9.3)
8
PWBA MCU?
J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC
J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC
J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 9.
2-32
9
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-33
FIP-1. 11 Y Toner Verify Error
TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check installation of TNR CRU Y (Y Toner Cartridge)
2
3
ANTENNA CTRG check
Clean the
ANTENNA
CTRG and go
to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
5
J415-1 <=> J106-2
J415-2 <=> J106-1
Go to Step 6.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
6
replacement
(REP9.2/REP9.3)
7
PWBA MCU?
J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC
J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC
J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 8.
8
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-34
FIP-1. 12 Y Toner Imitation Error
TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
installed?
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a
TNR CRU Y
that complies
with the
specifications.
2
3
4
PWBA MCU?
J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC
J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC
J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 5.
5
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-35
FIP-1. 13 Y Toner ID Error
TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
installed?
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a
TNR CRU Y
that complies
with the
specifications.
2
3
PWBA MCU?
J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC
J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC
J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 4.
4
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-36
FIP-1. 14 M Toner Communication Error
TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
installed?
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a
TNR CRU M
that complies
with the
specifications.
2
Reinstall the TNR CRU M.
3
4
ANTENNA CTRG check
Clean the
ANTENNA
CTRG and go
to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
6
J415-1 <=> J106-2
J415-2 <=> J106-1
Go to Step 6.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
7
replacement
(REP9.2/REP9.3)
8
PWBA MCU?
J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC
J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC
J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 9.
2-37
9
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-38
FIP-1. 15 M Toner Verify Error
TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check installation of TNR CRU M (M Toner Cartridge)
2
3
Check ANTENNA CTRG
Clean the
ANTENNA
CTRG and go
to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
5
J415-1 <=> J106-2
J415-2 <=> J106-1
Go to Step 6.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
6
replacement
(REP9.2/REP9.3)
7
PWBA MCU?
J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC
J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC
J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 8.
8
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-39
FIP-1. 16 M Toner Imitation Error
TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
installed?
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a
TNR CRU M
that complies
with the
specifications.
2
3
4
PWBA MCU?
J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC
J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC
J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 5.
5
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-40
FIP-1. 17 M Toner ID Error
TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
installed?
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a
TNR CRU M
that complies
with the
specifications.
2
3
PWBA MCU?
J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC
J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC
J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 4.
4
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-41
FIP-1. 18 C Toner Communication Error
TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
installed?
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a
TNR CRU C
that complies
with the
specifications.
2
Reinstall the TNR CRU C.
3
4
Check ANTENNA CTRG
Clean the
ANTENNA
CTRG and go
to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
6
J415-1 <=> J106-2
J415-2 <=> J106-1
Go to Step 7.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
7
replacement
(REP9.2/REP9.3)
8
PWBA MCU?
J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC
J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC
J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 9.
2-42
9
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-43
FIP-1. 19 C Toner Verify Error
TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check installation of TNR CRU C (C Toner Cartridge)
2
3
Check ANTENNA CTRG
Clean the
ANTENNA
CTRG and go
to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
5
J415-1 <=> J106-2
J415-2 <=> J106-1
Go to Step 6.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
6
replacement
(REP9.2/REP9.3)
7
PWBA MCU?
J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC
J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC
J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 8.
2-44
8
Check the cables between the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
PWBA MCU and the LV/HVPS.
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-45
FIP-1. 20 C Toner Imitation Error
TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
installed?
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a
TNR CRU C
that complies
with the
specifications.
2
3
4
PWBA MCU?
J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC
J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC
J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 5.
5
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-46
FIP-1. 21 C Toner ID Error
TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
installed?
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a
TNR CRU C
that complies
with the
specifications.
2
3
PWBA MCU?
J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC
J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC
J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 4.
4
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-47
FIP-1. 22 K Toner Communication Error
TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
installed?
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a
TNR CRU K
that complies
with the
specifications.
2
Reinstall the TNR CRU K.
3
4
Check ANTENNA CTRG
Clean the
ANTENNA
CTRG and go
to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
6
J415-1 <=> J106-2
J415-2 <=> J106-1
Go to Step 7.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
7
replacement
(REP9.2/REP9.3)
8
PWBA MCU?
J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC
J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC
J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 9.
2-48
9
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-49
FIP-1. 23 K Toner Verify Error
TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check installation of TNR CRU K (K Toner Cartridge)
2
3
Check ANTENNA CTRG
Clean the
ANTENNA
CTRG and go to
Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
5
J415-1 <=> J106-2
J415-2 <=> J106-1
Go to Step 6.
Repair the
open circuit
or short
circuit.
6
replacement
(REP9.2/REP9.3)
7
PWBA MCU?
J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC
J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC
J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 8.
8
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit
or short
circuit.
2-50
FIP-1. 24 K Toner Imitation Error
TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
installed?
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a
TNR CRU K
that complies
with the
specifications.
2
3
4
PWBA MCU?
J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC
J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC
J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 5.
5
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-51
FIP-1. 25 K Toner ID Error
TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
installed?
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a
TNR CRU K
that complies
with the
specifications.
2
3
PWBA MCU?
J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC
J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC
J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 4.
4
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-52
FIP-1. 26 Tray1 PSNR1 On Jam

ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16)
ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11)
HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (PL14.3.24)
SOLENOID FEED (PL14.3.8)
DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7)
PWBA TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3)
HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 (PL14.3.14)
ACTUATOR T/R (PL14.4.6)
SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7)
HARNESS ASSY FEED 3 (PL14.4.14)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
CLUTCH ASSY FEED (PL14.3.12)
HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN (PL14.3.2)
1
Check paper status
Is the paper in the paper tray crumpled or damaged?
Replace with
fresh dry
paper.
Go to Step 2.
2
Check paper size setting
Does the paper size used match the paper size set in the
Control Panel?
Go to Step 4.
Change the
paper size
setting and go
to Step 3.
3 When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed.
4
Check shape and operation of Feeder ROLL ASSY
Open the Feeder COVER-REAR 500 (PL14.2.3).
Are the parts such as the ROLL ASSY TURN 500,
HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500, or ROLL ASSY FEED 500
installed properly?
Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt?
Rotate the parts by hand to check.
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
appropriate
roll.
6
Check operation of SOLENOID FEED
Is the SOLENOID FEED operating properly?
Perform a test print for checking.
7
Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN cables
Disconnect P/J437 on the PWBA TRAY 500.
J437-16 <=> P610-2
J437-17 <=> P610-1
Go to Step 8.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY FEED
MAIN.
8
Check DRIVE ASSY FEED after replacement
Replace the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12)
When a test print is performed, does the error occur again?
2-53
9
Check PWBA TRAY 500 after replacement
Replace the PWBA TRAY 500. (REP14.10)
10
Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 cables
Disconnect P/J435 on the PWBA TRAY CONT.
J435-2 <=> P608-9
J435-3 <=> P608-8
J435-4 <=> P608-7
Go to Step 11.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY FEED 1.
(REP14.16)
11
J421-7 <=> J608-4
J421-8 <=> J608-3
J421-9 <=> J608-2
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
12
Check operation of ACTUATOR T/R
Is the ACTUATOR T/R operating smoothly? Does the
ACTUATOR T/R go out of the detectable area of the Tray
Path Sensor when there is paper and go into the
detectable area when there is no paper?
Go to Step 13.
Replace the
ACTUATOR T/R.
(REP14.30)
13
Check operation of SENSOR T/R
Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P437-15 <=>
P437-14 on the PWBA TRAY CONT when the ACTUATOR
T/R is in the SENSOR T/R detectable area and 5 VDC
when it is out of the area?
14
Check power supply to SENSOR T/R 5 VDC
Remove the COVER LEFT 500.
P437-14 on the PWBA TRAY 500?
15
Disconnect P/J437 and P/J618 on the PWBA TRAY CONT.
J437-13 <=> J618-3
J437-14 <=> J618-2
J437-15 <=> J618-1
Go to Step 16.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY FEED
MAIN.
16
Check HARNESS ASSY FEED 3 cables
Disconnect P/J618.
P618-4 <=> J120-3
P618-5 <=> J120-2
P618-6 <=> J120-1
Replace the
SENSOR T/R
(REP14.31)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
17
Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA TRAY 500
P435-5 on the PWBA TRAY 500?
2-54
18
J435-6 <=> P608-5
J435-5 <=> P608-6
Go to Step 19.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY FEED 1.
(REP14.16)
19
J421-5 <=> J608-6
J421-6 <=> J608-5
Go to Step 20.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
20
Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU
P410-4 on the PWBA MCU?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 21.
21
LV/HVPS.
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
22
Check operation of CLUTCH ASSY FEED
Is the CLUTCH ASY FEED operating properly?
Perform a test print and check by the sound.
23
J437-6 <=> P609-2
J437-7 <=> P609-1
Go to Step 24.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY FEED
MAIN.
24
Check CLUTCH ASSY FEED resistance
Is the wiring resistance between both pins of the CLUTCH
ASSY FEED 144 Ohm 10% (20 degrees Celsius)?
Go to Step 25.
Replace the
CLUTCH
ASSY FEED.
(REP14.15)
25
Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P435-9/10 <=>
435-7/8 on the PWBA TRAY 500?
26
J435-7 <=> P608-4
J435-8 <=> P608-3
J435-9 <=> P608-2
J435-10 <=> P608-1
Go to Step 27.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY FEED 1.
(REP14.16)
27
J421-1 <=> J608-10
J421-2 <=> J608-9
J421-3 <=> J608-8
J421-4 <=> J608-7
Go to Step 28.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-55
28
P410-7/8?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 29.
29
Check HARNESS-ASSY MAIN cables
LV/HVPS.
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
30
Check 24 VDC power supply to DRIVE ASSY FEED
P437-5 on the PWBA TRAY CONT?
31
J437-5 <=> J440-1
J437-4 <=> J440-2
J437-2 <=> J440-4
J437-1 <=> J440-5
Go to Step 8.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY FEED
MAIN.
2-56
FIP-1. 27 MSI Regi On Jam
ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8)
HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI (PL4.1.16)
CHUTE ASSY PAPER GUIDE (PL4.1.28)
ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12)
ROLL-PINCH (PL5.2.13)
ACTUATOR-REGI (PL5.2.18)
SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19)
HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 (PL4.1.26)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20)
CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22)
1
Check paper status
Replace with
fresh dry
paper.
Go to Step 2.
2
Control Panel?
Go to Step 4.
Change the
paper size
setting and go
to Step 3.
3
When a test print is performed, does the error occur
again?
4
Check shape and operation of MSI ROLL ASSY
Remove the MSI. (REP4.1)
Are the parts such as the ROLL MSI, HOLDER ASSY
RETARD MSI, or CHUTE ASSY PAPER GUIDE installed
properly?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
appropriate
ROLL ASSY.
5
Check shape and operation of ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI and
ROLL-PINCH
Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2).
Are the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI and ROLL-PINCH
installed properly?
Go to Step 6.
Replace the
appropriate
roll.
6
again?
7
Check paper position
Has the paper lead edge passed through the PRE REGI
ROLL?
2-57
8
Check operation of ACTUATOR-REGI
Is the ACTUATOR-REGI operating smoothly without any
damage? Does the ACTUATOR-REGI go into the
detectable area of the sensor when there is paper and go
out of the detectable area when there is no paper?
Go to Step 9.
Replace the
ACTUATOR-
REGI
(REP5.10)
9
Check operation of SENSOR REGI
P408-11 on the PWBA MCU when the ACTUATOR REGI
is in the detectable area of the sensor and 5 VDC when it
is out of the area?
10
Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR REGI
11
Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables
J408-10 <=> J603-3
J408-11 <=> J603-2
J408-12 <=> J603-1
Go to Step 12.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H1.
12
Disconnect P/J603 and P/J102 on the PWBA MCU.
P603-10 <=> J102-3
P603-11 <=> J102-2
P603-12 <=> J102-1
Replace the
SENSOR
REGI.
(REP5.11)
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H2.
13
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 14.
14
LV/HVPS.
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
15
Check 24 VDC power supply to P/H MOTOR
16
J409-1 <=> P604-6
J409-2 <=> P604-5
J409-3 <=> P604-4
J409-4 <=> P604-3
J409-5 <=> P604-2
J409-6 <=> P604-1
Go to Step 17.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H1.
2-58
17
Check MOTOR-PH after replacement
Replace the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12)
again?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
18
P410-7/8 on the PWBA MCU?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 19.
19
LV/HVPS.
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
20
J408-1 <=> J603-12
J408-2 <=> J603-11
Go to Step 21.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H1.
21
Disconnect the P/J603.
P603-1 <=> P202-2
P603-2 <=> P202-1
Go to Step 22.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H2.
22
Check CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI resistance
Disconnect P/J202.
ASSY PRE REGI 144 Ohm 10% (20 degrees Celsius)?
Go to Step 18.
Replace the
CLUTCH
ASSY PRE
REGI.
(REP5.13)
2-59
FIP-1. 28 Tray Regi On Jam
HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (PL14.3.24)
ROLL PINCH A (PL14.2.6)
ROLL PINCH B (PL14.2.7)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20)
1
Check installation of feeder to Main Unit
Remove and reinstall the feeder and perform a test print.
Does the error occur again?
2
Check paper status
Replace with
fresh dry
paper.
Go to Step 3.
3
Control Panel?
Go to Step 5.
Change the
paper size
setting and go
to Step 4.
5
Check shape and operation of Feeder ROLL ASSY
Open the Feeder COVER-REAR 500 (PL14.2.3).
Are the parts such as the ROLL ASSY TURN 500,
HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500, or ROLL ASSY FEED 500
installed properly?
Go to Step 6.
Replace the
appropriate
ROLL ASSY.
6
Check shape and operation of Tray1 feeder ROLL PINCH
A and ROLL PINCH B
Open the COVER-REAR 500 (PL14.2.3).
Are the ROLL PINCH A and ROLL PINCH B installed
properly?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
appropriate
ROLL PINCH.
2-60
7
ROLL-PINCH
installed properly?
Go to Step 8.
Replace the
appropriate
roll.
9
ROLL?
10
Go to Step 11.
Replace the
ACTUATOR-
REGI.
(REP5.10)
11
is in the detectable area of the sensor and 5 VDC when it is
out of the area?
12
13
J408-10 <=> J603-3
J408-11 <=> J603-2
J408-12 <=> J603-1
Go to Step 14.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H1.
14
P603-10 <=> J102-3
P603-11 <=> J102-2
P603-12 <=> J102-1
Replace the
SENSOR-
REGI.
(REP5.11)
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H2.
15
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 16.
16
LV/HVPS.
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-61
17
18
J409-1 <=> P604-6
J409-2 <=> P604-5
J409-3 <=> P604-4
J409-4 <=> P604-3
J409-5 <=> P604-2
J409-6 <=> P604-1
Go to Step 19.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H1.
19
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
20
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 21.
21
LV/HVPS.
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
22
J408-1 <=> J603-12
J408-2 <=> J603-11
Go to Step 23.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H1.
23
Disconnect the P/J603.
P603-1 <=> P202-2
P603-2 <=> P202-1
Go to Step 24.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H2.
24
Disconnect P/J202.
Go to Step 20.
Replace the
CLUTCH
ASSY PRE
REGI.
(REP5.13)
2-62
FIP-1. 29 Regi Off Jam
ROLL ASSY PRE-REGI (PL5.2.12)
ROLL-REGI METAL (PL5.2.4)
ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8)
MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Paper size check
Is the paper within specifications used?
Go to Step 2.
Use paper
within
specifications.
2
Control Panel?
Go to Step 4.
Change the
paper size
setting and go
to Step 3.
3
When a test print is performed by Diag. operation, does the
error occur again?
4
Check shape and operation of ROLL ASSY PRE-REGI
and ROLL-PINCH
Are the ROLL ASSY PRE-REGI and ROLL-PINCH
installed properly?
Go to Step 5.
Replace/
reinstall the
appropriate
roll.
5
Check shape and operation of ROLL-REGI METAL and
ROLL REGI RUBBER
Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR.
Are the ROLL-REGI and ROLL REGI RUBBER installed
properly?
Go to Step 6.
Replace/
reinstall the
appropriate
roll.
6
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
ACTUATOR-
REGI.
(REP5.10)
7
is in the detectable area of the SENSOR REGI and 5 VDC
2-63
8
Check 24 VDC power supply to MOTOR-PH
9
J409-1 <=> P604-6
J409-2 <=> P604-5
J409-3 <=> P604-4
J409-4 <=> P604-3
J409-5 <=> P604-2
J409-6 <=> P604-1
Go to Step 10.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H1.
10
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
11
12
J408-10 <=> J603-3
J408-11 <=> J603-2
J408-12 <=> J603-1
Go to Step 13.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H1.
13
P603-10 <=> J102-3
P603-11 <=> J102-2
P603-12 <=> J102-1
Replace the
SENSOR
REGI.
(REP5.11)
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H2.
14
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 15.
15
LV/HVPS.
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
16
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 17.
2-64
17
LV/HVPS.
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-65
FIP-1. 30 Exit On Jam
FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1)
CLUTCH ASSY REGI (PL5.2.2)
MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.4)
2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12)
SHAFT-CENT 2ND (PL6.1.9)
FRAME ASSY BTR (PL6.1.10)
BEARING-BRUSH CAM (PL6.1.11)
IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)
SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3)
HARNESS ASSY ADC (PL6.1.30)
HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS (PL6.1.4)
CAM ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.13)
SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22)
MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7)
EXIT SENSOR (Sensor in the Fuser)
MOT ASSY FSR (PL11.1.3)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.6)
HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L (PL10.1.2)
1
Check paper status
Replace with
fresh dry
paper.
Go to Step 2.
2
Control Panel?
Go to Step 4.
Change the
paper size
setting and go
to Step 3.
4
Check the paper in the gate on the FUSER ASSY
WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY
has cooled down.
Is there the remaining paper in the gate on the FUSER
ASSY?
Remove the
remaining
paper and go
to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
6
Check shape and operation of ROLL-REGI METAL
Is the ROLL REGI RUBBER installed properly?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
appropriate
roll.
2-66
8
Is the paper lead edge before the REGI-ROLL?
9
Has the paper lead edge passed through the REGI-ROLL
and before the Fuser Roll in the FUSER ASSY?
10
Check operation of CLUTCH ASSY REGI
Is the CLUTCH ASSY REGI operating properly?
11
J408-3 <=> J603-10
J408-4 <=> J603-9
Go to Step 12.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H1.
12
Disconnect P/J603.
P603-3 <=> P203-2
P603-4 <=> P203-1
Go to Step 13.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H2.
13
Check CLUTCH ASSY REGI resistance
Disconnect P/J203.
ASSY REGI 144 Ohm 10% (20 degrees Celsius)?
Go to Step 36.
Replace the
CLUTCH
ASSY REGI.
(REP5.5)
14
15
Are all the pins between the J409 <=> P604 conducting
properly?
Go to Step 16.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H1.
16
Replace the MOTOR-PH.
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
17
Check shape and operation of 2ND BTR ASSY
Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4)
Is the 2ND BTR ASSY damaged?
Are the SHAFT-CENT 2ND, FRAME ASSY BTR, and
BEARING-BRUSH CAM damaged? Are they operating
properly?
Go to Step 18.
Replace the
2ND BTR
ASSY and
appropriate
parts.
18
19
Check operation of SENSOR FUSER IN
P418-1 on the PWBA MCU when paper is in the detectable
area of the sensor and 0 VDC when it is out of the area?
2-67
20
Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR FUSER IN
21
Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables
J418-1 <=> J620-3
J418-2 <=> J620-2
J418-3 <=> J620-1
Go to Step 22.
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY ADC.
22
Check HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS cables
Disconnect P/J620 on the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS.
P620-1 <=> J111-3
P620-2 <=> J111-2
P620-3 <=> J111-1
Replace the
SENSOR
FUSER IN.
(REP6.2)
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY 2BTR
SENS.
23
Check shape and operation of CAM ASSY-2ND
Is the CAM-ASSY-2ND operating smoothly without any
damage? Does it go into the detectable area of the
sensor?
Go to Step 24.
Replace the
CAM ASSY-
2ND. (REP6.5)
24
Check operation of SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT
P418-5 on the PWBA MCU when the CAM ASSY-2ND is in
the detectable area of the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT and
5 VDC when it is out of the area?
25
Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT
26
J418-4 <=> J112-3
J418-5 <=> J112-2
J418-6 <=> J112-1
Replace the
SENSOR
2BTR
RETRACT.
(REP6.9)
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY ADC.
27
J403-1 <=> J600-3
J403-2 <=> J600-2
J403-3 <=> J600-1
Go to Step 28.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
28
Check 24 VDC power supply to MOT ASSY MICRO (2ND
BTR Retract Motor)
29
Check MOT ASSY MICRO after replacement
Replace the MOT ASSY MICRO. (REP11.7)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.6)
Completed.
2-68
30
Check operation of EXIT SENSOR in the FUSER ASSY
P417-7 on the PWBA MCU when the ACTUATOR is in the
detectable area of the EXIT SENSOR and 5 VDC when it
is out of the area?
31
Check 5 VDC power supply to EXIT SENSOR in the
FUSER ASSY
has cooled down.
Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1)
Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between FUSER ASSY on
the Main Unit and the connectors (PL10.1.2) J614A-7 <=>
J614A-6?
32
Check HARNESS ASSY FUSER SENS and HARNESS
ASSY FUSER cables
has cooled down.
P619-1 <=> J110-3
P619-2 <=> J110-2
P619-3 <=> J110-1
J619-3 <=> P614A-7
J619-2 <=> P614A-8
J619-1 <=> P614A-9
Replace the
EXIT
SENSOR.
Replace the
FUSER ASSY.
(REP10.1)
33
Check shape and operation of FUSER ASSY parts
has cooled down.
Are the gears in the FUSER ASSY, the FUSER ROLL, the
EXIT ROLL, and the PINCH ROLL installed properly?
Go to Step 34.
Replace the
FUSER ASSY.
(REP10.1)
34
Check 24 VDC power supply to MOT ASSY FSR (Fuser
Motor)
35
Check MOT ASSY FSR after replacement
Replace the MOT ASSY FSR. (REP11.3)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
36
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 37.
2-69
37
Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and the P/J502 on
the LV/HVPS.
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
38
Check HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L cables
has cooled down.
J417-6 <=> J614A-7
J417-7 <=> J614A-6
Go to Step 39.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
39
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 40.
40
LV/HVPS.
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-70
FIP-1. 31 BTR 2 Jam
MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.4)
IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.6)
1
Check paper status
Replace with
fresh dry
paper.
Go to Step 2.
2
Control Panel?
Go to Step 4.
Change the
paper size
setting and go
to Step 3.
3
again?
4
has cooled down.
ASSY?
Remove the
remaining
paper and go
to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
6
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
appropriate
roll.
2-71
7
again?
8
Is the paper lead edge before the REGI-ROLL?
9
Has the paper lead edge passed through the REGI-ROLL
and before the Fuser Roll in the FUSER ASSY?
10
11
J408-3 <=> J603-10
J408-4 <=> J603-9
Go to Step 12.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H1.
12
Disconnect P/J603.
P603-3 <=> P203-2
P603-4 <=> P203-1
Go to Step 13.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H2.
13
Disconnect P/J203.
Go to Step 36.
Replace the
CLUTCH
ASSY REGI.
(REP5.5)
14
15
Are all the pins between the J409 <=> P604 conducting
properly?
Go to Step 16.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H1.
16
Replace the MOTOR-PH.
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
17
properly?
Go to Step 18.
Replace the
2ND BTR
ASSY and
appropriate
parts.
18
again?
2-72
19
20
21
J418-1 <=> J620-3
J418-2 <=> J620-2
J418-3 <=> J620-1
Go to Step 22.
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY ADC.
22
P620-1 <=> J111-3
P620-2 <=> J111-2
P620-3 <=> J111-1
Replace the
SENSOR
FUSER IN.
(REP6.2)
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY 2BTR
SENS.
23
Is the CAM ASSY-2ND operating smoothly without any
sensor?
Go to Step 24.
Replace the
CAM ASSY-
2ND (REP6.5)
24
P418-5 on the PWBA MCU when the CAM ASSY-2ND is in
the detectable area of the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT and
25
26
J418-4 <=> J112-3
J418-5 <=> J112-2
J418-6 <=> J112-1
Replace the
SENSOR
2BTR
RETRACT.
(REP6.9)
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY ADC.
27
J403-1 <=> J600-3
J403-2 <=> J600-2
J403-3 <=> J600-1
Go to Step 28.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-73
28
Check 24 VDC power supply to MOT ASSY MICRO (2ND
BTR Retract Motor)
29
again?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.6)
Completed.
30
P417-7 on the PWBA MCU when the ACTUATOR is in the
detectable area of the EXIT SENSOR and 5 VDC when it
is out of the area?
31
FUSER ASSY
has cooled down.
Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between FUSER ASSY on
the Main Unit and the connectors (PL10.1.2) J614A-7 <=>
J614A-6?
32
ASSY FUSER cables
has cooled down.
P619-1 <=> J110-3
P619-2 <=> J110-2
P619-3 <=> J110-1
J619-3 <=> P614A-7
J619-2 <=> P614A-8
J619-1 <=> P614A-9
Replace the
EXIT
SENSOR.
Replace the
FUSER ASSY.
(REP10.1)
33
has cooled down.
Go to Step 34.
Replace the
FUSER ASSY.
(REP10.1)
34
Motor)
35
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
2-74
36
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 37.
37
Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and the P/J502 on
the LV/HVPS.
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
38
has cooled down.
J417-6 <=> J614A-7
J417-7 <=> J614A-6
Go to Step 39.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
39
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 40.
40
LV/HVPS.
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-75
FIP-1. 32 OHP (lead) Jam
SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check transparency setting
Does the transparency used match the NVRAM setting
(setting for enabling/disabling the transparencies with/
without a white frame to run)?
Go to Step 3.
Replace the
transparency
used with
paper that
matches the
NVRAM
setting, or
change the
NVRAM
setting and go
to Step 2.
3
Check SENSOR OHP surface for dirt / foreign substances
Open the COVER-P/H (PL5.1.1).
Is there dirt/foreign substances on the surface of the
SENSOR OHP?
Clean to
remove the dirt/
foreign
substances and
go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
5
Check operation of SENSOR OHP
P408-7 on the PWBA MCU when white paper (except
transparencies) is in the detectable area of the sensor and
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 6.
6
Check power supply to SENSOR OHP
7
J408-7 <=> J603-6
J408-8 <=> J603-5
J408-9 <=> J603-4
Go to Step 8.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H1.
8
P603-7 <=> J101-3
P603-8 <=> J101-2
P603-9 <=> J101-1
Replace the
SENSOR OHP.
(REP5.8)
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H2.
2-76
9
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 10.
10
LV/HVPS.
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-77
FIP-1. 34 Fuser In On Jam
IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.4)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.6)
MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20)
1
Check paper status
Replace with
fresh dry
paper.
Go to Step 2.
2
Control Panel?
Go to Step 4.
Change the
paper size
setting and go
to Step 3.
3
again?
4
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
appropriate
roll.
5
again?
6
Has the paper lead edge passed through the REGI ROLL?
7
properly?
Go to Step 8.
Replace the
2ND BTR
ASSY and
appropriate
parts.
2-78
8
again?
9
10
11
J418-1 <=> J620-3
J418-2 <=> J620-2
J418-3 <=> J620-1
Go to Step 12.
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY ADC.
12
P620-1 <=> J111-3
P620-2 <=> J111-2
P620-3 <=> J111-1
Replace the
SENSOR
FUSER IN.
(REP6.2)
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY 2BTR
SENS.
13
Is the CAM-ASSY-2ND operating smoothly without any
sensor?
Go to Step 14.
Replace the
CAM ASSY-
2ND. (REP6.5)
14
P418-5 on the PWBA MCU when the CAM ASSY-2ND
Actuator is in the detectable area of the SENSOR 2BTR
RETRACT and 5 VDC when it is out of the area?
15
16
J418-4 <=> J112-3
J418-5 <=> J112-2
J418-6 <=> J112-1
Replace the
SENSOR
2BTR
RETRACT.
(REP6.9)
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY ADC.
17
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 18.
2-79
18
LV/HVPS.
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
19
J403-1 <=> J600-3
J403-2 <=> J600-2
J403-3 <=> J600-1
Go to Step 20.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
20
Check 24 VDC power supply to MOT ASSY MICRO (2nd
BTR Retract Motor)
21
again?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
22
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 23.
23
LV/HVPS.
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
24
25
J408-3 <=> J603-10
J408-4 <=> J603-9
Go to Step 26.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H1.
26
Disconnect P/J603.
P603-3 <=> P203-2
P603-4 <=> P203-1
Go to Step 27.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H2.
27
Disconnect P/J203.
Go to Step 22.
Replace the
CLUTCH
ASSY REGI.
(REP5.5)
2-80
28
29
J409-1 <=> P604-6
J409-2 <=> P604-5
J409-3 <=> P604-4
J409-4 <=> P604-3
J409-5 <=> P604-2
J409-6 <=> P604-1
Go to Step 30.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H1.
30
again?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
2-81
FIP-1. 35 Exit Off Jam
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check paper status
Replace with
fresh dry
paper.
Go to Step 2.
2
Control Panel?
Go to Step 4.
Change the
paper size
setting and go
to Step 3.
3
again?
4
has cooled down.
ASSY?
Remove the
paper and go
to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
5
again?
6
Check shape and operation of ACTUATOR at the EXIT
SENSOR
Is the ACTUATOR operating smoothly? Does it go into the
detectable area of the EXIT SENSOR?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
FUSER ASSY.
(REP10.1)
7
P417-7 on the PWBA MCU when the EXIT SENSOR
ACTUATOR goes into the detectable area of the EXIT
SENSOR when there is no paper and 5 VDC when it is out
of the area when there is paper?
8
FUSER ASSY
has cooled down.
Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between the connectors
J614A-7 <=> J614A-6 to the FUSER ASSY on the Main
Unit?
2-82
9
ASSY FUSER in the FUSER ASSY cables
has cooled down.
Disconnect the P/J619 and P/J110 on the PWBA MCU.
P619-1 <=> J110-3
P619-2 <=> J110-2
P619-3 <=> J110-1
J619-3 <=> P614A-7
J619-2 <=> P614A-8
J619-1 <=> P614A-9
Replace the
EXIT
SENSOR.
Replace the
FUSER ASSY.
(REP10.1)
10
has cooled down.
J417-6 <=> J614A-7
J417-7 <=> J614A-6
Go to Step 11.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
11
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 12.
12
LV/HVPS.
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
13
WARNING:Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY
has cooled down.
Go to Step 14.
Replace the
FUSER ASSY.
(REP10.1)
14
Motor)
15
again?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
16
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 17.
2-83
17
LV/HVPS.
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-84
FIP-1. 36 Duplex Regi On Jam
ROLLER ASSY INVERTER (PL13.2.21)
ROLL PINCH DUP (PL13.2.23)
ROLL ASSY PINCH DUP (PL13.2.29)
MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18)
ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL13.4.1)
ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT (PL13.4.17)
MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14)
PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20)
1
Check SENSOR UPPER PASS paper
Open the Duplex.
Is there remaining paper in the SENSOR UPPER PASS?
Remove the
remaining
paper and go
to Step 2.
Go to Step 9.
2
Check installation of Duplex
Open the Duplex and close it.
Disconnect and reconnect the connector between the
Duplex and Main Unit.
When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the
error occur again?
3
Check ROLLER ASSY INVERTER, ROLL PINCH DUP,
and ROLL ASSY PINCH DUP
Open the Duplex.
Are the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER, ROLL PINCH DUP,
and ROLL ASSY PINCH DUP installed properly?
Go to Step 5.
Replace/
reinstall the
appropriate
ROLL and go
to Step 4.
4
error occur again?
5
Has the paper lead edge passed through the ROLLER
ASSY INVERTER?
Go to Step 6.
Replace the
FUSER ASSY.
(REP10.1)
2-85
6
Check the drive transmission of the ROLLER ASSY
INVERTER.
Open the Duplex.
Remove the COVER-INV (PL13.2.1), COVER-RDUP
(PL3.1.2), and COVER-L DUP (PL3.1.3). (REP13.4/
REP13.2/REP13.3)
Are all the gears which transmit the MOTOR ASSY DUP
INV rotation to the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER rotating
smoothly?
Rotate the gears by hand to check.
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
appropriate
gear.
7
Check operation of MOTOR ASSY DUP INV
Is the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV rotating properly?
Check it by Diag. operations.
8
Check MOTOR ASSY DUP INV after replacement
Replace the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV. (REP13.10)
error occur again?
9
Check SENSOR LOW PASS paper
Open the Duplex.
Is there remaining paper in the SENSOR LOW PASS?
Remove the
remaining
paper and go
to Step 10.
Go to Step 16.
10
Check ROLLER ASSY DUP, ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT,
and ROLL PINCH DUP
Open the Duplex.
Are the ROLLER ASSY DUT, ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT,
and ROLL PINCH DUP installed properly?
Go to Step 12.
Replace/
reinstall the
appropriate
ROLL and go
to Step 11.
11
error occur again?
12
Check the drive transmission to the ROLLER ASSY DUP.
Open the Duplex.
Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3)
(Lower Roll Motor) rotation to the ROLLER ASSY DUP
rotating smoothly?
Go to Step 13.
Replace the
appropriate
gear.
13
Check operation of MOTOR ASSY DUP
Is the MOTOR ASSY DUP rotating properly?
14
Check MOTOR ASSY DUP (Lower Roll Motor) after
replacement
Replace the MOTOR ASSY DUP. (REP13.26)
error occur again?
2-86
15
Check PWBA DUP-L after replacement
Replace the PWBA DUP-L. (REP13.25)
error occur again?
16
ROLL-PINCH
installed properly?
Go to Step 17.
Replace the
appropriate
roll.
18
ROLL?
19
Go to Step 20.
Replace the
ACTUATOR-
REGI
(REP5.10)
20
is in the detectable area of the sensor and 5 VDC when it is
out of the area?
21
22
J408-10 <=> J603-3
J408-11 <=> J603-2
J408-12 <=> J603-1
Go to Step 23.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H1.
23
P603-10 <=> J102-3
P603-11 <=> J102-2
P603-12 <=> J102-1
Replace the
SENSOR
REGI
(REP5.11)
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H2.
24
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 25.
2-87
25
LV/HVPS.
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
26
27
J409-1 <=> P604-6
J409-2 <=> P604-5
J409-3 <=> P604-4
J409-4 <=> P604-3
J409-5 <=> P604-2
J409-6 <=> P604-1
Go to Step 28.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H1.
28
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
29
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 30.
30
LV/HVPS.
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
31
J408-1 <=> J603-12
J408-2 <=> J603-11
Go to Step 32.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H1.
32
Disconnect P/J603.
P603-1 <=> P202-2
P603-2 <=> P202-1
Go to Step 33.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H2.
33
Disconnect P/J202.
Go to Step 29.
Replace the
CLUTCH
ASSY PRE
REGI.
(REP5.13)
2-88
FIP-1. 37 Duplex Out On Jam
SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11)
ACTUATOR DUP (PL13.3.9)
HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 (PL13.3.22)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check SENSOR LOW PASS paper
Open the Duplex.
Is there remaining paper in the SENSOR LOW PASS?
Remove the
remaining
paper and go to
Step 2.
Go to Step 2.
2
Check ROLLER ASSY DUP, ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT,
and ROLL PINCH DUP
Open the Duplex.
Are the ROLLER ASSY DUT, ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT,
and ROLL PINCH DUP installed properly?
Go to Step 4.
Replace/
reinstall the
appropriate
roll and go to
Step 3.
3
error occur again?
4
Check the drive transmission to the ROLLER ASSY DUP.
Open the Duplex.
Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3)
(Lower Roll Motor) rotation to the ROLLER ASSY DUP
rotating smoothly?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
appropriate
gear.
5
Check operation of MOTOR ASSY DUP
Is the MOTOR ASSY DUP rotating properly?
6
Check operation of ACTUATOR DUP
Is the ACTUATOR DUP operating smoothly without any
damage? And does the ACTUATOR DUP go out of the
into the detectable area when there is no paper?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
ACTUATOR
DUP.
(REP13.15)
7
Check operation of SENSOR LOW PASS
P443-14 on the PWBA DUP-L when the ACTUATOR is in
the detectable area of the SENSOR LOW PASS and 5
VDC when it is out of the area?
2-89
8
Check HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 cables
Disconnect P/J443 on the PWBA DUP-L.
Are all the pins between J443 <=> P607 conducting
properly?
Go to Step 9.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY DUP2.
9
Are all the pins between J420 <=> J607 conducting
properly?
Go to Step 10.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
10
error occur again?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
11
Check MOTOR ASSY DUP (Lower Roll Motor) after
replacement
error occur again?
12
Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR LOW PASS
P443-14 on the PWBA DUP-L?
13
J443-13 <=> J123-3
J443-14 <=> J123-2
J443-15 <=> J123-1
SENSOR LOW
PASS
SENSOR REGI
(REP13.16)
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY DUP2.
14
Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA DUP-L
Replace the
PWBA DUP-L.
(REP13.25)
Go to Step 15.
15
J420-6 <=> J607-7
J420-5 <=> J607-8
Go to Step 16.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
16
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 17.
17
LV/HVPS.
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-90
FIP-1. 38 Duplex In On Jam
SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10)
ROLLER ASSY INVERTER (PL13.2.21)
ROLL ASSY PINCH DUP (PL13.2.29)
ACTUATOR INV (PL13.2.9)
HARNESS ASSY DUP2 (PL13.3.22)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check SENSOR UPPER PASS paper
Open the Duplex.
Is there remaining paper in the SENSOR UPPER PASS?
Remove the
remaining
paper and go to
Step 2.
Go to Step 2.
2
Check installation of Duplex
Open the Duplex and close it.
Disconnect and reconnect the connector between the
Duplex and Main Unit.
error occur again?
3
Check ROLLER ASSY INVERTER, ROLL PINCH DUP,
and ROLL ASSY PINCH DUP
Open the Duplex.
Are the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER, ROLL PINCH DUP,
and ROLL ASSY PINCH DUP installed properly?
Go to Step 5.
Replace/
reinstall the
appropriate
roll and go to
Step 4.
4
error occur again?
5
Has the paper lead edge passed through the ROLLER
ASSY INVERTER?
Go to Step 6.
Replace the
FUSER ASSY.
(REP10.1)
6
Check the drive transmission of the ROLLER ASSY
INVERTER.
Open the Duplex.
Remove the COVER-INV (PL13.2.1), COVER-RDUP
(PL3.1.2), and COVER-L DUP (PL3.1.3). (REP13.4/
REP13.2/REP13.3)
INV rotation to the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER rotating
smoothly?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
appropriate
gear.
2-91
7
Check operation of MOTOR ASSY DUP INV
Is the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV rotating properly?
8
Check operation of ACTUATOR INV
Is the ACTUATOR INV operating smoothly without any
damage? Does the ACTUATOR go out of the detectable
area of the Sensor when there is paper and go into the
detectable area when there is no paper?
Go to Step 9.
Replace the
ACTUATOR
INV.
(REP13.8)
9
Check operation of SENSOR UPPER PASS
P444-9 on the PWBA DUP-L when the ACTUATOR is in
the detectable area of the SENSOR UPPER PASS and 5
VDC when it is out of the area?
10
Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR UPPER PASS
11
J444-6 <=> J124-3
J444-7 <=> J124-2
J444-8 <=> J124-1
Replace the
SENSOR
PHOTO
(REP13.9)
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY DUP1.
12
Check MOTOR ASSY DUP INV after replacement
Replace the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV. (REP13.10)
error occur again?
13
error occur again?
14
Check HARNESS ASSY DUP2 cables
properly?
Go to Step 15.
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY DUP2.
15
properly?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
16
Replace the
PWBA DUP-L.
(REP13.25)
Go to Step 17.
17
J443-7 <=> P607-6
J443-8 <=> P607-5
Go to Step 18.
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY DUP2.
2-92
18
J420-6 <=> J607-7
J420-5 <=> J607-8
Go to Step 19.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
19
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 20.
20
LV/HVPS.
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-93
FIP-1. 39 Static Jam
SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16)
1
Check LCD display
Identify the faulty sensor with the LCD display.
"Open D and C Clear jam"
: SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11)
"Open Unit D Clear jam"
: SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10)
"Open Cover G Clear jam"
: SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7)
No LCD Display: SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16)
"Open Cover E Clear jam"
or "Open Unit D Clear Area E"
: REGI (PL5.2.19)
"Open Cover F Clear jam"
or "Open Unit D Clear Area F"
: SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3)
"Open Cover A Clear jam"
or "Open Unit D Clear jam"
: EXIT SENSOR (Sensor in the Fuser)
Is there remaining paper in the faulty sensor?
Remove the
remaining
paper and go
to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
3
Check operation of faulty sensor (1)
Does the ACTUATOR move smoothly without any
damage?
Or is the light receptor of the sensor dirty?
Go to Step 4.
Reinstall or
replace the
ACTUATOR
and clean the
receptor.
4
Check operation of faulty sensor (2)
Is 0 VDC the voltage measured on the common line and
signal line to each Sensor on the PWBA MCU when paper
is detected by the Sensor and 0 VDC when it is not
detected?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Replace the
faulty sensor.
2-94
FIP-1. 40 Communication Error Feeder
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check installation of feeder to Main Unit
Remove/reinstall the feeder.
2
Remove the feeder from the Main Unit.
Are all the pins between the J421 <=> J608 (connectors to
the feeder) conducting properly?
Go to Step 3.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
3
Identify the feeder with an error
When two feeders are installed:
Remove the Tray 2 feeder.
When one feeder is installed:
For both cases
where one
feeder is
installed or two
feeders are
installed, go to
Step 4.
When two
feeders are
installed, go to
Step 8. When
one feeder is
installed,
procedure is
completed.
4
Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 cables on the feeder
Remove the feeder.
Disconnect the P/J435 on the PWBA TRAY 500.
Are all the pins between the J435 <=> P608 (connectors
on the feeder to the Main Unit) conducting properly?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY FEED 1.
(REP14.16)
5
Check PWBA TRAY CONT after replacement
Replace the PWBA TRAY CONT (REP3.12).
6
Check PWBA MCU after replacement
Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5)
7
LV/HVPS.
Are all the pins between the J410 <=> J502 conducting
properly?
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
8
Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2 cables on the Tray 1
feeder
Remove the feeder.
Are all the pins between the J436 <=> J4358 (connectors
of the feeder on Tray 2 to the Main Unit) conducting
properly?
Go to Step 9.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY FEED 2.
(REP14.19)
2-95
9
Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 cables on the Tray 2
feeder
Remove the feeder.
Are all the pins between the J435 <=> P608 (connectors of
the feeder on Tray 1 to the Main Unit) conducting properly?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY FEED 1.
(REP14.16)
2-96
FIP-1. 41 Communication Error Duplex
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check installation of Duplex to the Main Unit
Remove/reinstall the Duplex.
Reconnect the connector (P/J607) to the Main Unit.
2
Open the Duplex to disconnect the connector to the Main
Unit.
properly?
Go to Step 3.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
3
Check Duplex HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 cables
Open the Duplex to disconnect the connector to the Main
Unit.
properly?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY DUP2.
4
5
6
LV/HVPS.
properly?
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-97
FIP-1. 42 PAGE Timeout
FFC-ASSY ESS (PL12.2.5)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.4)
PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7)
1
Check connection of FFC-ASSY ESS
When a test print is performed after reconnecting the
PWBA MCU and the FFC-ASSY ESS on the PWBA ESS,
does the error occur again?
2
Check FFC-ASSY ESS
Check the FFC-ASSY ESS for damage or poor circuit.
Go to Step 3.
Replace the
FFC-ASSY
ESS
(REP12.7)
3
again?
Replace the
PWBA ESS.
(REP12.7)
Completed.
2-98
FIP-1. 43 NVRAM Error
NOTE
*1: This may be caused by external noises.
Go to "FIP-1 81 Electrical Noise" to check.
NOTE
If "NVRAM Error" occured right after replacing the PWBA MCU, the PWBA MCU may
be a used one. Replace with a new PWBA MCU.
The PWBA MCU that has been installed on another machine cannot be used without
reconfiguration.
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.4)
1 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Go to Step 2.
2
When the power is turned ON again, does the error occur
again?
3
Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF for
several times?
Go to Step 4. Completed.*
4
Disconnect all the connectors to the PWBA MCU and
reconnect them.
5
Go to FIP-1 81
Electrical
Noise.
Completed.
2-99
FIP-1. 44 TR0 Failure
IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)
SENSOR TR-0 (PL7.1.2)
MOTOR ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Reinstall the IBT ASSY.
2
Check operation of IBT ASSY
Is the IBT ASSY Drum rotating?
3
Check silver seal on the belt in the IBT ASSY for dirt
Remove the IBT ASSY.
Rotate the IBT ASSY gear until the silver seal on the belt
can be seen.
Is the silver seal dirty?
Replace the
IBT ASSY.
Go to Step 4.
4
Check installation of SENSOR TR-0 (TR0 Sensor)
Is the SENSOR TR-0 installed properly?
Go to Step 5.
Reinstall and
go to Step 5.
5
Check surface of SENSOR TR-0 for dirt and foreign
substances
Is there dirt or foreign substances on the surface of the
SENSOR TR-0?
Clean to
remove the dirt/
foreign
substances and
go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
7
Check operation of SENSOR TR-0
P416-3 on the PWBA MCU when a reflective object such
as silver paper is placed close to the detectable area of the
SENSOR TR-0 and 0 VDC when it is distanced?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 8.
8
Check 5 VCD power supply to SENSOR TR-0
9
J416-1 <=> J108-3
J416-2 <=> J108-2
J416-3 <=> J108-1
Replace the
SENSOR TR-0.
(REP7.1)
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY XERO.
2-100
10
Check MOTOR ASSY P/R after replacement
Replace the MOTOR ASSY P/R. (REP11.6)
11
Check 24 VDC power supply to MOTOR ASSY P/R 24
VDC
Disconnect P/J201 of the MOTOR ASSY P/R.
Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between J201-1 <=>
J201-2?
12
properly?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
13
Remove P/J502 on the LV/HVPS.
J502-9 <=> J201-1
J502-10 <=> J201-2
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
14
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 15.
15
LV/HVPS.
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-101
FIP-1. 45 ROS Motor Failure
ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check installation of ROS ASSY
Reinstall the ROS ASSY. (REP8.1)
2
Remove the ROS ASSY. (REP8.1)
properly?
Go to Step 3.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
3
Check 5 VDC power supply to ROS and PWB SOS
4
5
Check ROS ASSY after replacement
Replace the ROS ASSY. (REP8.1)
Go to FIP-1 81
Electrical
Noise.
Completed.
6
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 7.
7
LV/HVPS.
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-102
FIP-1. 46 Deve Home Position Sensor Error
MOTOR ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4)
SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI (PL9.1.18)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check installation of FRAME ASSY ROTARY (PL9.2.9)
and MOTOR ASSY MAG
Are the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY and MOTOR ASSY MAG
installed properly?
Go to Step 2.
Reinstall and
go to Step 2.
2
Check rotation of FRAME ASSY-ROTARY and MOTOR
ASSY MAG
Are the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY and MOTOR ASSY MAG
rotating smoothly?
Go to Step 3.
Remove
anything that is
obstructing the
rotation.
3
Check installation of SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI
Is the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI installed properly?
Go to Step 4.
Reinstall and
go to Step 4.
4
Check operation of MOTOR ASSY MAG
Check the rotation by Diag. operations.
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
MOTOR ASSY
MAG.
(REP11.4)
5
Check operation of SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI
P413-6 on the PWBA MCU when the FRAME ASSY
ROTARY is in the detectable area of the sensor and 5 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 6.
6
Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR ROTARY HOME
POSI
7
J413-5 <=> J105-3
J413-6 <=> J105-2
J413-7 <=> J105-1
Replace the
SENSOR
ROTARY
HOME POSI
(REP9.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
8
Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between J410-3 <=>
J410-4 on the PWBA MCU?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 9.
9
LV/HVPS.
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-103
FIP-1. 47 ADC Contamination
SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check surface of SENSOR ASSY ADC for dirt and foreign
substances
Is there dirt or foreign substances on the surface of the
SENSOR ASSY ADC?
Clean to
remove the dirt/
foreign
substances and
go to Step 2.
Go to Step 2.
2
Check installation of SENSOR ASSY ADC
Is the SENSOR ASSY ADC installed properly?
Go to Step 4.
Reinstall and
go to Step 3.
4
Check 5 VDC and 24 VDC power supply to SENSOR
ASSY ADC
P422-4?
5
J422-8 <=> J431-1
J422-4 <=> J431-5
J422-2 <=> J431-7
Go to Step 6.
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY ADC.
6
Check SENSOR ASSY ADC after replacement
Replace the SENSOR ASSY ADC. (REP6.7)
7
Is power voltage supplied from the LV/HVPS to the
following pins on the PWBA MCU?
P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3VDC
P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC
P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 8.
8
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-104
FIP-1. 48 High Density
IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)
TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1)
TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2)
TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3)
TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4)
SENSOR HUM & TEMP (PL12.1.6)
ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check contact surface between IBT ASSY and conductor
attached to the frame
Is the contact surface deformed or is there foreign
substances on the contact surface between the IBT ASSY
and the CONDUCTOR attached to the frame?
Clean it and go
to Step 2.
Go to Step 2.
2
Check surface of SENSOR ASSY ADC for dirt and foreign
substances
SENSOR ASSY ADC?
Clean it and go
to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
4
Check Toner Cartridge after replacement
Replace the Toner Cartridge for each color.
5
6
ASSY ADC
P422-4?
7
J422-8 <=> J431-1
J422-4 <=> J431-5
J422-2 <=> J431-7
Go to Step 8.
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY ADC.
8
2-105
9
Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR ASSY HUM &
TEMP
10
J413-1 <=> J104-4
J413-2 <=> J104-3
J413-3 <=> J104-2
J413-4 <=> J104-1
Go to Step 11.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
11
Check SENSOR HUM & TEMP after replacement
Replace the SENSOR HUM & TEMP. (REP12.1)
12
13
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Completed.
14
P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3VDC
P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC
P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 15.
15
Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on
the LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-106
FIP-1. 49 Low Density
IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)
TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1)
TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2)
TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3)
TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4)
ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check contact surface between IBT ASSY and conductor
attached to the frame
Is the contact surface deformed or is there foreign
substances on the contact surface between the IBT ASSY
and the conductor attached to the frame?
Clean it and go
to Step 2.
Go to Step 2.
2
Check surface of SENSOR ASSY ADC for dirt/foreign
substances
SENSOR ASSY ADC?
Clean it and go
to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
4
Check Toner Cartridge after replacement
Replace the Toner Cartridge for each color.
5
6
ASSY ADC
P422-4?
7
J422-8 <=> J431-1
J422-4 <=> J431-5
J422-2 <=> J431-7
Go to Step 8.
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY ADC.
8
2-107
9
Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR HUM & TEMP
10
J413-1 <=> J104-4
J413-2 <=> J104-3
J413-3 <=> J104-2
J413-4 <=> J104-1
Go to Step 11.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
11
12
13
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Completed.
14
P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3VDC
P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC
P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 15.
15
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-108
FIP-1. 51 High Coverage
IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1)
TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2)
TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3)
TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4)
ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check surface of SENSOR ASSY ADC for dirt/foreign
substances
SENSOR ASSY ADC?
Clean to
remove the dirt/
foreign
substances and
go to Step 2.
Go to Step 2.
2
Check installation of SENSOR ASSY ADC
Is the SENSOR ASSY ADC installed properly?
Go to Step 4.
Reinstall and
go to Step 3.
4
5
6
7
Check TNR CRU after replacement
Replace the TNR CRU K/Y/M/C.
8
9
Check LV/HVPS after replacement
Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6)
Go to FIP-1 81
Electrical
Noise.
Completed.
2-109
FIP-1. 52 BTR 2 Error

PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check installation of 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12)
Is the 2ND BTR ASSY installed properly?
Go to Step 2.
Reinstall and
go to Step 2.
2 Does the error occur again after rebooting? Go to Step 3. Completed.
3
J403-1 <=> J600-3
J403-2 <=> J600-2
J403-3 <=> J600-1
Go to Step 4.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
4
BTR Retract Motor)
5
Does the error occur again after rebooting?
6
7
J418-4 <=> J112-3
J418-5 <=> J112-2
J418-6 <=> J112-1
Go to Step 8.
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY ADC.
8
Check SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT after replacement
Replace the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. (REP6.9)
9
10
P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3VDC
P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC
P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 11.
2-110
11
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-111
FIP-1. 53 BTR 2 Advance Error
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check installation of DRIVE ASSY BTR (PL11.1.1)
Is the DRIVE ASSY BTR installed properly?
Go to Step 2.
Reinstall and
go to Step 2.
2
Check installation of 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12)
Is the 2ND BTR ASSY installed properly?
Go to Step 4.
Reinstall and
go to Step 3.
3
error occur again?
4
J403-1 <=> J600-3
J403-2 <=> J600-2
J403-3 <=> J600-1
Go to Step 5.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
5
BTR Retract Motor)
6
error occur again?
7
8
J418-4 <=> J112-3
J418-5 <=> J112-2
J418-6 <=> J112-1
Go to Step 9.
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY ADC.
9
Check SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT after replacement
Replace the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. (REP6.9)
error occur again?
10
error occur again?
2-112
11
P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3VDC
P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC
P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 12.
12
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-113
FIP-1. 54 Fuser Fail
FUSER LOCK SWITCH (PL10.1.6)
FFC-ASSY LV/MCU (PL12.2.2)
HARNESS ASSY AC (PL12.2.4)
PWBA FUSER CONT (PL12.2.12)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
1
Check installation of FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1)
Is the FUSER ASSY installed properly?
Is the connector to the Main Unit connected securely?
Is it latched properly?
Go to Step 3.
Reinstall and
go to Step 2.
3
Check operation of FUSER LOCK SWITCH
Disconnect P/J128 on the FUSER LOCK SWITCH.
Do P128-1 <=> P128-2 conduct when the FUSER LOCK
SWITCH is pressed and not conduct when the switch is
released?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
FUSER LOCK
SWITCH.
(REP10.2)
4
J410-10 <=> J1-1
J410-9 <=> J128-1
J1-3 <=> J128-2
Go to Step 5.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
5
Check FUSER ASSY after replacement
Replace the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1)
6
has cooled down.
Are all the pins between J614A <=> J417 and J614 <=> J3
conducting properly?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY MCU
C/L.
7
Check FFC-ASSY LV/MCU cables
LV/HVPS.
P401-21 <=> J500-2
P401-22 <=> J500-1
Go to Step 8.
Replace the
FFC-ASSY
LV/MCU.
8
Check HARNESS ASSY AC cables
Disconnect P/J503 on the LV/HVPS and P/J2 on the
PWBA FUSER CONT.
J503-5 <=> J2-5
J503-6 <=> J2-6
Go to Step 9.
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY AC.
2-114
9
Check PWBA FUSER CONT after replacement
Replace the PWBA FUSER CONT. (REP12.8)
10
Check LV/HVPS after replacement
Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6)
11
Disconnect P/J1 on the PWBA FUSER CONT and P/J410
on the PWBA MCU.
P/J1-1 <=> P/J410-10
P/J1-3 <=> P/J410-9
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY MAIN.
2-115
FIP-1. 55 Temp Sensor Error
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
1
Check temperature at installation location of main unit
Is the temperature at the installation location of the main
unit -7 degrees Celsius and below or 55 degrees Celsius
and above?
Request the
customer to
improve on the
conditions of
installation
environment.
Go to Step 2.
2
Check resistance of SENSOR HUM & TEMP thermistor
Is the P104-4 <=> P104-3 resistance value 10 KOhm 1 KOhm
(approx. 20 degrees Celsius)?
Go to Step 3.
Replace the
SENSOR
HUM & TEMP.
(REP12.1)
3
properly?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-116
FIP-1. 58 Humidity Sensor Error
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
1
properly?
Go to Step 2.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
2-117
FIP-1. 59 Feed Motor Failure
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check installation of DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7)
Is the DRIVE ASSY FEED installed properly?
Go to Step 3.
Reinstall and
go to Step 2.
2
Check rotation of DRIVE ASSY FEED
Check the DRIVE ASSY FEED rotation by Diag.
operations.
Is the DRIVE ASSY FEED rotating properly?
Completed. Go to Step 3.
3
J437-1 <=> J440-5
J437-2 <=> J440-4
J437-4 <=> J440-2
J437-5 <=> J440-1
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY FEED
MAIN.
4
Check 24 VDC power supply to DRIVE ASSY FEED
P440-1 on the PWBA FEED?
5
Check FEED MOTOR START signal
Is XX VDC the voltage measured between P440-5 <=>
P440-1 on the PWBA FEED DRV when the FEED MOTOR
START signal is turned ON?
Replace the
DRIVE ASSY
FEED.
(REP14.12)
Go to Step 11.
6
P435-7/8 on the PWBA TRAY 500?
Replace the
PWBA TRAY
500.
(REP14.10)
Go to Step 7.
7
J435-10 <=> P608-1 (connectors on the feeder to the Main
Unit)
J435-9 <=> P608-2
J435-8 <=> P608-3
J435-7 <=> P608-4
Go to Step 8.
Replace the
PWBA TRAY
500.
(REP14.10)
2-118
8
J421-1 <=> J608-10 (connectors on the Main Unit to the
feeder)
J421-2 <=> J608-9
J421-3 <=> J608-8
J421-4 <=> J608-7
Go to Step 9.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
9
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 10.
10
LV/HVPS.
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
11
Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA TRAY CONT
P435-5 on the PWBA TRAY CONT?
Replace the
PWBA TRAY
500.
(REP14.10)
Go to Step 12.
12
J435-6 <=> P608-5 (connectors on the feeder to the Main
Unit)
J435-5 <=> P608-6
Go to Step 13.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY FEED 1.
(REP14.16)
13
J421-5 <=> J608-6 (connectors on the Main Unit to the
feeder)
J421-6 <=> J608-5
Go to Step 14.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
14
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 15.
15
LV/HVPS.
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-119
FIP-1. 60 Duplex Motor Failure
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check installation of MOTOR ASSY DUP (DUP Lower
Motor) and MOTOR ASSY DUP (DUP Upper Motor)
Are the Lower and Upper MOTOR ASSY DUP installed
properly?
Go to Step 2.
Reinstall and
go to Step 2.
2
Check MOTOR drive transmission load
Is the gear which transmits the MOTOR rotation rotating
properly?
Go to Step 3.
Replace the
parts that are
obstructing
rotation.
3
Are all the pins between J420 <=> J607 (Duplex
connectors on the Main Unit) conducting properly?
Go to Step 4.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
4
Are all the pins between J443 <=> P607 (connectors on
the Duplex to the Main Unit) conducting properly?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY DUP2.
5
Check 24 VDC power supply to MOTOR ASSY DUP (DUP
Lower Motor)
Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between both P442-1
<=> Frame Chassis and P442-2 <=> Frame Chassis on the
PWBA DUP-L?
6
Check 24 VDC power supply to MOTOR ASSY DUP INV
(DUP Upper Motor)
Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between both J612-6 <=>
Frame Chassis and P612-5 <=> Frame Chassis on the
PWBA DUP-L?
7
8
Check MOTOR ASSY DUP (DUP Lower Motor) after
replacement
2-120
9
Check MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (DUP Upper Motor) after
replacement
10
Is the specified DC voltage supplied properly to the
P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3 VDC
P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC
P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.6)
Go to Step 11.
11
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
12
J444-11 <=> J612-4
J444-12 <=> J612-3
J444-13 <=> J612-2
J444-14 <=> J612-1
Go to Step 13.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY DUP1.
13
P443-11/12 on the PWBA DUP-L?
Replace the
PWBA DUP-L.
(REP13.25)
Go to Step 14.
14
J443-9 <=> P607-4
J443-10 <=> P607-3
J443-11 <=> P607-2
J443-12 <=> P607-1
Go to Step 15.
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY DUP2.
15
J420-1 <=> J607-12
J420-2 <=> J607-11
J420-3 <=> J607-10
J420-4 <=> J607-9
Go to Step 16.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
16
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 17.
2-121
17
LV/HVPS.
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-122
FIP-1. 61 IBT CLN Fail
DRIVE ASSY PRO (PL11.1.2)
SENSOR IBT RETRACT (PL6.1.26)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check DRIVE ASSY PRO (IBT Cleaner Retract Motor)
connection
Is the connector P/J414 on the PWBA MCU connected
properly?
Go to Step 2.
Reconnect the
connector.
2
Check 24 VDC power supply to DRIVE ASSY PRO (IBT
Cleaner Retract Motor)
3
Check DRIVE ASSY PRO after replacement
Replace the DRIVE ASSY PRO. (REP11.2)
error occur again?
4
Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR IBT RETRACT
5
J415-3 <=> J107-3
J415-4 <=> J107-2
J415-5 <=> J107-1
Go to Step 6.
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY MAIN.
6
Check SENSOR IBT RETRACT after replacement
Replace the SENSOR IBT RETRACT. (REP6.10)
error occur again?
7
error occur again?
8
P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3VDC
P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC
P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 9.
2-123
9
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-124
FIP-1. 62 Y Toner Life Over
TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
1
Go to Step 4.
Reinstall and
go to Step 2.
3
4
Check ANTENNA CTRG
Clean the
ANTENNA
CTRG and go
to Step 5.
Go to Step 5.
5
Disconnect and reconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU.
6
J415-1 <=> J106-2
J415-2 <=> J106-1
Go to Step 7.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
7
replacement
(REP9.2/REP9.3)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
2-125
FIP-1. 63 M Toner Life Over
TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
1
Go to Step 4.
Reinstall and
go to Step 2.
3
4
Check ANTENNA CTRG
Clean the
ANTENNA
CTRG and go
to Step 5.
Go to Step 5.
5
6
J415-1 <=> J106-2
J415-2 <=> J106-1
Go to Step 7.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
7
replacement
(REP9.2/REP9.3)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
2-126
FIP-1. 64 C Toner Life Over
TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
1
Go to Step 4.
Reinstall and
go to Step 2.
3
4
Check ANTENNA CTRG
Clean the
ANTENNA
CTRG and go
to Step 5.
Go to Step 5.
5
6
J415-1 <=> J106-2
J415-2 <=> J106-1
Go to Step 7.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
7
replacement
(REP9.2/REP9.3)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
2-127
FIP-1. 65 K Toner Life Over
TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
1
Go to Step 4.
Reinstall and
go to Step 2.
3
4
Check ANTENNA CTRG
Clean the
ANTENNA
CTRG and go
to Step 5.
Go to Step 5.
5
6
J415-1 <=> J106-2
J415-2 <=> J106-1
Go to Step 7.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
7
replacement
(REP9.2/REP9.3)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
2-128
FIP-1. 66 Waste Toner Bottle Life Over
IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)
SENSOR TNER FULL (PL7.1.24)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Is the IBT ASSY installed properly?
Go to Step 4.
Reinstall and
go to Step 2.
3
4
Check operation of SENSOR TNER FULL (Toner Full
Sensor)
P413-10 on the PWBA MCU when the detectable area of
the sensor is blocked and 5 VDC when it is not blocked?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 5.
5
Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR TNER FULL
6
J413-10 <=> J617-3
J413-11 <=> J617-2
J413-12 <=> J617-1
Go to Step 7.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
7
Check HARNESS ASSY TNR FULL cables
Disconnect P/J617.
P617-1 <=> J126-3
P617-2 <=> J126-2
P617-3 <=> J126-1
Replace the
SENSOR
TNER FULL.
(REP7.10)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
8
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 9.
9
LV/HVPS.
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-129
FIP-1. 68 Regi Cover Open (P/H Cover Open)
CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2)
SWITCH-PH DOOR (PL5.2.23)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check shape of CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2)
Is the Actuator which presses the SWITCH I/L CAB (P/H
Cover Switch) on the CHUTE ASSY-REAR damaged?
Replace the
CHUTE ASSY-
REAR.
(REP5.2)
Go to Step 2.
2
Check operation of SWITCH-PH DOOR
Do J408-5 <=> J408-6 conduct when the SWITCH-I/L CAB
is pressed and not conduct when the unit is released?
3
J408-5 <=> J603-8
J408-6 <=> J603-7
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H1.
4
Disconnect P/J603.
P603-5 <=> J100-2
P603-6 <=> J100-1
Replace the
SWITCH-PH
DOOR.
(REP5.14)
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY P/H2.
5
P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3 VDC
P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC
P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 6.
6
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-130
FIP-1. 69 2nd BTR Cover Open
CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1)
SWITCH 2BTR COVER (PL6.1.18)
HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SW (PL6.1.16)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check shape of CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1)
Is the Actuator which presses the SWITCH 2BTR COVER
on the CHUTE ASSY-FSR damaged?
Replace the
CHUTE ASSY-
FSR (REP6.1)
Go to Step 2.
2
Check operation of SWITCH 2BTR COVER
Do J418-7 <=> J418-8 conduct when the SWITCH 2BTR
COVER is pressed and not conduct when the unit is
released?
3
J418-7 <=> J621-2
J418-8 <=> J621-1
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY ADC.
4
Check HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SW cables
P621-1 <=> J113-2
P621-2 <=> J113-1
Replace the
SWITCH 2BTR
COVER.
(REP6.6)
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY 2BTR
SW.
5
P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3 VDC
P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC
P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 6.
6
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-131
FIP-1. 70 Exit Cover Open
COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4)
SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check COVER open/close status
Is the COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4) closed?
Go to Step 3.
Close the
cover and go
to Step 2.
3
Check shape of COVER FUSER
Is the COVER FUSER Actuator which presses the
SWITCH-FUSER DOOR deformed or damaged?
Replace the
COVER
FUSER.
(REP1.3)
Go to Step 4.
4
Check operation of SWITCH-FUSER DOOR
Disconnect P/J114 on the SWITCH-FUSER DOOR.
Do P114-1 <=> P114-2 conduct when the SWITCH-
FUSER DOOR is pressed and not conduct when the door
is released?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
SWITCH-
FUSER
DOOR.
(REP1.14)
5
J403-11 <=> J114-2
J403-12 <=> J114-1
Go to Step 6.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
6
P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3 VDC
P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC
P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 7.
7
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-132
FIP-1. 71 Tray 1 Cover Open
CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.2.2)
SWITCH FEEDER DOOR (PL14.3.18)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check shape of CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.2.2)
Is the Actuator which presses the SWITCH FEEDER
DOOR on the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 damaged?
Replace the
CHUTE FDR
ASSY 500.
(REP14.8)
Go to Step 2.
2
Check operation of SWITCH FEEDER DOOR
Do J437-8 <=> J437-9 conduct when the SWITCH
FEEDER DOOR is pressed and not conduct when the unit
is released?
3
J437-8 <=> J121-2
J437-9 <=> J121-1
Replace the
SWITCH
FEEDER
DOOR.
(REP14.18)
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY FEED
MAIN.
4
the feeder to the Main Unit) conducting properly?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY FEED 1.
(REP14.16)
5
Are all the pins between J421 <=> J608 (feeder
connectors on the Main Unit) conducting properly?
Go to Step 6.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
6
P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3 VDC
P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC
P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 7.
2-133
7
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-134
FIP-1. 72 Duplex Cover Open
COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24)
SWITCH-DUP DOOR (PL13.3.7)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check shape of COVER UP-DUP TRANS
Is the Actuator which presses the SWITCH-DUP DOOR on
the COVER UP-DUP TRANS damaged?
Replace the
COVER UP-
DUP TRANS.
(REP13.21)
Go to Step 2.
2
Check operation of SWITCH-DUP DOOR
Do J444-1 <=> J444-2 conduct when the SWITCH-DUP
DOOR is pressed and not conduct when the unit is
released?
3
J444-1 <=> J122-2
J444-2 <=> J122-1
Replace the
SWITCH-DUP
DOOR.
(REP13.14)
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY DUP1.
4
the Duplex to the Main Unit) conducting properly?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY DUP2.
5
properly?
Go to Step 6.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
6
7
2-135
8
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-136
FIP-1. 73 Duplex Tray Open
COVER-L DUP (PL13.1.3)
SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check shape of Duplex COVER-L DUP
Is the Actuator which presses the SWITCH-FUSER DOOR
(PL1.1.36) on the Duplex damaged?
Replace the
COVER-L
DUP.
(REP13.3)
Go to Step 2.
2
Check operation of SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36)
Do J403-11 <=> J402-12 conduct when the SWITCH-
FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36) switch is pressed and not
conduct when the unit is released?
3
J403-11 <=> J114-2
J403-12 <=> J114-1
Replace the
SWITCH-
FUSER
DOOR.
(REP1.14)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
4
P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3 VDC
P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC
P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 5.
5
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-137
FIP-1. 74 Front Cover Open
COVER TOP (PL1.1.3)
COVER FRONT ASSY U (PL1.1.16)
COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4)
SWITCH ASSY TOP (PL1.1.7)
SWITCH-INLK FRONT (PL1.1.27)
SWITCH-INLK FUSER (PL1.1.34)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check COVER open/close status
Are the COVER TOP (PL1.1.3), COVER FRONT ASSY U
(PL1.1.16), and COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4) all closed?
Go to Step 3.
Close the
cover and go
to Step 2.
3
Check shape of COVER TOP
Is the COVER TOP Actuator which presses the SWITCH
ASSY TOP deformed or damaged?
Replace the
COVER ASSY
TOP. (REP1.1)
Go to Step 4.
4
Check shape of COVER FRONT ASSY U
Is the COVER FRONT ASSY U Actuator which presses
the SWITCH ASSY TOP deformed or damaged?
COVER
FRONT ASSY
U COVER
ASSY TOP.
(REP1.10)
Go to Step 5.
5
Check shape of COVER FUSER
Is the COVER FUSER Actuator which presses the
SWITCH-INLK FUSER deformed or damaged?
Replace the
COVER
FUSER.
(REP1.3)
Go to Step 6.
6
Check operation of SWITCH ASSY TOP
Disconnect P/J116 on the SWITCH ASSY TOP.
Do P116-1 <=> P116-3 conduct when the SWITCH ASSY
TOP is pressed and not conduct when the unit is
released?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
SWITCH
ASSY TOP.
(REP1.6)
7
Check operation of SWITCH-INLK FUSER
Disconnect P/J117 on the SWITCH-INLK FUSER.
Do P117-1 <=> P117-3 conduct when the SWITCH-INLK
FUSER is pressed and not conduct when the unit is
released?
Go to Step 8.
Replace the
SWITCH-INLK
FUSER.
(REP1.19)
8
P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3 VDC
P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC
P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 9.
2-138
9
LV/HVPS.
J410-1 <=> J502-1
J410-2 <=> J502-2
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
J410-5 <=> J502-5
J410-6 <=> J502-6
J410-7 <=> J502-7
J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-139
FIP-1. 75 Y Toner Life Warning
TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
1
Go to Step 4.
Reinstall and
go to Step 2.
3
4
Check ANTENNA CTRG
Clean the
ANTENNA
CTRG and go
to Step 5.
Go to Step 5.
5
6
J415-1 <=> J106-2
J415-2 <=> J106-1
Go to Step 7.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
7
replacement
(REP9.2/REP9.4)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
2-140
FIP-1. 76 M Toner Life Warning
TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
1
Go to Step 4.
Reinstall and
go to Step 2.
3
4
Check ANTENNA CTRG
Clean the
ANTENNA
CTRG and go
to Step 5.
Go to Step 5.
5
6
J415-1 <=> J106-2
J415-2 <=> J106-1
Go to Step 7.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
7
replacement
(REP9.2/REP9.4)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
2-141
FIP-1. 77 C Toner Life Warning
TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
1
Go to Step 4.
Reinstall and
go to Step 2.
3
4
Check ANTENNA CTRG
Clean the
ANTENNA
CTRG and go
to Step 5.
Go to Step 5.
5
6
J415-1 <=> J106-2
J415-2 <=> J106-1
Go to Step 7.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
7
replacement
(REP9.2/REP9.4)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
2-142
FIP-1. 78 K Toner Life Warning
TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
1
Go to Step 4.
Reinstall and
go to Step 2.
3
4
Check ANTENNA CTRG
Clean the
ANTENNA
CTRG and go
to Step 5.
Go to Step 5.
5
6
J415-1 <=> J106-2
J415-2 <=> J106-1
Go to Step 7.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
7
replacement
(REP9.2/REP9.4)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
2-143
FIP-1. 79 Toner Bottle Life Warning
IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)
SENSOR TNER FULL (PL7.1.24)
HARNESS-ASSY TNER FULL (PL7.1.25)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Go to Step 3.
Reinstall and
go to Step 2.
3
4
Check operation of SENSOR TNER FULL (Toner Full
Sensor)
P413-10 on the PWBA MCU when the detectable area of
the sensor is blocked and 5 VDC when it is not blocked?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 5.
5
Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR TNER FULL
6
J413-10 <=> J617-3
J413-11 <=> J617-2
J413-12 <=> J617-1
Go to Step 7.
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
7
Check HARNESS ASSY TNR FULL cables
Disconnect P/J617.
P617-1 <=> J126-3
P617-2 <=> J126-2
P617-3 <=> J126-1
Replace the
SENSOR
TNER FULL.
(REP7.10)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
8
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Go to Step 9.
9
LV/HVPS.
J410-3 <=> J502-3
J410-4 <=> J502-4
Replace the
LV/HVPS.
(REP12.6)
Repair the
open circuit or
short circuit.
2-144
FIP-1. 80 Xero CRU Life Warning / Xero CRU Life2
IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Go to Step 3.
Reinstall and
go to Step 2.
3
4
Disconnect and reconnect the P/J416 on the PWBA MCU.
5
Disconnect J416 on the PWBA MCU.
J416-4 <=> J109-2
J416-5 <=> J109-1
Go to Step 6.
Replace the
HARNESS-
ASSY XERO.
6
replacement
(REP7.2/REP7.3)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(REP12.5)
Completed.
2-145
FIP-1. 81 Electrical Noise
IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)
HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14)
PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
1
Check external noise
Are there any other electrical devices such as a power
generator, radio transmitter, or a device using a motor
within 3 m from the printer?
Turn off the other electrical devices or reposition the printer
at least 6 m away from the devices.
Does the electrical noise problem persist?
2
Check AC earthing
Is the AC socket wired and earthed properly?
Go to Step 3.
Request the
customer to
repair the AC
socket.
3
Replace the DRU ASSY.
After replacement, does the electrical noise problem still
persist?
4
Check IBT ASSY and HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD contact
Is the contact surface between the IBT ASSY and the
conductor attached to the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD
deformed or are there foreign substances on it?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
HOUSING
ASSY-GUIDE
AD.
5
Check earthing for board
Are all the screws that secure the PWBA MCU and LV/HVPS
to the frame tightened properly?
Are all the screws that secure the Feeder PWBA TRAY
CONT to the frame tightened properly?
Are all the screws that secure the Duplex PWBA DUP-L to
the frame tightened properly?
Go to Step 6.
Tighten the
screws.
6
Check FUSER ASSY after replacement
has cooled down.
Replace the FUSER. (REP10.1)
persist?
7
persist?
Replace all the
relevant parts.
Completed.
2-146
FIP-1. 82 ESS-Related Error
PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7)
1 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Go to Step 2.
2
When the power is turned ON again, does the error occur
again?
3
Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF for
several times?
4
Check Firmware
Is the firmware version the latest?
Go to Step 5.
Update the
firmware.
5
Check additional RAM
Remove the additional RAM from the PWBA ESS.
Replace the
PWBA ESS.
(REP12.7)
Reinstall or
replace the
additional
RAM.
2-147
2.3.4 Abnormal Noise
2.3.4.1 Abnormal Noise Troubleshooting Entry Chart
Is abnormal noise heard at Initialize
operation after power on?
Is abnormal noise heard at standby?
Is abnormal noise heard during print
(simplex)?
Is abnormal noise heard during print
(duplex)?
Check a list of operations performed at power
on and check for foreign objects and broken
parts. (See FIP-1 N1.)
Check a list of operations performed at standby
and check for foreign objects and broken parts.
(See FIP-1 N2.)
Check a list of operations performed during print
(simplex) and check for foreign objects and
broken parts. (See FIP-1 N3.)
Check a list of operations performed during print
(duplex) and check for foreign objects and
broken parts. (See FIP-1 N4.)
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
2-148
2.3.5 Operation Table in Each Mode
FIP-1.N1 During Power ON
MOT ASSY ROT (PL11.1.5)
FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9)
IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)
MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6)
FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1)
ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8)
1 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY ROT?
Replace the
MOT ASSY
ROT.
Go to Step 2.
2
Can abnormal noise be heard from the FRAME ASSY-
ROTARY that is driven by the MOT ASSY ROT?
Clean/replace
the FRAME
ASSY-
ROTARY.
Go to Step 3.
3
Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY
MICRO?
Replace the
MOT ASSY
MICRO.
Go to Step 4.
4
Can abnormal noise be heard from the 2ND BTR ASSY
that is driven by the MOT ASSY MICRO?
Clean/replace
the 2ND BTR
ASSY.
Go to Step 5.
5 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY P/R?
Replace the
MOT ASSY P/R.
Go to Step 6.
6 Can abnormal noise be heard from the IBT ASSY?
Replace the
IBT ASSY.
Go to Step 7.
7
Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOTOR-PH
(PL5.2.20) in the FRAME ASSY-PH?
Replace the
FRAME ASSY-
PH.
Go to Step 8.
8
Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL ASSY-PRE
REGI (PL5.2.12) in the FRAME ASSY-PH that is driven by
the MOTOR-PH?
Clean/replace
the ROLL
ASSY-PRE
REGI.
Go to Step 9.
9
Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL REGI
RUBBER (PL5.2.8) in the FRAME ASSY-PH that is driven
by the MOTOR-PH?
Clean/replace
the ROLL
ASSY-REGI.
Go to Step 10.
10
Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL MSI that is
driven by the MOTOR-PH?
Clean/replace
the ROLL MSI.
Contact the
Technical
Engineer.
2-149
FIP-1.N2 During STANDBY
MOT ASY FSR (PL11.1.3)
1
Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY FSR?
(Rotates when the FUSER ASSY reaches a specific
temperature.)
Replace the
MOT ASSY
FSR.
Go to Step 2.
2
Can abnormal noise be heard from the FUSER ROLL in
the FUSER ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR?
Clean/replace
the FUSER
ROLL.
Go to Step 3.
3
that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR?
Clean/replace
the 2ND BTR
ASSY.
Contact the
Technical
Engineer.
2-150
FIP-1.N3 During Printing (1 Sided)
500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14)
ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8)
IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)
MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4)
FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7)
ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1)
1
Can abnormal noise be heard from the DRIVE ASSY
FEED (PL14.3.7) in the 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION?
Replace the
500 FEEDER
ASSY
OPTION.
Go to Step 2.
2
Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL ASSY TURN
500 (PL14.3.16) that is driven by the DRIVE ASSY FEED
in the 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION?
Clean/replace
the ROLL
ASSY TURN
500.
Go to Step 3.
3
Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL ASSY FEED
Clean/replace
the ROLL
ASSY FEED
500.
Go to Step 4.
4
Replace the
FRAME ASSY-
PH.
Go to Step 5.
5
the MOTOR-PH?
Clean/replace
the ROLL
ASSY-PRE
REGI.
Go to Step 6.
6
by the MOTOR-PH?
Clean/replace
the ROLL REGI
RUBBER.
Go to Step 7.
7
Clean/replace
the ROLL MSI.
Go to Step 8.
8
Can abnormal noise be heard from the GEAR ASSY
DRIVE that is driven by the MOTOR-PH?
Replace the
FRAME ASSY-
PH.
Go to Step 9.
2-151
9 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY FSR?
Replace the
MOT ASSY
FSR.
Go to Step 10.
10
Replace the
FUSER ASSY.
Go to Step 11.
11
Clean/replace
the 2ND BTR
ASSY.
Go to Step 12.
12
Can abnormal noise be heard from the EXIT ROLL in the
FUSER ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR?
Clean/replace
the FUSER
ASSY.
Go to Step 13.
Replace the
MOT ASSY P/R.
Go to Step 14.
Replace the
IBT ASSY.
Go to Step 15.
15 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY MAG?
Replace the
MOT ASSY
MAG.
Go to Step 16.
16
Can abnormal noise be heard from the HOUSING ASSY-
DEVE K, HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y, HOUSING ASSY-
DEVE M, or HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C that are driven by
the MOT ASSY MAG?
Replace the
HOUSING
ASSY-DEVE K,
HOUSING
ASSY-DEVE Y,
HOUSING
ASSY-DEVE
M, or the
HOUSING
ASSY-DEVE C.
Go to Step 17.
Replace the
MOT ASSY
ROT.
Go to Step 18.
18
Replace the
FRAME ASSY-
ROTARY.
Go to Step 19.
19
MICRO?
Replace the
MOT ASSY
MICRO.
Go to Step 20.
20
2ND that is driven by the MOT ASSY MICRO?
Replace the
FRAME ASSY-
2ND.
Go to Step 21.
21 Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROS ASSY?
Replace the
ROS ASSY.
2-152
FIP-1.N4 During Printing (2 Sided)
500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14)
ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8)
IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)
MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4)
FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7)
DUPLEX ASSY (PL13.1.1)
ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1)
1
Can abnormal noise be heard from the DRIVE ASSY
FEED (PL14.3.7) in the 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION?
Replace the
500 FEEDER
ASSY
OPTION.
Go to Step 2.
2
Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL ASSY TURN
Clean/replace
the ROLL
ASSY TURN
500.
Go to Step 3.
3
Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL ASSY FEED
Clean/replace
the ROLL
ASSY FEED
500.
Go to Step 4.
4
Replace the
FRAME ASSY-
PH.
Go to Step 5.
5
the MOTOR-PH?
Clean/replace
the ROLL
ASSY-PRE
REGI.
Go to Step 6.
6
by the MOTOR-PH?
Clean/replace
the ROLL REGI
RUBBER.
Go to Step 7.
7
Clean/replace
the ROLL MSI.
Go to Step 8.
2-153
8
Can abnormal noise be heard from the GEAR ASSY
DRIVE that is driven by the MOTOR-PH?
Replace the
FRAME ASSY-
PH.
Go to Step 9.
9 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY FSR?
Replace the
MOT ASSY
FSR.
Go to Step 10.
10
Replace the
FUSER ASSY.
Go to Step 11.
11
Clean/replace
the 2ND BTR
ASSY.
Go to Step 12.
12
Can abnormal noise be heard from the EXIT ROLL in the
FUSER ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR?
Clean/replace
the FUSER
ASSY.
Go to Step 13.
Replace the
MOT ASSY P/R.
Go to Step 14.
Replace the
IBT ASSY.
Go to Step 15.
15 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY MAG?
Replace the
MOT ASSY
MAG.
Go to Step 16.
16
Can abnormal noise be heard from the HOUSING ASSY-
DEVE K, HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y, HOUSING ASSY-
DEVE M, or HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C that are driven by
the MOT ASSY MAG?
Replace the
HOUSING
ASSY-DEVE K,
HOUSING
ASSY-DEVE Y,
HOUSING
ASSY-DEVE
M, or the
HOUSING
ASSY-DEVE C.
Go to Step 17.
Replace the
MOT ASSY
ROT.
Go to Step 18.
18
Replace the
FRAME ASSY-
ROTARY.
Go to Step 19.
19
MICRO?
Replace the
MOT ASSY
MICRO.
Go to Step 20.
20
2ND that is driven by the MOT ASSY MICRO?
Replace the
FRAME ASSY-
2ND.
Go to Step 21.
2-154
21
Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOTOR ASSY
DUP INV in the DUPLEX OPTION?
Reinstall the
MOTOR ASSY
DUP INV.
(Refer to
REP13.10) If
the problem
persists,
replace the
DUPLEX
OPTION.
Go to Step 22.
22
Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLLER ASSY
INVERTER (PL13.2.21) that is driven by the MOTOR
ASSY DUP INV in the DUPLEX OPTION?
Clean/replace
the ROLLER
ASSY
INVERTER.
Go to Step 23.
23
Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOTOR ASSY
DUP in the DUPLEX OPTION?
Replace the
DUPLEX
OPTION.
Go to Step 24.
24
DUP (PL13.4.1) that is driven by the MOTOR ASSY DUP
in the DUPLEX OPTION?
Clean/replace
the ROLLER
ASSY DUP.
Go to Step 25.
25
DUP OUT (PL13.4.17) that is driven by the MOTOR ASSY
DUP in the DUPLEX OPTION?
Clean/replace
the ROLLER
ASSY DUP
OUT.
Go to Step 26.
26 Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROS ASSY?
Replace the
ROS ASSY.
2-155
FIP-1.N5 During STANDBY
1
Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY FSR?
(Rotates when the FUSER ASSY reaches a specific
temperature.)
Replace the
MOT ASSY
FSR.
Go to Step 2.
2
Clean/replace
the FUSER
ROLL.
Go to Step 3.
3
Clean/replace
the 2ND BTR
ASSY.
Contact the
Technical
Engineer.
2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode
2-156
2.4.1 Explanation
Objective) To identify a faulty part replacable at the Support Center.
Details) This is for use by the customer engineer. To activate, turn ON the power while pressing
the and buttons at the same time.
The menu consists of Diag./setting items, all of which are operated from the Control
Panel. Select a menu item using the arrow buttons, then press the [Eject/Set] button to
start the function.
When a Diag. item is performed, it displays whether an error has occurred after the Diag.
has been completed.
If an error occurs while performing the Diag. item, the error will be displayed and the
subsequent diagnosis canceled.
Press the [Cancel Print] button or [Eject/Set] button to clear the error and return back to
the menu item.
In the parameter settings, the current setting values will be displayed by pressing the Set
button after the menu items have been selected. After that, select a number by using the
/ buttons and press the Set button to write data in the NVM.
Flow)
Figure 2 CE Mode Process Flow
Password Entry)
Password Entry Screen
Enter Password
Press the button twice + [Eject/Set] button.
Screen after entering the password
(CE mode menu initial display)
Start
Password Entry
CE Mode
CE Mode
Password
CE Mode
ESS Diag
2-157
2.4.2 Menu tree
The CE Mode has a menu configuration.
Select a menu item using the / buttons, then press the [Eject/Set] button to start the function.
The following shows the menu tree of the first tree.
Press the / buttons to move between items.
When "ESS Diag" is displayed, press the button to display "Parameter".
When "Parameter" is displayed, press the button to display "ESS Diag".
Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the second tree.
Details on each item in the second tree will be described later.
2-158
(1) ESS Diag
* Second tree
When "All Test" is displayed, press the button to display "IOT Test".
When "IOT Test" is displayed, press the button to display "All Test".
Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the first tree.
Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the execution tree.
* Execution tree
Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree.
Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute diagnosis.
"Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during diagnosis.
Refer to "2.4.4 ESS Diag Details" for how to display diagnosis results.
After the diagnosis is completed, press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the
execution tree.
Second Tree Execution Tree
2-159
(2) IOT Diag
(a) Whole
* Second tree
When "Digital Input" is displayed, press the button to display "NVM Settings".
When "NVM Settings" is displayed, press the button to display "Digital Input".
Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the third tree or the execution tree.
(b) Digital Input
This is a function that checks the IOT Sensor status.
Press the / buttons to move between test items.
Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute the status check.
When the Sensor status changes (Low <- -> High), the number of changes is displayed.
Press the [Cancel Print] button to stop the status check.
Press the [Menu] button to move to the second tree.
Example: In the case of sens-tray1-door
Press the / buttons to select an item. LCD lower line: "DI-f2 OFF"
Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute the status check. LCD lower line: "DI-f2 L 0"
Sensor is operated in FULL STACK status. LCD lower line: "DI-f2 H 0"
Sensor is operated without FULL STACK status. LCD lower line: "DI-f2 L 1"
Sensor is operated in FULL STACK status. LCD lower line: "DI-f2 H 1"
Press the [Cancel Print] button to stop the status check. LCD lower line: "DI-f2 OFF"
Second Tree Third Tree Execution Tree
2-160
(c) Digital Output
This is a function that checks the motor drive status etc.
Press the / buttons to move between test items.
Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute the drive.
Press the [Cancel Print] button to stop the drive.
Press the [Menu] button to move to the second tree.
Example: In the case of mot-mag-start
Press the / buttons to select an item. LCD lower line: "D0-60 READY"
Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute the drive. LCD lower line: "D0-60 EXEC"
Press the [Cancel Print] button to stop the drive. LCD lower line: "D0-60 READY"
(d) NVM Settings
* Third tree
When "Edit NVM" is displayed, press the button to display "Print NVM Info".
When "Print NVM Info" is displayed, press the button to display "Edit NVM".
* "Print NVM Info" is at the third tree = execution tree.
* Execution tree
(d-1) Edit NVM
The currently set IOT NVM value is displayed.
Press the / buttons to move the cursor.
Press the / buttons to change the value at the cursor position. When the value has been
changed, the "*" mark displayed to the right of the value disappears so that you can check whether
the change has been made.
Press the [Eject/Set] button to store a setting value in the IOT NVM.
Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the third tree.
This information will not be initialized by any button action.
(d-2) Save NVM
Press the [Eject/Set] button to save the IOT NVM value. (MCU FW performs saving.)
"Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line when saving.
"Saved" is displayed on the LCD lower line after saving is completed.
After saving is completed, press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the third tree.
2-161
(d-3) Load NVM
Press the [Eject/Set] button to load the IOT NVM value. (MCU FW performs loading)
"Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line when loading.
"Loaded" is displayed on the LCD lower line after loading is completed.
After loading is completed, press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the third tree.
(d-4) Initialize NVM
Press the [Eject/Set] button to initialize the IOT NVM value. (MCU FW performs initialization)
"Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during initialization.
"Initialized" is displayed on the LCD lower line after initialization is completed.
After initialization is completed, press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the third tree.
(d-5) Print NVM Info
Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute printing.
"Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during print.
A report on the IOT NVM data is printed.
After printing is completed, move to the third tree (execution tree).
2-162
(3) Print Info
* Second tree
When "Config Page" is displayed, press the button to display "Print Settings".
When "Print Settings" is displayed, press the button to display "Config Page".
* Execution tree
Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute printing.
One copy of each report is printed.
After printing is completed, move to the execution tree.
* Print Items
Prints the following items.
* Config Page
Tray with IOT
IOT ROM Version
* Print Settings
Serial No.
Display Counter
Color Print
B/W Print
Total Print
Color Error
B/W Error
Color Backup
B/W Backup
Total Backup

2-163
(4) Exit Mode
* Second tree
* Execution tree
Press the [Eject/Set] button to reboot (same operation as Power ON).
2-164
(5) Installation
Second Tree Third Tree Execution Tree
2-165
(a) Whole
* Second tree
When "SerialNo." is displayed, press the button to display "Clear JobHistory".
When "Clear JobHistory" is displayed, press the button to display "SerialNo".
Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the third tree or the execution tree.
(b) SerialNo.
The currently set Serial No. is displayed.
Press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree.
(c) Display Counter
The ON/OFF status of the currently set Display Counter is displayed.
Press the / buttons to switch between ON/OFF.
When a change has been made, check for the "*" mark displayed to the right of the value. The side
where the "*" is displayed becomes the set value.
Press the [Eject/Set] button to store the set value in the NVM and move to the second tree.
Press the [Cancel Print] button to abort storing of the set value in the NVM and move to the second
tree.
(d) Tone Correction
This changes the ON/OFF information of the currently set Auto Tone Correction.
Press the / buttons to switch between ON/OFF.
When a change has been made, check for the "*" mark displayed to the right of the value. The side
where the "*" is displayed becomes the set value.
tree.
(e) Configuration
* Third tree
When "Dip Switch0" is displayed, press the button to display "Dip Switch3".
When "Dip Switch3" is displayed, press the button to display "Dip Switch0".
* Execution tree
The currently set values for Dip Switch0~3 are displayed.
Press the / buttons to move the cursor.
Press the / buttons to change the value at the cursor position. When the value has been
changed, the "*" mark displayed to the right of the value disappears so that you can check whether
the change has been made.
0 and 1 can be set.
When the value is set to "1", press the button to change the value to "0". The value does not
change when the value is set to "0".
When the value is set to "0", press the button to change the value to "1". The value does not
change when the value is set to "1".
Press the [Eject/Set] button to store the set value in the NVM and move to the third tree.
Press the [Cancel Print] button to abort storing of the set value in the NVM and move to the third
tree.
This information can be initialized by "Clear All NVM" (described later).
2-166
(f) Billing Counter
* Third tree
When "Color Print" is displayed, press the button to display "B/W Error".
When "B/W Error" is displayed, press the button to display "Color Print".
* Execution tree
The current counter value is displayed.
Press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the third tree.
This information can be initialized by "Clear All NVM" and "Reset Counter" (described later).
(g) Reset Counter
Press the [Eject/Set] button to initialize the counter.
"Initializing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during initialization.
After the initialization is completed, press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the
execution tree.
The PrnCounter can also be initialized by "Clear All NVM" (described later).
(h) CopyCounter MtoB
This copies the Master NVM value in the Backup NVM.
Press the [Eject/Set] button to copy.
"Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line when copying.
"Copied" is displayed on the LCD lower line after copying is completed.
After copying is completed, press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution
tree.
(i) CopyCounter BtoM
This copies the Backup NVM value in the Master NVM.
Press the [Eject/Set] button to copy.
"Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during copying.
"Copied" is displayed on the LCD lower line after copying is completed.
After copying is completed, press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution
tree.
(j) Reset PV Counter
Press the [Eject/Set] button to initialize the counter.
execution tree.
The PV Counter can also be initialized by "Clear All NVM" (described later).
(k) Clear All NVM
Press the [Eject/Set] button to initialize the NVM.
execution tree.
2-167
(l) Clear JobHistory
Press the [Eject/Set] button to initialize the Job History.
execution tree.
The Job History can also be initialized by "Clear All NVM" (described earlier).
2-168
(6) Test Print
* Second tree
When "Grid IOT" is displayed, press the button to display "Gradation ESS".
When "Gradation ESS" is displayed, press the button to display "Grid IOT".
* Execution tree
Press the [Eject/Set] button to print.
Each Test Print is printed.
2-169
(7) Parameter
Second Tree Execution Tree Execute the process
2-170
* Second tree
When "Slow Scan Feed" is displayed, press the button to display "Print".
When "Print" is displayed, press the button to display "Slow Scan Feed".
(a) Regi Adjustment (Slow Scan, Fast Scan)
The currently set Regi Adjustment value is displayed.
Press the / buttons to change the values. When the value has been changed, the "*" mark
displayed to the right of the value disappears so that you can check whether the change has been
made.
Refer to Menu Tree for settable values.
When the value has been set to the minimum, pressing the button does not change the value.
When the value has been set to the maximum, pressing the button does not change the value.
tree.
Second Tree Execution Tree Execute the process
2-171
(b) Life
When "Read" is displayed, press the button to display "Initialize".
When "Initialize" is displayed, press the button to display "Read".
Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute the process.
* Read
The current Life counter value is displayed.
Press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution tree.
* Initialize
Initializes the Life counter.
Press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution tree.
(c) Print
Press the [Eject/Set] button to print.
A report is printed.
2-172
2.4.3 Function Items in CE Mode
The following shows the Diag./setting items that can be executed in the CE mode.
Table 3 Process Overview
Function Details
ESS Diag CodeROM Test Calculates the ROM check sum and compares it with the
stored value.
EEPROM Test Writes/reads/verifies the EEPROM Diag area.
DRAM Test OPEN/SHORT test of DRAM address line. Writes/
reads/verifies the DRAM whole area.
MAC+PHY Test 1 PHY Internal Loopback Test
HAYATE Test Performs a register check test.
PANEL Test Tests the LED, LCD, and buttons on the Control
Panel.
IOT Test Performs a communication test for the IOT.
All Test Performs the ESS Diag except for the following:
CENTRONICS/MAC+PHY/PANEL tests
Test print Grid IOT Outputs the IOT built-in patterns.
Grid 2 ESS Outputs the ESS built-in grid patterns.
Cyan 20% ESS Outputs A4 paper filled with Cyan 20%.
Magenta 20% ESS Outputs A4 paper filled with Magenta 20%.
Yellow 20% ESS Outputs A4 paper filled with Yellow 20%.
Black 20% ESS Outputs A4 paper filled with Black 20%.
CMY 20% ESS Outputs A4 paper filled with C, M and Y 20%.
Gradation ESS Outputs the 100% to 2% gradation pattern on A4
paper.
IOT Diag Digital Input Test Digital Input Component Test
Digital Output Test Digital Output Component Test
NVM Settings Edit NVM Edits NVM values.
NVM Settings Save
NVM
Saves the IOT NVM data. MCU FW performs the
saving. ESS FW only provides the trigger for saving.
NVM Settings Load
NVM
Loads the saved IOT NVM data. MCU FW performs
the loading. ESS FW only provides the trigger for
loading.
NVM Settings Initialize
NVM
Initializes the IOT NVM data. MCU FW performs the
initialization. ESS FW only provides the trigger for
initialization.
NVM Settings Print NVM
Info
Prints the NVM data in the IOT.
Parameter Slow Scan Feed Regi
Adjustment
Feed Direction Regi Adjustment
Fast Scan Regi
Adjustment
Performs Regi Adjustment in the scan direction for
Tray 1, 2, Duplex, and MSI.
Life Reads and initialize the Life counter for the Toners,
BTR, Fuser, Printer Head, and Printer.
Print Prints the parameters and error count stored in the
IOT.
2-173
Installation SerialNo. Displays 8-digit Serial No.
Display Counter Sets the Billing counter display to ON/OFF.
Tone Correction Sets whether the tone correction is automatically
performed based on the temperature and humidity
that are read by the Environment Sensor.
Billing Counter Performs operations for the Billing counter.
Configuration Performs the operations for the Dip switch on the ESS
NVM.
Reset Counter Clears the Billing counter
CopyCounter MtoB Copies data from Master NVM to the Backup NVM.
CopyCounter BtoM Copies data from Backup NVM to the Master NVM.
Reset PV Counter Clears the Print Volume counter
Clear All NVM Clears all ESS NVM including billing.
Clear JobHistory Clears the Job History data
Others Configuration Page Outputs the printer configuration.
Print Settings Prints setting data from the Control Panel.
Exit Mode Complete Exit Exit from the Diag mode and reboot.
Function Details
2-174
2.4.4 ESS Diag Details
This section describes the details of each ESS Diag.
2.4.4.1 CodeROM Test
ROM Test
Calculates the ROM check sum. Compares the value with the correct check sum for each chip that
has been stored and determines that the chip is normal when the values match.
2.4.4.2 EEPROM Test
EEPROM Test
Reads/writes/verifies the test patterns (0xff, 0xaa, 0x55, 0x00) for one byte of each 0x400 starting
from the EEPROM first byte.
2.4.4.3 DRAM Test
The optional DRAM SIMM checks for insertion and performs a test for the memory area when it
detects insertion.
DRAM Test
Reads/writes/verifies the test patterns (0xffffffff, 0xaaaaaaaa, 0x55555555, 0x0000000) for the
whole tested area in the unit of words.
2.4.4.4 CENTRONICS Test
Centronics Test 2
Performs a local loopback test.
During normal
operation
When an error occurs
CHECK OK CodeROM #* ERROR
S=xxxx V=yyyy
(xxxx: calculated value, yyyy: ROM stored value *: 0, 1)
During normal
operation
CHECK OK EEPROM ID* ERROR (*: 1, 2)
During normal
operation
CHECK OK DRAM slot* ERROR (*: 0, 1)
During normal
operation
None None
2-175
2.4.4.5 MAC+PHY Test
MAC+PHY Test 1
PHY Internal Loopback Test
MAC+PHY Test 2
External PHY external loopback test
2.4.4.6 HAYATE Test
HAYATE Test
Checks the HAYATE ASIC register (Hayate Status Register).
2.4.4.7 IOT Test
Performs a communication test for the IOT. It then checks whether commands can be sent/received
to/from the IOT by reading the IOT status register.
Sends the following command that reads the status register to check whether a correct response is
returned.
1. Read ROM Revision No
During normal
operation
CHECK OK MAC+PHY ERROR
During normal
operation
CHECK OK HAYATE ERROR
During normal
operation
CHECK OK IOT ERROR
2-176
2.4.4.8 PANEL Test
Performs input/output tests of the Control Panel. Data is displayed on the LED and LCD when the
following buttons are pressed:
: Indicate the Ready LED (green), Alarm LED (amber), and Power Saver LED.
: Light OFF, : Light ON
2.4.4.9 All Test
Performs the ESS Diag tests except for the CENTRONICS/MAC+PHY/PANEL tests.
***: Displays a failed test name
(CodeROM/EEPROM/DRAM/HAYATE/IOT)
Button LED LCD
"UP" is displayed on the LCD.
"DOWN" is displayed on the LCD.
"LEFT" is displayed on the LCD.
"RIGHT" is displayed on the LCD.
Eject/Set "SET" is displayed on the LCD.
Menu "MENU" is displayed on the LCD.
Cancel Print "CANCEL" is displayed on the LCD.
Power Saver "POWER SAVER" is displayed on the LCD.
/ pressed at
the same time
-(Test completed) -(Test completed)
During normal
operation
CHECK OK *** ERROR
2-177
2.4.5 Other Diag./Settings
2.4.5.1 Digital Input (DI) Test
The DI test is a function to check whether or not the DI components are operating properly. (Refer to
"2.4.5.2" on DI components.)
The number displayed on the Control Panel is 0 when the DI test begins. This number is counted up
when a DI component is turned ON from OFF, which allows you to check the operation.
The DI test covers all the DI components.
When the DI test is executed, no other CE Diag. functions can be carried out at the same time.
Therefore, the printer does not accept any operations except the operations for the DI components
and DI test completion operation.
When the DI test completion operation is performed, the Control Panel display changes to the CE
Diag. functions menu.
2.4.5.2 Digital Input Test Parameter Table
Menu No. Code_DI Component PL No.
DI- 8 sens-2btr SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT PL6.1.22
DI- 9 sens-ibt-cln SENSOR IBT RETRACT PL6.1.26
DI- b d_sleep - -
DI- d relay-fuser FUSER LOCK SWITCH PL10.1.6
DI- e intlk-24
SWITCH ASSY TOP and
SWITCH-INLK FUSER
PL1.1.7
PL1.1.34
DI-15 sw-fuser-cover SWITCH-FUSER DOOR PL1.1.36
DI-19 sw-2btr-cover SWITCH 2BTR COVER PL6.1.18
DI-20 ant-rxd - -
DI-42 sens-tr0 SENSOR TR-0 PL7.1.2
DI-52 sw-door-rh SWITCH-PH DOOR PL5.2.23
DI-53 sens-paper-empty SENSOR PAPER EMPTY PL4.1.24
DI-54 sens-regi SENSOR REGI PL5.2.19
DI-55 sens-ohp SENSOR OHP PL5.2.16
DI-56 sens-fuser-exit (FUSER ASSY) PL10.1.1
DI-57 sens-fuser-ent SENSOR FUSER IN PL6.1.3
DI-68 U2 - -
DI-69 mcu-check - -
DI-6a test-print - -
DI-6c sens-home
SENSOR ROTARY HOME
POSI
PL9.1.18
DI-6e sens-tner-full SENSOR TNER FULL PL7.1.24
DI-d0 opt:dup-in-sns SENSOR UPPER PASS PL13.2.10
DI-d1 opt:dup-out-sns SENSOR LOW PASS PL13.3.11
DI-d2 opt:dup-door-sns SWITCH-DUP DOOR PL13.2.7
DI-d4 opt:dup-24v - -
DI-f0 sens-tray1-type - -
DI-f1 sens-tray1-empty
SENSOR PHOTO or
SENSER NO PAPER
PL3.2.16
PL14.4.3
DI-f2 sens-tray1-door
SWITCH-I/L CAB or
SWITCH FEEDER DOOR
PL3.2.9
PL14.3.18
2-178
2.4.5.3 Digital Output (DO) Test
The DO test is a function to check whether or not the DO components are operating properly. (Refer
to "2.4.5.4" on DO components.)
The operation can be enabled for every DO component. A user can determine whether or not the
component is operating properly by checking the operation from outside.
Stopping all DIAG disables all DO components.
The DO components can operate at the same time during the DO test.
When the Interlock is opened during the DO test, components stop their operations.
2.4.5.4 Digital Output Test Parameter Table
DI-f3 sens-tray1-t/r-pass
SENSOR PHOTO or
SENSOR T/R
PL3.2.19
PL14.4.7
DI-f5 sens-tray1-cassette-exist - -
DI-f6 sens-tray1-cassette-select - -
DI-f8 sens-tray2-type - -
DI-f9 sens-tray2-empty SENSER NO PAPER PL14.4.3
DI-fa sens-tray2-door SWITCH FEEDER DOOR PL14.3.18
DI-fb sens-tray2-t/r-pass SENSOR T/R PL14.4.7
DI-fd sens-tray2-cassette-exist - -
DI-fe sens-tray2-cassette-select - -
Menu No. Code_DO Component PL No.
DO-0A p-save - -
DO-0C th_down - -
DO-12 sol-feed SOLENOID PICK UP PL4.1.23
DO-13 cl-dispense (MOT ASSY MAG) PL11.1.4
DO-14 mot-2btr MOT ASSY MICRO PL11.1.7
DO-1a sens-adc-k-on (SENSOR ASSY ADC) PL6.1.20
DO-1b sens-adc-c-on (SENSOR ASSY ADC) PL6.1.20
DO-1c sol-adc-mes (SENSOR ASSY ADC) PL6.1.20
DO-1d sol-adc-ref (SENSOR ASSY ADC) PL6.1.20
DO-1e mot-ibt-cln (DRIVE ASSY PRO) PL11.1.2
DO-26 intlk-ld - -
DO-27 12btr-cln-on - -
DO-29 1btr-on - -
DO-2a ibt-cln-on - -
DO-2e 2btr-on - -
DO-3a sol-bcr-ret - -
DO-3d cl-pre-pre-regi - -
DO-3f mot-dev-on-hot MOT ASSY ROT PL11.1.5
DO-40 intlk-24-out - -
DO-43 fuser-on (FUSER ASSY) PL10.1.1
DO-50 cl-regi CLUTCH ASSY REGI PL5.2.2
Menu No. Code_DI Component PL No.
2-179
DO-51 cl-pre-regi CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI PL5.2.22
DO-60 mot-mag-start MOT ASSY MAG PL11.1.4
DO-64 mot-ph-start MOTOR-PH PL5.2.20
DO-65 mot-ph-speed0 MOTOR-PH PL5.2.20
DO-66 mot-ph-speed1 MOTOR-PH PL5.2.20
DO-70 mot-pr-start MOT ASSY P/R PL11.1.6
DO-71 mot-pr-speed0 MOT ASSY P/R PL11.1.6
DO-72 mot-pr-speed1 MOT ASSY P/R PL11.1.6
DO-74 mot-fuser-start MOT ASSY FSR PL11.1.3
DO-75 mot-fuser-speed0 MOT ASSY FSR PL11.1.3
DO-76 mot-fuser-speed1 MOT ASSY FSR PL11.1.3
DO-80 mot-ibt-brush-start (DRIVE ASSY PRO) PL11.1.2
DO-81 mot-ibt-brush-speed0 (DRIVE ASSY PRO) PL11.1.2
DO-82 mot-ibt-brush-speed1 (DRIVE ASSY PRO) PL11.1.2
DO-96 mot-poiygon-start (ROS ASSY) PL8.1.1
DO-b2 dev-dc-on - -
DO-b3 flicker-on - -
DO-b4 Ibt-cln-hl - -
DO-c0 opt:dup-mot-drv1 MOTOR ASSY DUP INV PL13.2.18
DO-c1 opt:dup-drv1-speed0 MOTOR ASSY DUP INV PL13.2.18
DO-c2 opt:dup-drv1-speed1 MOTOR ASSY DUP INV PL13.2.18
DO-c3 opt:dup-drv1-direct MOTOR ASSY DUP INV PL13.2.18
DO-c4 opt:dup-mot-drv2 MOTOR ASSY DUP PL13.4.14
DO-c5 opt:dup-drv2-speed0 MOTOR ASSY DUP PL13.4.14
DO-c6 opt:dup-drv2-speed1 MOTOR ASSY DUP PL13.4.14
DO-c7 opt:dup-drv2-direct MOTOR ASSY DUP PL13.4.14
DO-c8 opt:dup-gate-push SOLENOID ASSY DUP PL13.2.7
DO-c9 opt:dup-gate-pull SOLENOID ASSY DUP PL13.2.7
DO-d8 cl-tray1
CLUTCH ASSY PH or
CLUTCH ASSY FEED
PL3.2.5
PL14.3.12
DO-d9 cl-tray2 CLUTCH ASSY FEED PL14.3.12
DO-db sol-tray1 SOLENOID FEED
PL3.2.3
PL14.3.8
DO-dc sol-tray2 SOLENOID FEED PL14.3.8
DO-e0 mot-tray1-start
DRIVE ASSY FEED 250 or
MOTOR ASSY FEEDER
PL3.2.2
PL14.3.9
DO-e8 mot-tray2-start MOTOR ASSY FEEDER PL14.3.9
Menu No. Code_DO Component PL No.
2-180
2.4.5.5 NVM Access
The NVM (EEPROM in the IOT) can be accessed for data read/write by operating the Control Panel.
The following functions are available. (Refer to "2.6 NVM List" for the NVM.)
Edits the NVM data.
Saves the NVM data.
Reverts to the saved data in the NVM.
Initializes the NVM data.
Prints the NVM data.
Edit NVM
The following shows the UI specifications:
Save NVM
Saves the NVM data. MCU FW performs the saving. ESS FW only provides the trigger for saving.
Load NVM
Loads the saved data to the NVM. MCU FW performs the loading. ESS FW only provides the trigger
for loading.
Initialize NVM
Initializes the NVM data. MCU FW performs the initialization. ESS FW only provides the trigger for
initialization.
Print NVM Info
Prints the NVM data.

Select the menu shown at left and press the Set key.
What is shown at left appears.
Pressing the left/right arrow allows moving the cursor to the left/right.
Pressing the up/down arrow allows changing the value the cursor points
to. Changing the value at Address Area (Ad) allows reading and
displaying data on the right side of =.
Changing the data leads to deletion of the * mark, which shows the
current NVM value is changed.
Pressing the Set key allows writing the new value in the NVM.
Pressing the Cancel key allows returning to the previous screen.
cursor
2-181
2.4.5.6 Parameter Settings
Parameter Operation
Read/writes the following parameters stored in the IOT.
Print Parameter List
Outputs the parameter values in the IOT, errors, and life count value.
2.4.5.7 Installation Settings
Sets the following parameters:
Item Range Details
Slow Scan Feed Regi
Adjustment
0~128 Feed Direction Regi Setting
Fast Scan Regi
Adjustment
0~64 Scan Direction Regi Settings for Aux1, 2, MSI, and Dup.
Life
-
Reading and Initialization of Fuser and Printer Life
Counter
Item Range Details
SerialNo. 8 digits Sets 8-digit Serial No.
Display Counter ON, OFF Sets whether to display the Billing Counter.
Color Print - Displays the Color Print Counter current value.
B/W Print - Displays the B/W Print Counter current value.
Total Print - Displays the Total Print Counter current value.
Color Backup - Displays the Color Backup Counter current value.
B/W Backup - Displays the B/W Backup Counter current value.
Total Backup - Displays the Total Backup Counter current value.
Color Error - Displays the Color Error Counter current value.
B/W Error - Displays the B/W Error Counter current value.
Reset Counter - Resets the three counter values (0 clear).
CopyCounter MtoB -
Copies data from Master NVM to the Backup
NVM.
CopyCounter BtoM -
Copies data from Backup NVM to the Master
NVM.
Reset PV Counter - Resets the Print Volume Counter (0 clear).
Clear All NVM - Clear All ESS NVM
Clear JobHistory - Clears Job History data
2-182
2.4.6 Test Print
Prints the specified pattern. When Jam/No Paper occurs during printing, the printer waits until the
problem is cleared before resuming.
2.4.6.1 Grid
Prints the test patterns in the IOT. Checks the print function on the IOT side.
2.4.6.2 Grid 2
Prints the ESS built-in grid patterns.
2.4.6.3 Density 20% Pattern
Prints paper filled with cyan, magenta, yellow, black, and CMY mixed colors with 20% density.
2.4.6.4 Gradation Pattern
Prints paper with 0 to 100% density gradation of cyan, magenta, yellow, and black.
2.5 Diag. by the Unit Alone
2-183
2.5.1 Overview
Allows continuous printing of the MCU built-in samples that are not transferred through the PWBA
ESS for checking the IOT operations. If no problem is found on the PWBA MCU built-in sample, the
PWBA ESS may have a failure.
2.5.2 Print Method
1) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12)
WARNING When performing the following procedures, never touch the current-
carrying parts and drives.
2) Load paper into the MSI and then turn the power ON.
3) After the printer has entered the READY mode, short-circuit the PWBA MCU test print pad
which is placed at the upper right of the PWBA MCU Interface connector (P411) with a mini-
driver, etc.
NOTE
Every time it is short-circuited, one sheet of test print is output.
WARNING When short-circuiting the pad, be careful not to have your hands or the
tools come into contact with other devices.
NOTE
If the printer is in the error status, printing cannot be done.
NOTE
Refer to "10.7 Operation Mode" in Chapter 10 Machine Overview regarding
the READY mode.
Leg_Sec002_003EB
PWBA MCU
2-184
2.5.3 Test Print Pattern
400 dot line
(400dpi)
1 dot line
127 dot
508 dot
(400dpi)
2.6 NVM List
2-185
2.6 NVM List
CAUTION Never try to write data in the NVM that is not described below since it is
used as a system area for the machine.
CAUTION The initial values are only for reference as they vary according to the
specifications.
NVM
Number
(Hex)
No. of
Data
Bytes
Function
Setting
Range (Hex)
Initial
Value
(Hex)
Data details Unit
0
(0000)
1
SIDE REGI MSI 0x00~0x40
32
(20)
Adjust the rise time of the Line SYNC.
4 dot
0.169mm
1
(0001)
1
SIDE REGI TRAY1 0x00~0x40
29
(1D)
4 dot
0.169mm
2
(0002)
1
SIDE REGI TRAY2 0x00~0x40
26
(1A)
4 dot
0.169mm
3
(0003)
1
SIDE REGI DUP Side Batch Correction 0x00~0x40
37
(25)
Corrects the Line SYNC rise time at the DUP side against
the SIMP side.
4 dot
0.169mm
22
(0016)
1
LEAD REGI A -60~127
-26
(E6)
LEAD REGI adjustment value: Plain 1, Plain 2, Recycled,
Bond
1[PRclk]
Full speed:
0.959ms
23
(0017)
1
LEAD REGI B -60~127
-29
(E3)
LEAD REGI adjustment value: Heavyweight 1, Coated 2
1[PRclk]
Full speed:
0.959ms
24
(0018)
1
LEAD REGI C -60~127
-26
(E6)
LEAD REGI adjustment value: Transparency
1[PRclk]
Full speed:
0.959ms
25
(0019)
1
LEAD REGI D -60~127
-18
(EE)
LEAD REGI Adjustment value: Envelope
1[PRclk]
Full speed:
0.959ms
26
(001A)
1
LEAD REGI E -60~127
-19
(ED)
LEAD REGI adjustment value: Postcard
1[PRclk]
Full speed:
0.959ms
27
(001B)
1
LEAD REGI F -60~127
-25
(E7)
LEAD REGI adjustment value: Labels 1, Labels 2
1[PRclk]
Full speed:
0.959ms
34
(0022)
1
LEAD_REGI_ADJUST 0~128
64
(40)
LEAD REGI adjustment value (All paper batch correction)
1[PRclk]
Full speed:
0.959ms
2.6 NVM List
2-186
41
(0029)
1
LEAD REGI G -60~127
-29
(E3)
LEAD REGI adjustment value: Heavyweight 2, Coated 3
1[PRclk]
Full speed:
0.959ms
42
(002A)
1
LEAD REGI H -60~127
-34
(DE)
LEAD REGI adjustment value: Custom 1
1[PRclk]
Full speed:
0.959ms
43
(002B)
1
LEAD REGI I -60~127
-34
(DE)
1[PRclk]
Full speed:
0.959ms
44
(002C)
1
LEAD REGI J -60~127
-34
(DE)
1[PRclk]
Full speed:
0.959ms
209
(00D1)
1
I2_OS_LEVEL_P1 1~16
5
(05)
Plain 1 Offset Level 1
210
(00D2)
1
I2_OS_LEVEL_P2 1~16
5
(05)
Bond Offset Level 1
211
(00D3)
1
I2_OS_LEVEL_C1 1~16
5
(05)
Heavyweight 1 Offset Level 1
212
(00D4)
1
I2_OS_LEVEL_C2 1~16
5
(05)
Heavyweight 2 Offset Level 1
213
(00D5)
1
I2_OS_LEVEL_E 1~16
5
(05)
Envelope Offset Level 1
214
(00D6)
1
I2_OS_LEVEL_Coat1 1~16
5
(05)
Coated 1 Offset Level 1
215
(00D7)
1
5
(05)
216
(00D8)
1
5
(05)
217
(00D9)
1
I2_OS_LEVEL_Label 1~16
5
(05)
Labels Offset Level 1
218
(00DA)
1
I2_OS_LEVEL_OHP 1~16
5
(05)
Transparency Offset Level 1
219
(00DB)
1
I2_OS_LEVEL_Post 1~16
5
(05)
Postcard Offset Level 1
220
(00DC)
1
OFFSET1_P1 0~254
4
(04)
Offset Current 1_Plain 1 0.59uA
221
(00DD)
1
OFFSET1_P2 0~254
4
(04)
Offset Current 1_Bond 0.59uA
222
(00DE)
1
OFFSET1_C1 0~254
4
(04)
Offset Current 1_Heavyweight 1 0.59uA
NVM
Number
(Hex)
No. of
Data
Bytes
Function
Setting
Range (Hex)
Initial
Value
(Hex)
Data details Unit
2.6 NVM List
2-187
223
(00DF)
1
OFFSET1_C2 0~254
4
(04)
224
(00E0)
1
OFFSET1_E 0~254
4
(04)
Offset Current 1_Envelope 0.59uA
225
(00E1)
1
OFFSET1_Coat1 0~254
4
(04)
Offset Current 1_Coated 1 0.59uA
226
(00E2)
1
OFFSET1_Coat2 0~254
4
(04)
227
(00E3)
1
OFFSET1_Coat3 0~254
4
(04)
228
(00E4)
1
OFFSET1_Label 0~254
4
(04)
Offset Current 1_Labels 0.59uA
229
(00E5)
1
OFFSET1_OHP 0~254
4
(04)
Offset Current 1_Transparency 0.59uA
230
(00E6)
1
OFFSET1_Post 0~254
4
(04)
Offset Current 1_Postcard 0.59uA
231
(00E7)
1
OFFSET2_P1 0~254
4
(04)
Offset Current 2_Plain 1 0.59uA
232
(00E8)
1
OFFSET2_P2 0~254
4
(04)
Offset Current 2_Bond 0.59uA
233
(00E9)
1
OFFSET2_C1 0~254
4
(04)
234
(00EA)
1
OFFSET2_C2 0~254
4
(04)
235
(00EB)
1
OFFSET2_E 0~254
4
(04)
Offset Current 2_Envelope 0.59uA
236
(00EC)
1
OFFSET2_Coat1 0~254
4
(04)
237
(00ED)
1
OFFSET2_Coat2 0~254
4
(04)
238
(00EE)
1
OFFSET2_Coat3 0~254
4
(04)
239
(00EF)
1
OFFSET2_Label 0~254
4
(04)
Offset Current 2_Labels 0.59uA
240
(00F0)
1
OFFSET2_OHP 0~254
4
(04)
Offset Current 2_Transparency 0.59uA
241
(00F1)
1
OFFSET2_Post 0~254
4
(04)
Offset Current 2_Postcard 0.59uA
318
(013E)
1
CYCLEDOWN WAIT TIMER -
0
(00)
- -
319
(013F)
1
HOLD WAIT TIMER -
0
(00)
- -
NVM
Number
(Hex)
No. of
Data
Bytes
Function
Setting
Range (Hex)
Initial
Value
(Hex)
Data details Unit
2.6 NVM List
2-188
320
(0140)
1
DUPLEX MODE -
0
(00)
- -
488
(01E8)
4
Xero CRU Warning (Low) 0~99999999 1920
00
(00)
Xero CRU Life Warning Threshold Value DrumCycle
489
(01E9)
-
Xero CRU Warning (Mid Low) -
(EE)
Xero CRU Life Warning Threshold Value -
490
(01EA)
-
Xero CRU Warning (Mid High) -
(02)
491
(01EB)
-
Xero CRU Warning (High) -
(00)
492
(01EC)
4
Xero CRU Error (Low) 0~99999999 9999
9999
(FF)
Xero CRU Life Limit Threshold Value DrumCycle
493
(01ED)
-
Xero CRU Error (Mid Low) -
(E0)
Xero CRU Life Limit Threshold Value -
494
(01EE)
-
Xero CRU Error (Mid High) -
(F5)
495
(01EF)
-
Xero CRU Error (High) -
(05)
524
(020C)
4
FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING2 (LOW) 0~99999999 9999
9999
(FF)
FUSER Life Warning2 Threshold Value -
525
(020D)
-
FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING2 (MID LOW) -
(E0)
526
(020E)
-
FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING2 (MID HIGH) -
(F5)
527
(020F)
-
FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING2 (HIGH) -
(05)
528
(0210)
4
XERO CRU LIFE WARNING2 (LOW) 0~99999999 2000
00
(40)
Xero CRU Life Warning2 Threshold Value -
529
(0211)
-
XERO CRU LIFE WARNING2 (MID LOW) -
(0D)
530
(0212)
-
XERO CRU LIFE WARNING2 (MID HIGH) -
(03)
531
(0213)
-
XERO CRU LIFE WARNING2 (HIGH) -
(00)
532
(0214)
2
XERO FC PV (LOW) 0~65535
0
(00)
FullColor PV Counter PV
533
(0215)
-
XERO FC PV (HIGH) -
(00)
FullColor PV Counter -
534
(0216)
2
XERO CLN LIFE ERROR (LOW) 0~65535
2050
(02)
Waste Toner Box Life Warning Threshold Value
(Dispense time after Full detected)
100ms
NVM
Number
(Hex)
No. of
Data
Bytes
Function
Setting
Range (Hex)
Initial
Value
(Hex)
Data details Unit
2.6 NVM List
2-189
535
(0217)
-
XERO CLN LIFE ERROR (HIGH) -
(08)
Waste Toner Box Life Warning Threshold Value
(Dispense time after Full detected)
-
536
(0218)
4
XERO_CLN_LIFE_SNR_CHK_GARD (LOW) 0~99999999 3100
0
(18)
Minimum dispense time for starting Full detection 100ms
537
(0219)
-
XERO_CLN_LIFE_SNR_CHK_GARD (MID LOW) -
(79)
Minimum dispense time for starting Full detection -
538
(021A)
-
XERO_CLN_LIFE_SNR_CHK_GARD (MID HIGH) -
(00)
539
(021B)
-
XERO_CLN_LIFE_SNR_CHK_GARD (HIGH) -
(00)
540
(021C)
4
FUSER UNIT LIFE ERROR (LOW) 0~99999999 9999
9999
(FF)
FUSER Life -
541
(021D)
-
FUSER UNIT LIFE ERROR (MID LOW) -
(E0)
FUSER Life -
542
(021E)
-
FUSER UNIT LIFE ERROR (MID HIGH) -
(F5)
FUSER Life -
543
(021F)
-
FUSER UNIT LIFE ERROR (HIGH) -
(05)
FUSER Life -
544
(0220)
1
XERO_CLN_LIFE_WARNING_GARD 0~255
90
(5A)
Waste Toner Box Life Warning Threshold Value (Drum
Cycle from SNR Full detected to Warning)
-
552
(0228)
4
XERO CLN LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999
1600
00
(00)
Waste Toner Life Warning Threshold Value (Dispense
time after CRU replacement)
-
553
(0229)
-
XERO CLN LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) -
(71)
-
554
(022A)
-
XERO CLN LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) -
(02)
-
555
(022B)
-
XERO CLN LIFE WARNING (HIGH) -
(00)
-
556
(022C)
4
XERO FC Dispense (LOW) 0~99999999
0
(00)
FullColor Dispense Counter -
557
(022D)
-
XERO FC Dispense (MID LOW) -
(00)
558
(022E)
-
XERO FC Dispense (MID HIGH) -
(00)
559
(022F)
-
XERO FC Dispense (HIGH) -
(00)
NVM
Number
(Hex)
No. of
Data
Bytes
Function
Setting
Range (Hex)
Initial
Value
(Hex)
Data details Unit
2.6 NVM List
2-190
560
(0230)
4
FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999 9999
9999
(FF)
FUSER Life Warning Threshold Value -
561
(0231)
-
FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) -
(E0)
562
(0232)
-
FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) -
(F5)
563
(0233)
-
FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING (HIGH) -
(05)
564
(0234)
4
K DEVE LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999 9999
9999
(FF)
K Deve Life Warning Threshold Value -
565
(0235)
-
K DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) -
(E0)
566
(0236)
-
K DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) -
(F5)
567
(0237)
-
K DEVE LIFE WARNING (HIGH) -
(05)
568
(0238)
4
Y DEVE LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999 9999
9999
(FF)
Y Deve Life Warning Threshold Value -
569
(0239)
-
Y DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) -
(E0)
570
(023A)
-
Y DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) -
(F5)
571
(023B)
-
Y DEVE LIFE WARNING (HIGH) -
(05)
572
(023C)
4
M DEVE LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999 9999
9999
(FF)
M Deve Life Warning Threshold Value -
573
(023D)
-
M DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) -
(E0)
574
(023E)
-
M DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) -
(F5)
575
(023F)
-
M DEVE LIFE WARNING (HIGH) -
(05)
576
(0240)
4
C DEVE LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999 9999
9999
(FF)
C Deve Life Warning Threshold Value -
577
(0241)
-
C DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) -
(E0)
578
(0242)
-
C DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) -
(F5)
579
(0243)
-
C DEVE LIFE WARNING (HIGH) -
(05)
NVM
Number
(Hex)
No. of
Data
Bytes
Function
Setting
Range (Hex)
Initial
Value
(Hex)
Data details Unit
2.6 NVM List
2-191
580
(0244)
4
2ND BTR LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999 9999
9999
(FF)
2nd BTR Life Warning Threshold Value -
581
(0245)
-
2ND BTR LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) -
(E0)
582
(0246)
-
2ND BTR LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) -
(F5)
583
(0247)
-
2ND BTR LIFE WARNING (HIGH) -
(05)
584
(0248)
4
MSI FEED LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999 9999
9999
(FF)
MSI Life Warning Threshold Value -
585
(0249)
-
MSI FEED LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) -
(E0)
586
(024A)
-
MSI FEED LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) -
(F5)
587
(024B)
-
MSI FEED LIFE WARNING (HIGH) -
(05)
588
(024C)
4
TRAY1 FEED LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999 9999
9999
(FF)
Tray1 Life Warning Threshold Value -
589
(024D)
-
TRAY1 FEED LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) -
(E0)
590
(024E)
-
TRAY1 FEED LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) -
(F5)
591
(024F)
-
TRAY1 FEED LIFE WARNING (HIGH) -
(05)
592
(0250)
4
TRAY2 FEED LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999 9999
9999
(FF)
593
(0251)
-
TRAY2 FEED LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) -
(E0)
594
(0252)
-
TRAY2 FEED LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) -
(F5)
595
(0253)
-
TRAY2 FEED LIFE WARNING (HIGH) -
(05)
596
(0254)
4
PRINTER LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999 9999
9999
(FF)
PV Life Warning Threshold Value -
597
(0255)
-
PRINTER LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) -
(E0)
598
(0256)
-
PRINTER LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) -
(F5)
599
(0257)
-
PRINTER LIFE WARNING (HIGH) -
(05)
NVM
Number
(Hex)
No. of
Data
Bytes
Function
Setting
Range (Hex)
Initial
Value
(Hex)
Data details Unit
2.6 NVM List
2-192
600
(0258)
2
K TONER LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~65535
4700
(5C)
K Toner Life Warning Threshold Value -
601
(0259)
-
K TONER LIFE WARNING (HIGH) -
(12)
K Toner Life Warning Threshold Value -
602
(025A)
2
Y TONER LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~65535
4700
(5C)
Y Toner Life Warning Threshold Value -
603
(025B)
-
Y TONER LIFE WARNING (HIGH) -
(12)
Y Toner Life Warning Threshold Value -
604
(025C)
2
M TONER LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~65535
4700
(5C)
M Toner Life Warning Threshold Value -
605
(025D)
-
M TONER LIFE WARNING (HIGH) -
(12)
M Toner Life Warning Threshold Value -
606
(025E)
2
C TONER LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~65535
4700
(5C)
C Toner Life Warning Threshold Value -
607
(025F)
-
C TONER LIFE WARNING (HIGH) -
(12)
C Toner Life Warning Threshold Value -
712
(02C8)
1
NVM_FSR_MOT_SPEED -127~+127
-78
(B2)
Fuser Motor Speed Adjustment -
787
(0313)
1
INIT SETUP SEQUENCE 0,1
1
(01)
Installation Sequence Process
0: After processing, 1: Before processing
-
818
(0332)
2
K Toner PV (LOW) -
0
(00)
K Toner Cartridge PV Counter -
819
(0333)
-
K Toner PV (HIGH) -
(00)
K Toner Cartridge PV Counter -
820
(0334)
2
Y Toner PV (LOW) 0~65535
0
(00)
Y Toner Cartridge PV Counter -
821
(0335)
-
Y Toner PV (HIGH) -
(00)
Y Toner Cartridge PV Counter -
822
(0336)
2
M Toner PV (LOW) 0~65535
0
(00)
M Toner Cartridge PV Counter -
823
(0337)
-
M Toner PV (HIGH) -
(00)
M Toner Cartridge PV Counter -
824
(0338)
2
C Toner PV (LOW) 0~65535
0
(00)
C Toner Cartridge PV Counter -
825
(0339)
-
C Toner PV (HIGH) -
(00)
C Toner Cartridge PV Counter -
826
(033A)
2
Xero CRU PV (LOW) 0~65535
0
(00)
XERO CRU PV Counter -
827
(033B)
-
Xero CRU PV (HIGH) -
(00)
XERO CRU PV Counter -
828
(033C)
4
PRINTER LIFE COUNTER (LOW) 0~99999999
0
(00)
PRINTER Life Counter (PrintPage) -
NVM
Number
(Hex)
No. of
Data
Bytes
Function
Setting
Range (Hex)
Initial
Value
(Hex)
Data details Unit
2.6 NVM List
2-193
829
(033D)
-
PRINTER LIFE COUNTER (MID LOW) -
(00)
830
(033E)
-
PRINTER LIFE COUNTER (MID HIGH) -
(00)
831
(033F)
-
PRINTER LIFE COUNTER (HIGH) -
(00)
832
(0340)
4
TRAY2 FEED LIFE COUNTER (LOW) 0~99999999
0
(00)
TRAY2 FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) -
833
(0341)
-
TRAY2 FEED LIFE COUNTER (MID LOW) -
(00)
834
(0342)
-
TRAY2 FEED LIFE COUNTER (MID HIGH) -
(00)
835
(0343)
-
TRAY2 FEED LIFE COUNTER (HIGH) -
(00)
836
(0344)
4
TRAY1 FEED LIFE COUNTER (LOW) 0~99999999
0
(00)
837
(0345)
-
TRAY1 FEED LIFE COUNTER (MID LOW) -
(00)
838
(0346)
-
TRAY1 FEED LIFE COUNTER (MID HIGH) -
(00)
839
(0347)
-
TRAY1 FEED LIFE COUNTER (HIGH) -
(00)
840
(0348)
4
MSI FEED LIFE COUNTER (LOW) 0~99999999
0
(00)
MSI FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) -
841
(0349)
-
MSI FEED LIFE COUNTER (MID LOW) -
(00)
842
(034A)
-
MSI FEED LIFE COUNTER (MID HIGH) -
(00)
843
(034B)
-
MSI FEED LIFE COUNTER (HIGH) -
(00)
844
(034C)
4
FUSER UNIT LIFE COUNTER (LOW) 0~99999999
0
(00)
FUSER UNIT Life Counter (PrintPage) -
845
(034D)
-
FUSER UNIT LIFE COUNTER (MID LOW) -
(00)
846
(034E)
-
FUSER UNIT LIFE COUNTER (MID HIGH) -
(00)
847
(034F)
-
FUSER UNIT LIFE COUNTER (HIGH) -
(00)
848
(0350)
2
XERO CLN LIFE ERR COUNTER (LOW) 0~65535
0
(00)
Waste Toner Box Life Counter (Dispense time after Full
detected)
-
NVM
Number
(Hex)
No. of
Data
Bytes
Function
Setting
Range (Hex)
Initial
Value
(Hex)
Data details Unit
2.6 NVM List
2-194
849
(0351)
-
XERO CLN LIFE ERR COUNTER (HIGH) -
(00)
Waste Toner Box Life Counter (Dispense time after Full
detected)
-
850
(0352)
1
XERO CLN WARNING Fixed Guard Counter 0~255
0
(00)
Waste Toner Box Life Counter (Drum Cycle after Full
detected)
-
851
(0353)
1
dummy -
0
(00)
- -
852
(0354)
4
XERO CLN LIFE COUNTER (LOW)
0~
4294967295
0
(00)
Waste Toner Box Life Counter (Dispense time after CRU
replacement)
-
853
(0355)
-
XERO CLN LIFE COUNTER (MID LOW) -
(00)
replacement)
-
854
(0356)
-
XERO CLN LIFE COUNTER (MID HIGH) -
(00)
replacement)
-
855
(0357)
-
XERO CLN LIFE COUNTER (HIGH) -
(00)
replacement)
-
932
(03A4)
2
K Toner Life Counter (Low) 0~65535
0
(00)
K Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) -
933
(03A5)
-
K Toner Life Counter (High) -
(00)
K Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) -
934
(03A6)
2
Y Toner Life Counter (Low) 0~65535
0
(00)
Y Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) -
935
(03A7)
-
Y Toner Life Counter (High) -
(00)
Y Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) -
936
(03A8)
2
M Toner Life Counter (Low) 0~65535
0
(00)
M Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) -
937
(03A9)
-
M Toner Life Counter (High) -
(00)
M Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) -
938
(03AA)
2
C Toner Life Counter (Low) 0~65535
0
(00)
C Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) -
939
(03AB)
-
C Toner Life Counter (High) -
(00)
C Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) -
948
(03B4)
4
Xero CRU Counter (Low) 0~99999999
0
(00)
Xero CRU Life Counter (P/R Drum: 1 count for 1 cycle) DrumCycle
949
(03B5)
-
Xero CRU Counter (Mid Low) -
(00)
Xero CRU Life Counter (P/R Drum: 1 count for 1 cycle) -
950
(03B6)
-
Xero CRU Counter (Mid High) -
(00)
NVM
Number
(Hex)
No. of
Data
Bytes
Function
Setting
Range (Hex)
Initial
Value
(Hex)
Data details Unit
2.6 NVM List
2-195
951
(03B7)
-
Xero CRU Counter (High) -
(00)
952
(03B8)
4
DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_K (Low) 0~99999999
0
(00)
K DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) -
953
(03B9)
-
DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_K (Mid Low) -
(00)
954
(03BA)
-
DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_K (Mid High) -
(00)
955
(03BB)
-
DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_K (High) -
(00)
K DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time)
956
(03BC)
4
DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_Y (Low) 0~99999999
0
(00)
Y DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) -
957
(03BD)
-
DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_Y (Mid Low) -
(00)
958
(03BE)
-
DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_Y (Mid High) -
(00)
959
(03BF)
-
DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_Y (High) -
(00)
960
(03C0)
4
DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_M (Low) 0~99999999
0
(00)
M DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) -
961
(03C1)
-
DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_M (Mid Low) -
(00)
962
(03C2)
-
DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_M (Mid High) -
(00)
963
(03C3)
-
DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_M (High) -
(00)
964
(03C4)
4
DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_C (Low) 0~99999999
0
(00)
C DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) -
965
(03C5)
-
DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_C (Mid Low) -
(00)
966
(03C6)
-
DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_C (Mid High) -
(00)
967
(03C7)
-
DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_C (High) -
(00)
991
(03DF)
1
PROCON_TUUCHI 0,1
0
(00)
Process Control Notification Flag -
996
(03E4)
4
2BTR_LIFE_COUNTER_Low 0~100000
0
(00)
2BTR Life Counter 1 PV
997
(03E5)
-
2BTR_LIFE_COUNTER_Mid Low -
(00)
2BTR Life Counter -
998
(03E6)
-
2BTR_LIFE_COUNTER_Mid High -
(00)
2BTR Life Counter -
NVM
Number
(Hex)
No. of
Data
Bytes
Function
Setting
Range (Hex)
Initial
Value
(Hex)
Data details Unit
2.6 NVM List
2-196
999
(03E7)
-
2BTR_LIFE_COUNTER_High -
(00)
2BTR Life Counter -
1021
(03FD)
-
MCU Version Data (High) -
0
(00)
- -
NVM
Number
(Hex)
No. of
Data
Bytes
Function
Setting
Range (Hex)
Initial
Value
(Hex)
Data details Unit
Table of Contents
3-1
Table of Contents
3.1 Preface...................................................................................................................... 3-2
3.1.1 Organization and Characteristics of Chapter 3....................................................................... 3-2
3.1.2 How to use Image Quality Troubleshooting............................................................................ 3-2
3.2 Image Quality Problem ............................................................................................. 3-3
3.2.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting Entry Chart ........................................................................... 3-3
3.3 Image Quality Specifications..................................................................................... 3-6
3.3.1 Parallelism.............................................................................................................................. 3-6
3.3.2 Perpendicularity...................................................................................................................... 3-6
3.3.3 Skew....................................................................................................................................... 3-7
3.3.4 Linearity .................................................................................................................................. 3-7
3.3.5 Magnification Error ................................................................................................................. 3-7
3.3.6 Registration ............................................................................................................................ 3-8
3.3.7 Print Guaranteed Area............................................................................................................ 3-8
3.4 Test Print Method...................................................................................................... 3-9
3.5 Image Quality FIP................................................................................................... 3-10
FIP-1.P1 Light printing (weak gradation) ......................................................................................... 3-10
FIP-1.P2 Blank print ......................................................................................................................... 3-12
FIP-1.P3 Black solid print ................................................................................................................. 3-14
FIP-1.P4 Print is cut vertically in the paper feed direction (white stripes) ........................................ 3-15
FIP-1.P5 Print is cut horizontally ...................................................................................................... 3-17
FIP-1.P6 Vertical streaks ................................................................................................................. 3-19
FIP-1.P7 Horizontal streaks ............................................................................................................. 3-20
FIP-1.P8 Partial image omission ...................................................................................................... 3-22
FIP-1.P9 Spots ................................................................................................................................. 3-24
FIP-1.P10 Ghost images .................................................................................................................. 3-26
FIP-1.P11 Background ..................................................................................................................... 3-27
FIP-1.P12 Skewed image ................................................................................................................ 3-28
FIP-1.P13 Print paper damage ........................................................................................................ 3-29
FIP-1.P14 Unsettled image .............................................................................................................. 3-30
FIP-1.P15 Color deviation ................................................................................................................ 3-31
FIP-1.P16 Entire page is uneven in density/faded ........................................................................... 3-32
FIP-1.P17 Entire page is light .......................................................................................................... 3-33
FIP-1.P18 Entire page is black ........................................................................................................ 3-34
FIP-1.P19 Entire page is faded ........................................................................................................ 3-35
FIP-1.P20 Horizontal density unevenness ....................................................................................... 3-36
FIP-1.P21 Vertical stripes (where Y, M, C and K are in the same position) .................................... 3-37
FIP-1.P22 Vertical stripes (where Y, M, C and K are not in the same position) .............................. 3-38
FIP-1.P23 Horizontal streaks ........................................................................................................... 3-39
FIP-1.P24 Stains .............................................................................................................................. 3-40
FIP-1.P25 Colored spots (in 150mm pitches) .................................................................................. 3-41
FIP-1.P26 2 shiny stripes near center of transparency .................................................................... 3-42
FIP-1.P27 Shiny stripes of width 5mm (in 84.5mm pitches) ............................................................ 3-43
3.1 Preface
3-2
3.1 Preface
3.1.1 Organization and Characteristics of Chapter 3
1. Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting is composed of four sections: Image Quality
Troubleshooting Entry Chart, Image Quality Specifications, Test Print Method and Image Quality
FIP.
2. The Image Quality Specifications section describes all types of Test Pattern and image quality
evaluation procedure using the Test Patterns and their usages.
3. The Image Quality FIP section describes troubleshooting procedure for image problem items and
failed parts that cause image quality failure.
3.1.2 How to use Image Quality Troubleshooting
1. When an image quality problem occurs, carry out troubleshooting by searching the appropriate
page for "3.5 Image Quality FIP" in the contents describing the item.
2. When determining an image quality failure, follow an appropriate procedure by referring to "3.3
Image Quality Specifications".
3.2 Image Quality Problem
3-3
3.2.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting Entry Chart

NOTE The description given is when the printer controller is in working order. Except for
cases which cannot be determined with test prints, a test print can be carried out with
the engine alone to find out if it is the printer controller that is faulty or the engine that is
faulty.
Test Print by engine alone is normal -> Printer controller is faulty
Test Print by engine alone is abnormal -> Engine is faulty
When it is believed that 'Printer controller is faulty', check by replacing with a working
printer controller and a working interface cable.
If the problem recurs after the replacement, check the host and make use of the
following problem-specific Image Quality FIP for efficient troubleshooting.
Leg_Sec001_001FA
Start
Test Printing
Is there a corresponding FIP?
Carry out the corresponding troubleshooting.
Replace IBT ASSY then FUSER ASSY.
The trouble is restored? The trouble is restored?
End End
No
No No
Yes
Yes Yes
3-4
When problems on print image quality occur, assess and understand the problem. Obtain prints to
determine the appropriate action and make use of the following problem-specific Image Quality FIP
for efficient troubleshooting.
When the problem cannot be resolved with Image Quality FIP, check the Image Quality FIP list
again. Perform troubleshooting by checking the "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem" and
making use of Chapter 2 Troubleshooting "2.4 How to use Diag. (CE) Mode".
Image Quality FIP contains the following typical image quality problems.
- FIP-1.P1 Light printing (weak gradation)
- FIP-1.P2 Blank print
- FIP-1.P3 Black solid print
- FIP-1.P4 Print is cut vertically in the paper feed direction (white stripes)
- FIP-1.P5 Print is cut horizontally
- FIP-1.P6 Vertical streaks
- FIP-1.P7 Horizontal streaks
- FIP-1.P8 Partial image omission
- FIP-1.P9 Spots
- FIP-1.P10 Ghost images
- FIP-1.P11 Background
- FIP-1.P12 Skewed image
- FIP-1.P13 Print paper damage
- FIP-1.P14 Unsettled image
- FIP-1.P15 Color deviation
- FIP-1.P16 Entire page is uneven in density/faded
- FIP-1.P17 Entire page is light
- FIP-1.P18 Entire page is black
- FIP-1.P19 Entire page is faded
- FIP-1.P20 Horizontal density unevenness
- FIP-1.P21 Vertical stripes (where Y, M, C and K are in the same position)
- FIP-1.P22 Vertical stripes (where Y, M, C and K are not in the same position)
- FIP-1.P23 Horizontal streaks
- FIP-1.P24 Stains
- FIP-1.P25 Colored spots (in 150mm pitches)
- FIP-1.P26 2 shiny stripes near center of transparency
- FIP-1.P27 Shiny stripes of width 5mm (in 84.5mm pitches)
3-5
NOTE When horizontal stripes, spots, etc. appear in a regular cycle, it may be due to
problems with a specific roll. In such a case, measure the frequency of the problem on
a test print and check the relationship with the following pitches (taking note that they
may not necessarily be the same as the circumference of the roll) so that the problem
can be solved more easily.
Parts Name
Roll
Diameter
Interval
(mm)
FUSER
FUSER ASSY
PL10.1.1
EXIT ROLL 15.6 49.1
PINCH ROLL 8.0 25.1
H/R 26.2 84.5
BELT 30.1 94.5
XERO
CRU
IBT ASSY
PL7.1.1
DRUM 47.0 147.7
BCR 12.0 37.7
1st BTR 10.0 31.4
BUR 15.7 49.3
IDLE ROLL 11.8 36.9
CLN BRUSH 19.0 24.1
TRANSFER
2ND BTR ASSY
PL6.1.12
2nd BTR 16.3 51.1
DEVE
HOUSING ASSY
-DEVE
PL9.2.58
MAG ROLL 16.0 24.9
AUGGER SUPPLY 17.0 38.1
AUGGER ADMIX 17.0 38.1
PR
MOTOR
MOT ASSY P/R
PL11.1.6
7.5
Leg_001_032FA
BELT
30.1
H/R
26.2
DRUM
47
MAG ROLL
16
AUGGER
SUPPLY
AUGGER ADMIX
17
TNR
CRU
TNR
CRU
TNR
CRU
TNR
CRU
BCR
12
2nd BTR
16.3
BUR
15.7
1st BTR
10
IDLE ROLL
11.8
BELT
CIRCUMFERENCE
449.9mm
CLN BRUSH
19
EXIT ROLL
15.6
PINCH
ROLL
ADC
SENSOR
3.3 Image Quality Specifications
3-6
3.3.1 Parallelism
3.3.2 Perpendicularity
3-7
3.3.3 Skew
3.3.4 Linearity
3.3.5 Magnification Error
3-8
3.3.6 Registration
3.3.7 Print Guaranteed Area
Leg_008_009FA
4mm
4mm
4mm
4mm
355.6mm
(14inch)
215.9mm
(8.5inch)
351.6mm
210.9mm
4mm
4mm
4mm
4mm
297.0mm
(11.7inch)
293.0mm
215.9mm
(8.5inch)
210.9mm
MSI in use 500 Paper Feeder in use
Print Guaranteed Area
Print Guaranteed Area
3.4 Test Print Method
3-9
3.4 Test Print Method
Enter the Diag. (C/E) Mode and carry out a Test Print.
(Refer to Chapter 2 Troubleshooting "2.4 How to use Diag. (C/E) Mode")
When "Grid [IOT]" of "2.4.2 Menu Tree(6)Test Print" is executed, the following test pattern will be
printed.
[Test Print Pattern]
400 dot line
(400dpi)
1 dot line
127 dot
508 dot
(400dpi)
3.5 Image Quality FIP
3-10
FIP-1.P1 Light printing (weak gradation)
Description of problem
Density of images is generally too low.
ESS and parts possibly causing the problem
- IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)
- ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1)
- TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2)
- TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3)
- TNR VRU C (PL9.2.4)
- TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1)
- 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12)
- HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14)
- MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4)
- PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7)
- PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
- LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
- FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1)
- 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14)
Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
Check paper
Load fresh dried endorsed paper and perform Test Print.
Is the image printed normally?
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 2.
2
Check path of laser beam
Is there any obstacle between the ROS ASSY and the IBT
ASSY?
Remove the
obstacle.
Go to Step 3.
3
Check the ROS window
Is there dirt on the ROS window?
Clean the ROS
window with the
CLEANER ASSY
(PL8.1.2)
Go to Step 4.
4
Check toner cartridge installation
Reinstall the toner cartridge and do a test print for the
problematic image.
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 5.
5
Check the 2nd BTR ASSY
Remove the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4)
Is the 2nd BTR ASSY in normal condition and free from
dirt, damage and wear?
Go to Step 6.
Replace the 2nd
BTR ASSY
(REP6.4)
6
Check point of contact between IBT ASSY and Frame
Is there dirt at the point of contact between the IBT ASSY
and the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14)? Or is it
distorted?
Clean or replace
the relevant part.
Go to Step 7.
3-11
7
Check after replacement of IBT ASSY
Perform a test print for the problematic image.
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 8.
8
Check after replacement of TNR CRU (toner cartridge)
Replace the TNR CRU Y/M/C/K.
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 9.
9
Check after replacement of PWBA MCU
Replace the PWBA MCU (REP12.5).
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 10.
10
Check after replacement of ROS ASSY
Replace the ROS ASSY (REP8.1).
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 11.
11
Check after replacement of MOT ASSY MAG
Replace the MOT ASSY MAG (REP11.4).
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 12.
12
Check primary transfer process
Is the toner image on the drum correctly transferred onto
the IBT belt?
Perform a test print and turn OFF the power when the
primary transfer occurs during printing. Check the toner
image on the IBT belt.
Go to Step 13.
Replace the LV/
HVPS
(REP12.6).
13
Check secondary transfer process
Is the toner image on the IBT belt correctly transferred
onto the paper?
transfer occurs during printing. Check the paper.
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
Replace the LV/
HVPS
(REP12.6).
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
3-12
FIP-1.P2 Blank print
Paper is printed completely white.
- TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2)
- TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3)
- TNR VRU C (PL9.2.4)
- TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1)
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
ASSY?
Remove the
obstacle.
Go to Step 2.
2
Is the whole ROS window completely covered by the
obstacle etc.? Or is it dirty?
Remove the
obstacle / Clean
the ROS window
with the
CLEANER ASSY
(PL8.1.2)
Go to Step 3.
3
Check connection of ROS ASSY connector
The connectors are connected correctly to the ROS
ASSY.
Go to Step 4.
Connect the
connectors.
4
Check toner cartridge installation
Reinstall the toner cartridge and do a test print for the
problematic image.
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 5.
5
Go to Step 6.
Replace the 2nd
BTR ASSY
(REP6.4)
6
distorted?
Clean or replace
the relevant part.
Go to Step 7.
3-13
7
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 8.
8
Check after replacement of TNR CRU (toner cartridge)
Replace the TNR CRU Y/M/C/K.
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 9.
9
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 10.
10
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 11.
11
Check after replacement of MOT ASSY MAG
Replace the MOT ASSY MAG (REP11.4).
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 12.
12
the IBT belt?
Go to Step 13.
Replace the LV/
HVPS
(REP12.6).
13
onto the paper?
Go to Step 14.
Replace the LV/
HVPS
(REP12.6).
14
Check after replacement of ESS
Replace the ESS.
Procedure
complete.
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
3-14
FIP-1.P3 Black solid print
Paper is printed completely black.
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
The connectors are connected correctly to the ROS ASSY.
Go to Step 2.
Connect the
connectors.
2
distorted?
Clean or replace
the relevant part.
Go to Step 3.
3
Cover the ROS ASSY window completely with paper and
perform a test print.
Is the print completely black?
Replace the LV/
HVPS (REP12.6)
Go to Step 4.
4
Cover half of the ROS ASSY window with paper and
perform a test print.
Is the print half white and half black?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
PWBA MCU
(REP12.5).
5
Procedure
complete.
Replace "ESS
and parts possibly
causing the
problem".
3-15
FIP-1.P4 Print is cut vertically in the paper feed direction (white stripes)
There are extremely light parts in the image or parts with completely no image.
These parts appear vertically in the feed direction within a large area.
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
Check paper
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 2.
2
Check paper transport path
Is there any dirt or obstacle on the paper transport path
from the feeding to the output of the paper?
Remove the
obstacle.
Go to Step 3.
3
ASSY?
Remove the
obstacle.
Go to Step 4.
4
Check the ROS window
Is there dirt on the ROS window?
Clean the ROS
window with the
CLEANER ASSY
(PL8.1.2)
Go to Step 5.
5
Go to Step 6.
2nd BTR ASSY
BTR ASSY
(REP6.4)
6
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 7.
7
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 8.
3-16
8
Check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll
WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the
FUSER ASSY has cooled down.
Remove the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1)
Turn the gear with your finger and check the Heat Roll and
Pressure Roll.
Are there any defects or dirt on the Heat Roll and the
Pressure Roll?
Replace the
FUSER ASSY
(REP10.1).
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
3-17
FIP-1.P5 Print is cut horizontally
There are extremely light parts in the image or parts with completely no image.
These parts appear horizontally within a large area perpendicular to the feed
direction.
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
Check paper
Is the image
printed normally?
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 2.
2
Check rollers on paper transport path
Are the rollers on the paper transport path in normal
condition and free from dirt, damage and wear?
Go to Step 4.
Clean or replace
the relevant roller
and go to Step 3.
3
Perform a test print
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 4.
4
ASSY.
Go to Step 5.
Connect the
connectors.
5
Go to Step 6.
Replace the 2nd
BTR ASSY
(REP6.4)
6
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 7.
7
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 8.
3-18
8
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 9.
9
the IBT belt? Or has the problem of band deletion been
solved?
Go to Step 10.
Replace the LV/
HVPS
(REP12.6).
10
onto the paper?
Go to Step 11.
Replace the LV/
HVPS
(REP12.6).
11
Pressure Roll.
Pressure Roll?
Replace the
FUSER ASSY
(REP10.1).
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
3-19
FIP-1.P6 Vertical streaks
There are vertical black lines running in the direction of the paper orientation.
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
Go to Step 3.
Clean or replace
the relevant roller
and go to Step 2.
2
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 3.
3
Go to Step 4.
2nd BTR ASSY
BTR ASSY
(REP6.4)
4
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 5.
5
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 6.
6
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 7.
7
Pressure Roll.
Pressure Roll?
Replace the
FUSER ASSY
(REP10.1).
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
3-20
FIP-1.P7 Horizontal streaks
There are horizontal black lines running perpendicular to the feed direction.
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
ASSY.
Go to Step 2.
Connect the
connectors.
2
distorted?
Clean or replace
the relevant part.
Go to Step 3.
3
Go to Step 4.
2nd BTR ASSY
BTR ASSY
(REP6.4)
4
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 5.
5
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 6.
6
the IBT belt?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the LV/
HVPS (REP12.6)
7
onto the paper?
Go to Step 8.
Replace the LV/
HVPS (REP12.6)
3-21
8
Pressure Roll.
Pressure Roll?
Replace the
FUSER ASSY
(REP10.1)
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
3-22
FIP-1.P8 Partial image omission
There are extremely light parts in the image or parts that are completely
omitted. These omitted parts appear on limited areas on the paper.
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
Check paper
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 2.
2
Go to Step 3.
2nd BTR ASSY
BTR ASSY
(REP6.4)
3
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 4.
4
the IBT belt?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the LV/
HVPS (REP12.6)
5
onto the paper?
Go to Step 6.
Replace the LV/
HVPS (REP12.6)
6
Pressure Roll.
Pressure Roll?
Replace the
FUSER ASSY
(REP10.1).
Go to Step 7.
3-23
7
Procedure
complete.
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
3-24
FIP-1.P9 Spots
Toner spots are spread randomly across the page.
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
Go to Step 2.
Clean or replace
the relevant roller
and go to Step 2.
2
ASSY.
Go to Step 3.
Connect the
connectors.
3
distorted?
Clean or replace
the relevant part.
Go to Step 4.
4
Go to Step 5.
Replace the 2nd
BTR ASSY
(REP6.4)
5
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 6.
6
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 7.
7
Check after replacement of LV/HVPS
Replace the LV/HVPS (REP12.6).
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 8.
3-25
8
Pressure Roll.
Pressure Roll?
Replace the
FUSER ASSY
(REP10.1).
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
3-26
FIP-1.P10 Ghost images
Part of the previous page or current page appear as a ghost image on the
paper.
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
Check repeated print
Examine the ghost image.
Is the customer printing a large quantity of the same
image?
2
Check the ghost image
Print 30 pages for each type of image.
Does the ghost image still appear?
Go to Step 3.
Procedure
complete. (Do not
mass print.)
3
distorted?
Clean or replace
the relevant part.
Go to Step 4.
4
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 5.
5
Go to Step 6.
Replace the 2nd
BTR ASSY
(REP6.4)
6
Pressure Roll.
Pressure Roll?
Replace the
FUSER ASSY
(REP10.1)
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
3-27
FIP-1.P11 Background
There are toner smudges across the entire page or on part of the page. The
smudges appear as extremely bright gray stains.
- SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20)
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
ASSY.
Go to Step 2.
Connect the
connectors.
2
distorted?
Clean or replace
the relevant part.
Go to Step 3.
3
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 4.
4
Check for dirt/foreign substances on the SENSOR ASSY
ADC
Is there dirt/foreign substances on the SENSOR ASSY
ADC?
After cleaning
and removing the
dirt/foreign
substances, go to
Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
5
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 6.
6
Check after replacement of SENSOR ASSY ADC
Replace the SENSOR ASSY ADC (REP6.7).
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 7.
7
Check after replacement of LV/HVPS
Replace the LV/HVPS (REP12.6).
Procedure
complete.
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
3-28
FIP-1.P12 Skewed image
The printed image is not parallel to the edges of the paper.
- 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14)
- PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL14.1.3)
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
Check installation surface of machine
Is the installation surface of the machine uneven?
Are the legs of the machine correctly attached?
Go to Step 2.
Restore the
installation
surface to normal
condition.
2
Check paper feed
Remove the Paper Cassette and load the paper properly.
Install the Paper Casette into the machine properly.
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 3.
3
Check the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 operation in the
Paper Cassette
Remove the Paper Cassette.
Does the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL2.1.3) rise
properly without slanting to the sides?
Go to Step 4.
Reinstall the
PLATE ASSY
BOTTOM
(REP2.3)
4
Check rollers on the paper transport path for dirt, damage
and wear and check installation
Are the rollers properly installed?
Go to Step 5.
Clean, replace or
reinstall the
relevant roller
and go to Step 5.
5
Is the IBT ASSY properly installed?
Go to Step 6.
Reinstall and go
to Step 6.
6
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 7.
7
Procedure
complete.
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
3-29
FIP-1.P13 Print paper damage
The printed paper is wrinkled, folded or torn.
- 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1)
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
Check paper
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 2.
2
Check paper transport path
Is there any dirt or obstacle on the paper transport path
between the feeder tray and the output tray?
Remove the dirt
or obstacle.
Go to Step 3.
3
Check all rollers on paper transport path
Are all the rollers on the paper transport path in normal
Go to Step 4.
Clean the
relevant roller.
4
Check installation of FUSER ASSY
Is the FUSER ASSY properly installed?
Go to Step 5. Reinstall.
5
Check after replacement of FUSER ASSY
Replace the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1).
Procedure
complete.
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
3-30
FIP-1.P14 Unsettled image
The printed image is not properly fused onto the paper. When rubbed, the
image comes off easily.
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
Check paper
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 2.
2
Check Print Settings Mode
Is the printer set to the transfer voltage corresponding to
the paper used?
Go to Step 3.
Adjust the
transfer voltage.
3
Pressure Roll.
Pressure Roll?
Replace the
FUSER ASSY
(REP10.1)
Go to Step 4.
4
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 5.
5
Procedure
complete.
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
3-31
FIP-1.P15 Color deviation
The printed yellow and black images are not correctly layered onto the cyan
and magenta images, resulting in color deviation.
- SENSOR TR-0 (PL7.1.2)
- MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6)
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
Correct the Color Registration from the Control Panel
Can Color Registration be corrected from the Control
Panel using the Color Registration Chart?
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 2.
2
Check installation of SENSOR TR-0
Is the SENSOR TR-0 properly installed?
Go to Step 4.
Reinstall and go
to Step 3.
3
Perform a test print using the Color Registration Chart.
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 4.
4
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 5.
5
Check after replacement of MOT ASSY P/R
Replace the MOT ASSY P/R (REP11.6).
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 6.
6
Check after replacement of PWBA ESS
Replace the PWBA ESS (REP12.7).
After replacement, can Color Registration be adjusted
from the Control Panel using the Color Registration Chart?
Could Color Registration be done?
Procedure
complete.
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
3-32
FIP-1.P16 Entire page is uneven in density/faded
The entire page is uneven in density/faded. This happens
because the LV/HVPS connector (P/J504) is
disconnected.
- WIRE ASSY BTR (PL7.1.31)
[Points of connection]
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
Check the connector LV/HVPS
Check the connection of the LV/HVPS connector (P/J504)
and the primary BTR connector (P/J512) at the point of
connection.
Print the problematic content, or perform a test print.
Is the problem solved?
Procedure
complete.
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
P/J 504
P/J 512
(1BTR)
3-33
FIP-1.P17 Entire page is light
Color is light on the entire page.This happens because the
LV/HVPS connector (P/J509) is disconnected.
- WIRE ASSY DEVE (PL9.1.20)
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
and the DEVE connector (P/J510) at the point of
connection.
Procedure
complete.
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
P/J 509
P/J 510
(DEVE)
3-34
FIP-1.P18 Entire page is black
The entire page is covered in black (full color). This
happens because the LV/HVPS connector (P/J508) is
disconnected.
- WIRE ASSY BCR (PL7.1.32)
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
and the BCR connector (P/J514) at the point of
connection.
Procedure
complete.
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
P/J 508
P/J 514
(BCR)
3-35
FIP-1.P19 Entire page is faded
The entire page is extremely faded. This happens because
the PWBA HVPS connector (P/J505) is disconnected.
- WIRE ASSY 2BTR (PL6.1.28)
- PWBA HVPS (PL12.1.9)
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
Check the connector PWBA HVPS
Check the connection of the PWBA HVPS connector
(P/J505). Also, check if the 2nd BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12)
in contact with T2 in the above figure is properly
installed.
Procedure
complete.
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
P/J 505
T2
(2BTR)
3-36
FIP-1.P20 Horizontal density unevenness
Density unevenness occurs in the horizontal direction in
dark-colored areas (color becomes lighter in strips). This
happens because the PWBA HVPS connector (P/J506) is
disconnected.
- WIRE ASSY IBT (PL7.1.30)
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
Check the connector PWBA HVPS
Check the connection of the PWBA HVPS connector
(P/J506) and the IBT connector (P/J513) at the point of
connection.
Procedure
complete.
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
P/J 506
P/J 513
(IBT)
3-37
FIP-1.P21 Vertical stripes (where Y, M, C and K are in the same position)
Vertical stripes (decolored) occur in the Slow Scan direction in the same position when comparing
Halftone 30%, C, M and Y. This is caused by dirt on the ROS ASSY window, garbage in the ROS
ASSY or defects in the IBT ASSY drum.
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
Clean the ROS ASSY window
Clean the ROS ASSY window with the ROD-CLEANER
(PL8.1.4).
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 2.
2
Procedure
complete.
Go to Step 3.
3
Procedure
complete.
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
3-38
FIP-1.P22 Vertical stripes (where Y, M, C and K are not in the same position)
The vertical streaks (decolored) occur in the Slow Scan direction in different positions when
comparing Halftone 30%, C, M and Y. This is caused by blockage in the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE or
damage in the Mag Roll.
- HOUSING ASSY-DEVE (Y/M/C/K) (PL9.2.5-8)
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
Check the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE
Replace the relevant HOUSING ASSY-DEVE (REP9.6).
Procedure
complete.
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
3-39
FIP-1.P23 Horizontal streaks
The horizontal streaks in the Fast Scan direction occur in fixed positions for Color Print. The
positions change for B/W Print. This is caused by foreign substances on the IBT ASSY belt etc.
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
Procedure
complete.
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
3-40
FIP-1.P24 Stains
The stains occur in fixed positions for Color Print. The positions change for B/W Print. This is caused
by foreign substances on the IBT ASSY belt etc.
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
Procedure
complete.
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
3-41
FIP-1.P25 Colored spots (in 150mm pitches)
Colored spots occur in 150mm pitches. For Color Print, the different colored spots occur in
staggered positions and the positions on the paper shift slightly for every page. For B/W Print, only
black spots occur. This happens because of defects in the IBT ASSY drum.
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
Procedure
complete.
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
3-42
FIP-1.P26 2 shiny stripes near center of transparency
When printing a transparency, 2 vertical stripes (decolored) occur in the
Slow Scan direction near the center of the transparency. This is due to
improper rotation of the FUSER ASSY Kick Roll.
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
Procedure
complete.
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
3-43
FIP-1.P27 Shiny stripes of width 5mm (in 84.5mm pitches)
When unused for a long period of time (about 1 month), shiny
stripes (decolored) of width 5mm occur in the Fast Scan direction.
This happens easily when printing on transparencies and coated
paper with high image density.
NOTE The situation will improve gradually with increased
usage, so do not replace the FUSER ASSY
immediately.
the printer paper.
Proce
dure
Check Items Yes No
1
Procedure
complete.
Replace "ESS
and parts
possibly causing
the problem".
Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and
Adjustment
Table of Contents
4-1
Table of Contents
4.1 Preface...................................................................................................................... 4-5
4.1.1 Before Servicing ..................................................................................................................... 4-5
4.1.2 Procedure Notations............................................................................................................... 4-7
4.2 Disassembly/Assembly............................................................................................. 4-8
REP1. COVER ............................................................................................................. 4-8
REP1.1 COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1) .......................................................................................... 4-8
REP1.2 TRAY EXTENSION (PL1.1.2), COVER TRAY (PL1.1.23) ............................................... 4-9
REP1.3 COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4) .............................................................................................. 4-10
REP1.4 COVER TOP SIDE L (PL1.1.5) ...................................................................................... 4-11
REP1.5 COVER TOP SIDE R (PL1.1.6) ...................................................................................... 4-12
REP1.6 SWITCH ASSY TOP (PL1.1.7) ....................................................................................... 4-13
REP1.7 NOT USED ..................................................................................................................... 4-13
REP1.8 COVER RH (PL1.1.9), SLIDE BAR (PL1.1.30), COVER ROS WINDOW (PL1.1.31) .... 4-14
REP1.9 COVER MSI (PL1.1.14) .................................................................................................. 4-15
REP1.10 COVER FRONT L (PL1.1.15), COVER FRONT ASSY U (PL1.1.16) ............................ 4-16
REP1.11 OP PANEL (PL1.1.17) .................................................................................................... 4-17
REP1.12 COVER ASSY LH (PL1.1.19) ......................................................................................... 4-18
REP1.13 COVER ESS (PL1.1.21) ................................................................................................. 4-19
REP1.14 SWITCH ASSY FUSER (PL1.1.22), SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36) ..................... 4-20
REP1.15 COVER INNER TOP (PL1.1.24) .................................................................................... 4-21
REP1.16 NOT USED ..................................................................................................................... 4-21
REP1.17 COVER ASSY RH (PL1.1.28) ........................................................................................ 4-22
REP1.18 COVER INNER L (PL1.1.33) .......................................................................................... 4-23
REP1.19 SWITCH-INLK FUSER (PL1.1.34) ................................................................................. 4-24
REP4. MSI .................................................................................................................. 4-25
REP4.1 MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1) ....................................................................................................... 4-25
REP4.2 ROLL ASSY MSI (PL4.1.2) ............................................................................................ 4-27
REP4.3 ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8) ....................................................................................................... 4-29
REP4.4 CHUTE MSI (PL4.1.9) .................................................................................................... 4-30
REP4.5 GUIDE SIDE L (PL4.1.12), GUIDE ASSY SIDE R (PL4.1.13) ....................................... 4-31
REP4.6 PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (PL4.1.15) ........................................................................ 4-33
REP4.7 HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI (PL4.1.16) ..................................................................... 4-34
REP4.8 PLATE ASSY RETARD (PL4.1.17) ................................................................................ 4-35
REP4.9 OIL DAMPER (PL4.1.20) ................................................................................................ 4-36
REP4.10 SOLENOID PICK UP (PL4.1.23) .................................................................................... 4-37
REP4.11 SENSOR PAPER EMPTY (PL4.1.24) ............................................................................ 4-38
REP4.12 ACTUATOR EMPTY (PL4.1.25) ..................................................................................... 4-39
REP5. PH ASSY ......................................................................................................... 4-41
REP5.1 COVER-PH (PL5.1.1) ..................................................................................................... 4-41
REP5.2 CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2) ...................................................................................... 4-42
REP5.3 CHUTE-REAR UP (PL5.1.3), CHUTE-REAR LOW (PL5.1.4) ........................................ 4-43
REP5.4 FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) .......................................................................................... 4-44
REP5.5 CLUTCH ASSY REGI (PL5.2.2) ..................................................................................... 4-46
REP5.6 ROLL-REGI METAL (PL5.2.4) ....................................................................................... 4-47
REP5.7 ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) ..................................................................................... 4-48
REP5.8 ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) ............................................................................... 4-50
REP5.9 SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16) .............................................................................................. 4-51
REP5.10 ACTUATOR-REGI (PL5.2.18) ........................................................................................ 4-52
REP5.11 SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19) ............................................................................................. 4-53
REP5.12 MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) .................................................................................................. 4-54
REP5.13 CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22) .......................................................................... 4-55
REP5.14 SWITCH-PH DOOR (PL5.2.23) ...................................................................................... 4-56
REP5.15 DRIVE ASSY-PH (PL5.2.24) .......................................................................................... 4-57
REP6. TRANSFER ..................................................................................................... 4-58
Table of Contents
4-2
REP6.1 CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1), COVER ASSY-RR 2ND (PL6.1.15) ............................... 4-58
REP6.2 SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3) ....................................................................................... 4-60
REP6.3 FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7) ........................................................................................ 4-62
REP6.4 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) ............................................................................................ 4-64
REP6.5 CAM ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.13) ........................................................................................... 4-65
REP6.6 SWITCH 2BTR COVER (PL6.1.18) ................................................................................ 4-67
REP6.7 SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20) ................................................................................... 4-68
REP6.8 HOLDER-ADC 2ND (PL6.1.21) ...................................................................................... 4-69
REP6.9 SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) .......................................................................... 4-70
REP6.10 SENSOR IBT RETRACT (PL6.1.26) .............................................................................. 4-71
REP6.11 PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY (PL6.1.27) .............................................................................. 4-72
REP6.12 CAM ASSY-IBT CL (PL6.1.29) ....................................................................................... 4-73
REP7. XERO .............................................................................................................. 4-74
REP7.1 SENSOR TR-0 (PL7.1.2) ................................................................................................ 4-74
REP7.2 GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4) ..................................................................................... 4-75
REP7.3 LATCH ASSY D (PL7.1.6) .............................................................................................. 4-77
REP7.4 ANTENNA ASSY (PL7.1.10) .......................................................................................... 4-78
REP7.5 GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (PL7.1.13) ................................................................................. 4-80
REP7.6 LEVER-LATCH PR (PL7.1.15) ....................................................................................... 4-83
REP7.7 CAP-PLATE PR (PL7.1.16), PLATE-ASSY PR (PL7.1.17) ............................................ 4-84
REP7.8 LATCH ASSY AD (PL7.1.19) ......................................................................................... 4-85
REP7.9 BCR CLN XERO ASSY (PL7.1.20) ................................................................................ 4-86
REP7.10 SENSOR TNER FULL (PL7.1.24) .................................................................................. 4-87
REP8. ROS ................................................................................................................ 4-88
REP8.1 ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) ..................................................................................................... 4-88
REP8.2 CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2) ............................................................................................ 4-89
REP9. DEVE .............................................................................................................. 4-90
REP9.1 LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.1.1) ................................................................................. 4-90
REP9.2 ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) ............................................................................... 4-91
REP9.3 ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) ......................................................................................... 4-93
REP9.4 HOLDER ASSY-BIAS (PL9.1.17) ................................................................................... 4-94
REP9.5 SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI (PL9.1.18) ................................................................. 4-95
REP9.6 HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K (PL9.2.5), HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y (PL9.2.6),
HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M (PL9.2.7), HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C (PL9.2.8) .................. 4-96
REP9.7 FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) ................................................................................ 4-99
REP10. FUSER .......................................................................................................... 4-101
REP10.1 FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) ............................................................................................. 4-101
REP10.2 FUSER LOCK SWITCH (PL10.1.6) .............................................................................. 4-103
REP10.3 HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L (PL10.1.2) ........................................................................ 4-104
REP11. 1. DRIVE ....................................................................................................... 4-105
REP11.1 DRIVE ASSY BTR (PL11.1.1) ...................................................................................... 4-105
REP11.2 DRIVE ASSY PRO (PL11.1.2) ..................................................................................... 4-106
REP11.3 MOT ASSY FSR (PL11.1.3) ......................................................................................... 4-107
REP11.4 MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4) ........................................................................................ 4-108
REP11.5 MOT ASSY ROT (PL11.1.5) ......................................................................................... 4-109
REP11.6 MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) .......................................................................................... 4-110
REP11.7 MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) .................................................................................... 4-111
REP12. ELEC ............................................................................................................. 4-112
REP12.1 SENSOR HUM & TEMP (PL12.1.6) ............................................................................. 4-112
REP12.2 PWBA HVPS (PL12.1.9) .............................................................................................. 4-113
REP12.3 PWB ASSY ROT (PL12.1.10) ...................................................................................... 4-114
REP12.4 PWBA CRUM (PL12.1.11) ........................................................................................... 4-115
REP12.5 PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) ................................................................................................ 4-116
REP12.6 LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) ..................................................................................................... 4-118
REP12.7 PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) ................................................................................................. 4-119
REP12.8 PWBA FUSER CONT (PL12.2.12) ............................................................................... 4-120
REP12.9 CHASSIS ASSY ESS (REFERENCE ONLY) ............................................................... 4-121
Table of Contents
4-3
REP13. DUPLEX ........................................................................................................ 4-122
REP13.1 DUPLEX ASSY (PL13.1.1) ........................................................................................... 4-122
REP13.2 COVER-R DUP (PL13.1.2) ........................................................................................... 4-123
REP13.3 COVER-L DUP (PL13.1.3) ........................................................................................... 4-124
REP13.4 COVER-INV (PL13.2.1) ................................................................................................ 4-125
REP13.5 LINK-LATCH (PL13.2.2), LINK-BUTTON (PL13.2.3) ................................................... 4-126
REP13.6 INVERTER ASSY DUP (PL13.2.5), TRANSPORT ASSY DUP (PL13.3.1) ................. 4-127
REP13.7 SOLENOID ASSY DUP (PL13.2.7) .............................................................................. 4-128
REP13.8 ACTUATOR INV (PL13.2.9) ......................................................................................... 4-129
REP13.9 SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10) ........................................................................... 4-130
REP13.10 MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18) .......................................................................... 4-131
REP13.11 ROLLER ASSY INVERTER (PL13.2.21) ...................................................................... 4-133
REP13.12 CHUTE ASSY-INV LOW (PL13.2.22) .......................................................................... 4-134
REP13.13 LATCH DUP R (PL13.3.3), LATCH DUP L (PL13.3.12) ............................................... 4-135
REP13.14 SWITCH-DUP DOOR (PL13.3.7) ................................................................................. 4-137
REP13.15 ACTUATOR DUP (PL13.3.9) ....................................................................................... 4-138
REP13.16 SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11) ............................................................................... 4-139
REP13.17 SUPPORT DUP (PL13.3.14) ........................................................................................ 4-140
REP13.18 HINGE ASSY L (PL13.3.16) ......................................................................................... 4-141
REP13.19 HINGE ASSY R (PL13.3.20) ........................................................................................ 4-142
REP13.20 COVER LOW-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.23) ...................................................................... 4-143
REP13.21 COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24) ......................................................................... 4-144
REP13.22 PAD DAMPER L (PL13.3.25) ....................................................................................... 4-145
REP13.23 PAD DAMPER R (PL13.3.30) ...................................................................................... 4-146
REP13.24 ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL13.4.1) .................................................................................. 4-147
REP13.25 PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) ........................................................................................... 4-149
REP13.26 MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) ................................................................................. 4-150
REP13.27 ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT (PL13.4.17) ........................................................................ 4-152
REP14. 500 PAPER CASSETTE & 500 SHEET FEEDER ........................................ 4-153
REP14.1 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1) .................................................................. 4-153
REP14.2 GUIDE END ASSY (PL14.1.2) ..................................................................................... 4-154
REP14.3 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL14.1.3) ...................................................................... 4-155
REP14.4 GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500 (PL14.1.4), GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500 (PL14.1.6) ..... 4-157
REP14.5 COVER FRONT CST 500 (PL14.1.12) ........................................................................ 4-158
REP14.6 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY (REFERENCE ONLY) .................................................... 4-159
REP14.7 COVER LEFT 500 (PL14.2.1) ...................................................................................... 4-160
REP14.8 CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.2.2) ............................................................................. 4-161
REP14.9 COVER RIGHT 500 (PL14.2.10) .................................................................................. 4-162
REP14.10 PWBA TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3) ........................................................................................ 4-163
REP14.11 PWBA MOT (PL14.3.4) ................................................................................................ 4-164
REP14.12 DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) .................................................................................... 4-165
REP14.13 SOLENOID FEED (PL14.3.8) ....................................................................................... 4-166
REP14.14 MOTOR ASSY FEEDER (PL14.3.9) ............................................................................ 4-167
REP14.15 CLUTCH ASSY FEED (PL14.3.12) .............................................................................. 4-168
REP14.16 HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 (PL14.3.14) ........................................................................ 4-169
REP14.17 ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16) ............................................................................ 4-170
REP14.18 SWITCH FEEDER DOOR (PL14.3.18) ........................................................................ 4-171
REP14.19 HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2 (PL14.3.22) ........................................................................ 4-172
REP14.20 CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.3.23) ........................................................................... 4-173
REP14.21 HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (PL14.3.24) ................................................................. 4-174
REP14.22 FILM ASSY FDR (PL14.3.26) ....................................................................................... 4-176
REP14.23 STOPPER CST R (PL14.3.31) ..................................................................................... 4-177
REP14.24 GUIDE CST R (PL14.3.32) ........................................................................................... 4-178
REP14.25 GUIDE CST L (PL14.3.34) ........................................................................................... 4-179
REP14.26 STOPPER CST L (PL14.3.35) ..................................................................................... 4-180
REP14.27 HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1) .............................................................................. 4-181
REP14.28 SENSOR NO PAPER (PL14.4.3) ................................................................................. 4-183
Table of Contents
4-4
REP14.29 ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST (PL14.4.4) .................................................................... 4-184
REP14.30 ACTUATOR T/R (PL14.4.6) ......................................................................................... 4-186
REP14.31 SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7) .............................................................................................. 4-187
REP14.32 ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11) ............................................................................ 4-188
4.3 Adjustment ............................................................................................................ 4-190
ADJ1. Firmware Download............................................................................................................ 4-190
ADJ1.1 ESS F/W.................................................................................................................... 4-190
ADJ1.2 MCU F/W................................................................................................................... 4-192
4.1 Preface
4-5
4.1 Preface
This chapter is organized into 12 sections, each of which corresponds to each unit in Parts List and
describes how to remove/install the main parts.
* REP 1 COVER
* REP 4 MSI
* REP 5 PH ASSY
* REP 6 TRANSFER
* REP 7 XERO
* REP 8 ROS
* REP 9 DEVE
* REP 10 FUSER
* REP 11 DRIVE
* REP 12 ELECTRICAL
* REP 13 DUPLEX
* REP 14 500 PAPER CASSETTE & 500 SHEET FEEDER
NOTE Closely observe the installation status before servicing a part that is managed as
spare parts but whose procedure is not described here.
NOTE In principle, optional parts must be removed when servicing. However, if it is not
necessary, you can perform servicing with the parts installed.
4.1.1 Before Servicing
- Turn OFF the power and disconnect the power plug from the outlet before servicing.
- During servicing, remove the IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) first before disassembling.
- Remove the DUPLEX and disassemble it when necessary.
- Wait until the FUSER ASSY and surrounding temperatures get low enough before servicing
around the FUSER ASSY.
- Be careful not to use extreme force during servicing as it may damage parts and cause
malfunction.
4.1 Preface
4-6
- Do not use screws in the wrong places as there are various types of screws used. When a plastic
screw is used in a hole for metal screws, the hole will be damaged. Therefore, please take extra
care when identifying plastic and metal screws. When a screw is used wrongly, the screw head
may be smashed and problems may occur.
NOTE Use a plastic screw for the screw installation position on the frame marked "T".
- Do not service at the places where static electricity is likely to be generated (e.g. over a carpet).
No. Model Usage Shape How To Identify CAUTION
1
Plastic
Screw
Silver Tap
Plastic
Silver
The screw head is
rougher than the
metal type.
The screw edge is
sharper
This has the function that
drills a hole by itself.
Therefore, when it is
fastened askew, the screw
head will be damaged.
2
Plastic
Screw
Tap with
Silver Collar
Plastic
Silver
Flange
The screw head is
rougher than the
metal type.
The screw edge is
sharper
3
Plastic
Screw
Tap with
Silver
Washer
Plastic
Silver
Washer
The screw head is
rougher than the
metal type.
The screw edge is
sharper
4
Metal
Screw
With Silver
Collar
Metal
Silver
Flange
The screw edge is
slightly sharper
5
Metal
Screw
With Silver
Collar
Metal
Silver
Flange
The diameters of
thread parts are even
6
Metal
Screw
Silver
Metal
Silver
The diameters of
7
Metal
Screw
Silver, with
External
Cog Washer
Metal
Silver
External Cog Washer
The diameters of
Parts etc Plastic
Coarse
Parts etc Plastic
Coarse
Parts etc Plastic
Coarse
Parts etc
Sheet metal
Parts etc
Sheet metal
Parts etc
Sheet metal
Parts etc
Sheet metal
4.1 Preface
4-7
- Perform earthing of the service personnel with wrist bands whenever possible in order to remove
static electricity from the body. When a wrist band cannot be found, touch a grounded metal part
of the machine before servicing.
- Once servicing is completed, use the CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2) to clean the ROS ASSY
(PL8.1.1) windows.
4.1.2 Procedure Notations
- The phrase "REPX.Y "AAAAA"" indicates that the part name "AAAAA" is the one to be
disassembled/assembled.
- The note "(PLX.Y.Z)" appearing after a part name in the procedure indicates that the part
corresponds to the item "Z" of the plate (PL) "X.Y" in "Chapter 5 Parts List". Therefore, you can
refer to "Chapter 5 Parts List" for more information on the shape and installation position, etc. of
the part.
- The expressions related to the directions in the procedures are as follows:
- FRONT: Direction towards you when you stand in front of the machine
- REAR: Direction towards the rear end when you stand in front of the machine
- LEFT: Direction to the left when you stand in front of the machine
- RIGHT: Direction to the right when you stand in front of the machine
Figure: Definition of Printer Orientation
- When the description "For ... machine" appears in the procedures, you need to do the procedure
for the appropriate machines. (Do not perform the procedure for other machines.)
- The phrase "(REP X.Y)" appearing in or at the end of a procedure indicates that the procedures
related to "REP X.Y" are described.
- The screws in figures are to be fastened/removed with a plus driver, unless otherwise specified.
- Black arrows in the figures indicate that you must move the part in the direction of the arrow.
Numbers in the figures indicate that you must move the parts in the order of the numbers.
- Refer to "Chapter 7 Wiring Data" for the positions of connectors (P/J).
REAR
FRONT
LEFT
RIGHT
Leg_03_001FA
4.2 Disassembly/Assembly
4-8
REP1. COVER
REP1.1 COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1)
Removal
1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17)
2) Remove the E-rings (x2) that secure the COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1) to the machine.
3) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP by opening and shifting it to the right.
Installation
Carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
NOTE
Use the external stud channel out of the two channels.
Leg_03_002FA
3)
2)
2)
4-9
REP1.2 TRAY EXTENSION (PL1.1.2), COVER TRAY (PL1.1.23)
Removal
1) Pull the COVER TRAY (PL1.1.23) out until it stops.
2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT U (PL1.1.16) and COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1).
3) Release the hooks that secure the COVER TRAY to the COVER ASSY TOP and remove
the COVER TRAY together with the TRAY EXTENSION (PL1.1.2).
4) Open the TRAY EXTENSION.
NOTE
Be careful not to damage the TRAY EXTENSION boss when performing the
following:
5) Make the TRAY EXTENSION boss bent with a mini-driver and pull it out of the COVER
TRAY hole to remove it.
Installation
NOTE
Be careful not to damage the boss of TRAY EXTENSION.
Leg_03_003FA
3)-1
3)-2
2)-2
3)-1
Leg_Sec03_501EB
5)-2
5)-1
4)
2)-1
4-10
REP1.3 COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4)
Removal
1) Open the COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4).
2) Keep the COVER RH (PL1.1.9) broadened and pull the COVER RH boss out of the COVER
FUSER hole to remove the COVER FUSER.
Installation
NOTE
Make sure that the protrusions on the right and left sides of the COVER FUSER are
inserted into the body of COVER RH and COVER LH respectively.
Leg_Sec03_005EB
NOTE
1)
2)-2
2)-1
LEFT
Protrusion
4-11
REP1.4 COVER TOP SIDE L (PL1.1.5)
Removal
1) For DUPLEX machines, open the DUPLEX ASSY.
2) For standard machines, open the COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4). (REP1.3)
4) Release the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secures the COVER TOP SIDE L
(PL1.1.5) to the machine.
NOTE
The screws that secure the COVER TOP SIDE L cannot be removed from the
COVER TOP SIDE L due to its structural design.
5) Remove the COVER TOP SIDE L from the machine.
Installation
Leg_03_502FA
4)
5)
4-12
REP1.5 COVER TOP SIDE R (PL1.1.6)
Removal
1) For DUPLEX machines, open the DUPLEX ASSY.
2) For standard machines, open the COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4). (REP1.3)
4) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secures the COVER TOP SIDE R
5) Remove the COVER TOP SIDE R and BRACKET TOP S RH (PL1.1.38) from the machine.
Installation
Leg_03_503FA
5)
4)
4-13
REP1.6 SWITCH ASSY TOP (PL1.1.7)
Removal
2) Release the clamp that secures the harnesses of the SWITCH ASSY TOP (PL1.1.7) and
remove the harnesses.
NOTE
Leave the intermediate connector (blue) at the harness when performing the
following:
3) Disconnect the connector (P/J116, blue) of the SWITCH ASSY TOP.
4) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secures the SWITCH ASSY TOP to the
machine.
5) Remove the SWITCH ASSY TOP from the machine.
Installation
REP1.7 NOT USED
Leg_03_006FA
4)
3)
2)
5)
Intermediate connector
(Blue)
(Blue)
4-14
REP1.8 COVER RH (PL1.1.9), SLIDE BAR (PL1.1.30), COVER ROS WINDOW
(PL1.1.31)
Removal
2) Release the hooks (x4) that secure the GUIDE BAR (PL1.1.29) to the COVER RH (PL1.1.9)
and remove the GUIDE BAR.
3) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secures the COVER ROS WINDOW
(PL1.1.31) to the SLIDE BAR (PL1.1.30).
4) Shifting the COVER ROS WINDOW along the COVER RH rib and remove the COVER ROS
WINDOW from the protrusion of the COVER RH.
5) Remove the SLIDE BAR for the COVER RH.
Installation
NOTE
Make sure that the top and bottom of the COVER ROS WINDOW are properly
inserted into the COVER RH protrusions.
NOTE
Check the COVER ROS WINDOW operations by moving the SLIDE BAR to see
whether the COVER ROS WINDOW can be opened/closed smoothly.
Leg_Sec03_007EA
NOTE
4)
3)
2)
5)
2)
2)
2)
4-15
REP1.9 COVER MSI (PL1.1.14)
Removal
2) Open the COVER MSI (PL1.1.14) slightly and shift it to the right to remove it from the
machine.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_008EA
2)-1
2)-2
4-16
REP1.10 COVER FRONT L (PL1.1.15), COVER FRONT ASSY U (PL1.1.16)
Removal
3) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9)
4) Remove the OP PANEL. (REP1.11)
5) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm) and the COVER HINGE (PL1.1.40) and then
release the HARNESS ASSY PANEL (PL1.1.18).
6) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the COVER FRONT L
7) Shift the COVER FRONT L to the right and then release the hooks (x2) at the rear of the
COVER FRONT L to remove the COVER FRONT L together with the COVER FRONT
ASSY U (PL1.1.16).
NOTE
Be careful not to damage the COVER FRONT ASSY U boss when performing the
following:
8) Insert a driver and push the bosses at the right and left sides of the COVER FRONT ASSY
U and then pull it out of the holes of the COVER FRONT L to remove the COVER FRONT
ASSY U from the COVER FRONT L.
Installation
Leg_03_010FA
Leg_03_009FA
6)
4)
6)
7)-2
8)-2
8)-1
6)
6)
6)
5)
7)-1
4-17
REP1.11 OP PANEL (PL1.1.17)
Removal
1) Open the COVER FRONT ASSY U (PL1.1.16).
NOTE
Do not place the OP PANEL apart from the machine because they are connected
with a harness when performing the following:
2) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) and the hooks (x2) to remove the
COVER CONPANE (PL1.1.39).
3) Release the hooks (x4) to set the OP PANEL (PL1.1.17) slightly apart from the machine.
4) Disconnect the connector P/J220 which is connected to the OP PANEL to remove the OP
PANEL.
Installation
NOTE
Be careful not to pinch the harness between the machine and OP PANEL.
Leg_03_184FA
4)-2
4)-1
3)
3)
2)
4-18
REP1.12 COVER ASSY LH (PL1.1.19)
Removal
1) For DUPLEX machines, remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1)
2) For standard machines, remove the COVER FUSER. (REP1.3)
3) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT U (PL1.1.16), COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1), and COVER
MSI (PL1.1.14).
4) Remove the COVER ESS. (REP1.13)
5) Remove the screws (x6) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the COVER ASSY LH
6) Lift up the COVER ASSY LH and release the hooks (x5) at the rear of the COVER ASSY LH
from the machine holes.
7) Remove the COVER ASSY LH by keeping the COVER ASSY LH broadened to avoid the
interface connectors at the rear of the machine.
Installation
Leg_03_011FA
3)
7)-1
7)-2
6)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
4-19
REP1.13 COVER ESS (PL1.1.21)
Removal
1) Hold the top of the COVER ESS (PL1.1.21) and tilt it towards you to remove it upwards.
Installation
NOTE
Hitch the tabs (x3) under the COVER ESS.
Leg_03_188FA
1)
4-20
REP1.14 SWITCH ASSY FUSER (PL1.1.22), SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36)
Removal
2) Release the clamps which secure the harnesses of the SWITCH ASSY FUSER (PL1.1.22)
and remove the harnesses.
3) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secures the SWITCH ASSY FUSER to
the machine.
4) Remove the SWITCH ASSY FUSER and BRACKET TOP S LH (PL1.1.37) from the
machine.
NOTE
Leave the intermediate connector at the harness when performing the following:
5) Disconnect the connector (P/J117, blue) of the SWITCH ASSY FUSER.
6) Release the hooks (x2) that secure the SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36) to the
BRACKET INLK FUSER (PL1.1.35) and remove the SWITCH-FUSER DOOR.
7) Disconnect the connector (P/J114) of the SWITCH-FUSER DOOR.
Installation
Leg_03_012FA
4)
5)
3)
2)
7)
6)-1
6)-2
4-21
REP1.15 COVER INNER TOP (PL1.1.24)
Removal
2) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the COVER INNER TOP
3) Remove the COVER INNER TOP from the machine.
Installation
REP1.16 NOT USED
Leg_03_187FA
3)
2)
2)
4-22
REP1.17 COVER ASSY RH (PL1.1.28)
Removal
2) For standard machines, remove the COVER FUSER. (REP1.3)
3) Open the COVER MSI (PL1.1.14).
4) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the COVER ASSY RH
5) Lift up the COVER ASSY RH, release the hooks (x6) at the rear of the COVER ASSY RH
from the machine holes and remove the COVER ASSY RH.
Installation
Leg_03_185FA
5)
4)
4)
4)
4)
3)
4)
4-23
REP1.18 COVER INNER L (PL1.1.33)
Removal
4) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10)
5) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the COVER INNER L (PL1.1.33)
to the machine.
6) Release the hook (x1) at the rear of the COVER INNER L from the machine hole and
remove the COVER INNER L.
Installation
Leg_03_186FA
5)
5)
6)
4-24
REP1.19 SWITCH-INLK FUSER (PL1.1.34)
Removal
2) Remove the SWITCH ASSY FUSER. (REP1.14)
3) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, 8mm) that secures the SWITCH-INLK FUSER (PL1.1.34) to
the BRACKET INLK FUSER (PL1.1.35).
4) Remove the SWITCH-INLK FUSER from the BRACKET INLK FUSER.
Installation
Leg_03_506FA
3)
4)
4-25
REP4. MSI
REP4.1
MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1)
NOTE The numbers with [ ] in the figure indicate the installation steps.
Removal
5) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4)
6) Disconnect the connectors (P/J408) and (P/J409) on the PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1).
7) Release the clamps (x2) on the CHASSIS ESS (PL12.2.6) and then remove the harness of
the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 (PL4.1.26).
8) When the 500 Sheet Feeder is installed, turn the LOCK MC TO FDR (PL14.2.12) which is
attached to the 500 Sheet Feeder by 90 degrees as shown in the figure to unlock it from the
unit.
9) Remove the screws (x6) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secure the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1) to
the machine.
NOTE
When performing the following procedures, be careful not to hitch the cable tie
which bundles the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 harnesses to the machine holes.
NOTE
When performing the following procedures, be careful not to pinch the HARNESS-
ASSY P/H 1 between the machine and MSI ASSY.
10) Pull the MSI ASSY slightly towards you and lift up the MSI ASSY, avoiding the TIE PLATE
which is placed under the machine. Slowly pull it towards you again to pull out the
HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 from the machine holes and remove the MSI ASSY.
LOCK MC TO FDR
Unlocked Locked
Leg_03_042FA
NOTE
6)
7)
8)
8)
8)
8)
8)
8)
7)
6)
9)-1
9)-2
4-26
Installation
NOTE
When performing the following procedures, be careful not to hitch the cable tie
which bundles the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 harnesses to the machine holes.
NOTE
When performing the following procedures, be careful not to pinch the HARNESS-
ASSY P/H 1 between the machine and MSI ASSY.
1) Move the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 (PL4.1.26) along the left side of the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1)
to insert it to the machine front together with the MSI ASSY.
2) With the MSI ASSY slightly lifted up to avoid the TIE PLATE placed under the machine, insert
the MSI ASSY halfway and pull out the connectors of the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 from the
machine holes.
3) Align the MSI ASSY with the installation area of the machine and then slowly pull the
HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 so that it does not loosen in the machine.
4) Secure the MSI ASSY to the machine with screws (x6) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm).
5) When the 500 Sheet Feeder is installed, turn the LOCK MC TO FDR (PL14.2.12) by 90
degrees in the opposite direction of the arrow shown in the figure to lock it with the machine.
6) Connect the connectors (P/J408) and (P/J409) on the PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1).
7) Secure the harnesses of the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 with the clamps (x2) to the CHASSIS
ESS (PL12.2.6).
8) Install the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4)
9) Install the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10)
10) Install the COVER MSI. (REP1.9)
11) Install the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12)
12) Install the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17)
Leg_03_507FA
[NOTE]
[2)-1] [2)-2]
[3)]
[1)]
4-27
REP4.2 ROLL ASSY MSI (PL4.1.2)
Removal
6) Remove the MSI ASSY. (REP4.1)
7) Remove the SOLENOID PICK UP. (REP4.10)
NOTE
To perform the following procedures with ease, it is recommended to turn the ROLL
ASSY MSI in the direction of the arrow to unlock the CAM PICK UP MSI (PL4.1.4)
and keep the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (PL4.1.15) lifted.
8) Remove the right and left SPRING-N/F MSI (PL4.1.18) which are hooked at the right and left
sides of the BEARING MSI (PL4.1.3) from the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1).
9) Remove the E-ring that secures the right and left CAM PICK UP MSI (PL4.1.4) to the
SHAFT ASSY MSI (PL4.1.5) from the MSI ASSY.
10) Align the CAM PICK UP MSI notch with the SHAFT ASSY MSI positioning pin and then shift
the right and left CAM PICK UP MSI inside.
11) From the right and left shaft bearings, align the BEARING MSI notch with the SHAFT ASSY
MSI positioning pin and then shift the right and left BEARING MSI inside.
12) Shift the ROLL ASSY MSI (PL4.1.2) to the left temporarily and pull the ROLL ASSY MSI
bearing out of the right shaft bearing to remove the ROLL ASSY MSI.
NOTE
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_054FB
NOTE
NOTE
11)
10)
10)
11)
9)
9)
8)
8)
12)
D cut side
Elliptic
Semicircular
end
end
4-28
Installation
NOTE
When performing the following procedures, install with the PAPER GUIDE (PL4.1.6)
paper holder downward.
1) Insert the left side of the ROLL ASSY MSI (PL4.1.2) bearing into the left shaft bearing and
then shift the ROLL ASSY MSI to the right to install the ROLL ASSY MSI.
2) Align the right and left BEARING MSI (PL4.1.3) notches on the ROLL ASSY MSI with the
SHAFT ASSY MSI positioning pin and then insert the BEARING MSI into the MSI ASSY
right and left shaft bearings to secure the ROLL ASSY MSI.
3) Align the CAM PICK UP MSI (PL4.1.4) right and left notches on the ROLL ASSY MSI with
the SHAFT ASSY MSI positioning pin and then shift the right and left CAM PICK UP MSI
outside.
NOTE
Make sure that the CAM PICK UP MSI notch is aligned with the ROLL ASSY MSI
positioning pin.
4) Secure the right and left CAM PICK UP MSI to the SHAFT ASSY MSI with E-ring.
NOTE
To perform the following procedures with ease, it is recommended to turn the ROLL
ASSY MSI in the direction of the arrow to unlock the CAM PICK UP MSI (PL4.1.4)
and keep the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (PL4.1.15) lifted.
NOTE
Be careful of the SPRING-N/F MSI installation direction when performing the
following:
Install the semicircular side of the SPRING-N/F MSI installation area to the
BEARING MSI.
Install the semicircular side of the SPRING-N/F MSI installation area to the PLATE
BOTTOM ASSY MSI.
5) Install the SPRING-N/F MSI (PL4.1.18) on the right and left BEARING MSI.
6) Install the SOLENOID PICK UP. (REP4.10)
7) Install the MSI ASSY. (REP4.1)
9) Install the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10)
10) Install the COVER MSI. (REP1.9)
4-29
REP4.3 ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8)
Removal
2) Release the hook of the right CORE (PL4.1.7) which is secured to the SHAFT ASSY MSI
(PL4.1.5) and then shift it to the right.
3) Shift the ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8) to the right and pull out the ROLL MSI installation channel
from the SHAFT ASSY MSI pin to remove the ROLL MSI from the SHAFT ASSY MSI.
Installation
NOTE
Be careful of the ROLL MSI installation direction. (Install the ROLL MSI by aligning
the direction of the arrow printed on it with the one in the illustration.)
Leg_Sec03_043EA
3)
2)-1
2)-2
Arrow
4-30
REP4.4 CHUTE MSI (PL4.1.9)
Removal
2) Loosen the CHUTE MSI (PL4.1.9) and pull the right boss of the CHUTE MSI from right hole
of the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1) to remove the CHUTE MSI.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_044EB
2)-1
2)-2
RIGHT
4-31
REP4.5 GUIDE SIDE L (PL4.1.12), GUIDE ASSY SIDE R (PL4.1.13)
Removal
1) Open the COVER MSI (PL1.1.14).
2) Release the hook that secures the GUIDE SIDE COVER (PL4.1.10) center hole and the
right and left hooks of the GUIDE SIDE COVER from the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM
(PL4.1.19) holes to remove the GUIDE SIDE COVER.
3) Remove the GEAR MANUAL (PL4.1.11) from the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM.
4) Shift the GUIDE SIDE L (PL4.1.12) to the right and remove the GUIDE SIDE L protrusion
from the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM installation area to remove the GUIDE SIDE L.
5) Hold and shift the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R (PL4.1.13) lever to the left and remove the GUIDE
ASSY SIDE R protrusion from the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM installation area to remove the
GUIDE ASSY SIDE R.
Leg_Sec03_045EA
2)-1
2)-1
2)-2
2)-1
3)
4-32
Installation
Leg_Sec03_046EA
4)
5)-2
5)-1
4-33
REP4.6 PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (PL4.1.15)
Removal
7) Remove the SOLENOID PICK UP. (REP4.10)
8) Remove the ROLL ASSY MSI. (REP4.2)
9) Broaden the right and left installation areas of the PLATE BOTTOM 2 (PL4.1.14) from the
PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (PL4.1.15) to remove the PLATE BOTTOM 2 holes from the
PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI boss.
10) Lift the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI to remove the right and left holes of the PLATE
BOTTOM ASSY MSI from the the right and left shaft bearings of the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1).
11) Remove the right side of the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI from the right notch of the MSI
ASSY to remove the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI.
Installation
NOTE
The job will be made easier by keeping the rear of the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI
slightly lifted during installation.
Leg_Sec03_047FA
NOTE
9)
9)
11)-1
11)-2
10)-2
10)-1
[During Installation]
4-34
REP4.7 HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI (PL4.1.16)
Removal
2) Remove the CHUTE MSI. (REP4.4)
3) Release the hooks of the right and left PAPER GUIDE (PL4.1.6) that are secured to the
SHAFT ASSY MSI (PL4.1.5) and shift them outside to remove the CHUTE ASSY PAPER
GUIDE (PL4.1.28).
4) Release the hooks of the right and left CORE (PL4.1.7) that are secured to the SHAFT
ASSY MSI and then shift them outside.
5) Remove the ROLL MSI. (REP4.3)
NOTE
Be careful not to lose the SPRING RETARD MSI when performing the following:
6) Loosen the bosses at both sides of the HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI (PL4.1.16) to remove
the HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI from the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM (PL4.1.19).
Installation
NOTE
When the SPRING RETARD MSI has departed from the HOLDER ASSY RETARD
MSI, attach the SPRING RETARD MSI to the HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI boss
before installation.
NOTE
Make sure that the SPRING RETARD MSI is fitted into the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM
spring holder boss.
Leg_Sec03_508EB
4)-1
3)-2
3)-1
4)-2
4)-2
4)-1
3)-1
3)-2
Leg_Sec03_048EB
NOTE
6)
4-35
REP4.8 PLATE ASSY RETARD (PL4.1.17)
NOTE The numbers with [ ] in the figure indicate the installation procedures.
Removal
2) Remove the CHUTE MSI. (REP4.4)
3) Remove the ROLL MSI. (REP4.3)
4) Remove the HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI. (REP4.7)
NOTE
Do not bend the PLATE ASSY RETARD when performing the following:
5) Loosen the PLATE ASSY RETARD (PL4.1.17) and remove the right and left holes from the
FRAME ASSY BOTTOM (PL4.1.19) boss to remove the PLATE ASSY RETARD.
Installation
NOTE
Do not bend the PLATE ASSY RETARD.
1) Align the right and left U-channels of the PLATE ASSY RETARD (PL4.1.17) with the
FRAME ASSY BOTTOM (PL4.1.19) front boss.
2) Loosen the PLATE ASSY RETARD and turn it with the boss which is aligned with the U-channels
as a center, and then insert the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM rear boss into the right and left holes of
the PLATE ASSY RETARD to install the PLATE ASSY RETARD.
3) Install the HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI. (REP4.7)
4) Install the ROLL MSI. (REP4.3)
5) Install the CHUTE MSI. (REP4.4)
Leg_Sec03_049EA
5)-1
5)-2
Leg_Sec03_509EA
[1)]
[2)-1]
[2)-2]
[2)-1]
4-36
REP4.9 OIL DAMPER (PL4.1.20)
Removal
7) Release the hooks of the GEAR PICK UP (PL4.1.22) that is secured to the SHAFT ASSY
MSI (PL4.1.5) from the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1) to remove the GEAR PICK UP.
8) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secure the DAMPER BRACKET
(PL4.1.21) to the MSI ASSY.
9) Remove the OIL DAMPER (PL4.1.20) together with the DAMPER BRACKET from the MSI
ASSY.
10) Remove the OIL DAMPER from the DAMPER BRACKET.
Installation
NOTE
Be careful of the OIL DAMPER installation direction.
Leg_Sec03_200FA
7)-1
7)-2
9)
8)
8)
10)
4-37
REP4.10 SOLENOID PICK UP (PL4.1.23)
Removal
7) Release the hooks of the GEAR PICK UP (PL4.1.22) that is secured to the SHAFT ASSY
MSI (PL4.1.5) from the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1) to remove the GEAR PICK UP.
NOTE
8) Disconnect the connector (P/J605) of the SOLENOID PICK UP (PL4.1.23) and remove the
harness from the MSI ASSY channel.
9) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secures the SOLENOID PICK UP to the MSI
ASSY.
10) Remove the SOLENOID PICK UP from the MSI ASSY.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_050FA
7)-2
7)-1
10)
8)
9)
Channel
Notch
4-38
REP4.11 SENSOR PAPER EMPTY (PL4.1.24)
Removal
7) Release the hooks (x3) of the SENSOR PAPER EMPTY (PL4.1.24) that is secured to the
FRAME ASSY BOTTOM (PL4.1.19) with a mini-driver etc. and then turn the ACTUATOR
EMPTY (PL4.1.25) to remove the SENSOR PAPER EMPTY.
8) Disconnect the connector (P/J103) of the SENSOR PAPER EMPTY.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_051FA
7)-1
7)-3
8)
7)-2
4-39
REP4.12 ACTUATOR EMPTY (PL4.1.25)
Removal
7) Remove the GUIDE SIDE L and GUIDE ASSY SIDE R. (REP4.5)
NOTE
You do not need to remove the connectors of the SENSOR PAPER EMPTY when
performing the following:
8) Remove the SENSOR PAPER EMPTY. (REP4.11)
9) Broaden the right and left installation areas of the PLATE BOTTOM 2 (PL4.1.14) from the
PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (PL4.1.15) to remove the PLATE BOTTOM 2 holes from the
PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI boss.
10) Turn the PLATE BOTTOM 2 and remove the right and left bosses of the PLATE BOTTOM 2
from the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1) notch to remove the PLATE BOTTOM 2.
NOTE
Be careful not to break the ACTUATOR EMPTY when performing the following:
11) Remove the left shaft bearing channel of the ACTUATOR EMPTY (PL4.1.25) from the
hooks of the MSI ASSY to pull the ACTUATOR EMPTY right shaft bearing out of the MSI
ASSY holes.
12) Shift the ACTUATOR EMPTY to the left and shift the ACTUATOR EMPTY shaft bearing
along the MSI ASSY notch to remove the ACTUATOR EMPTY.
Leg_Sec03_052FB
9)
9)
10)
4-40
Installation
NOTE
Check whether the ACTUATOR EMPTY is secured to the hook.
Leg_Sec03_053FB
NOTE
11)-1
11)-2
12)
[DuringInstallation]
4-41
REP5. PH ASSY
REP5.1 COVER-PH (PL5.1.1)
Removal
1) Open the COVER-PH (PL5.1.1).
2) Release the right and left hooks which secure the COVER-PH to the CHUTE ASSY-REAR
(PL5.1.2) to remove the COVER-PH.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_142EA
2)-1
1)
2)-1
2)-2
4-42
REP5.2 CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2)
Removal
2) For standard machines, remove the COVER-PH. (REP5.1)
3) Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2).
NOTE
Be careful not to damage the CHUTE ASSY-REAR boss when performing the
following:
4) Loosen the installation area at the right side of the CHUTE ASSY-REAR with a mini-driver
and pull the right boss out of the FRAME-PH (PL5.2.10) hole to remove the CHUTE ASSY-
REAR.
Installation
NOTE
Be careful not to damage the boss of the CHUTE ASSY-REAR.
Leg_Sec03_055EA
4)-2
4)-1
4-43
REP5.3 CHUTE-REAR UP (PL5.1.3), CHUTE-REAR LOW (PL5.1.4)
Removal
1) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-REAR. (REP5.2)
2) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secure the CHUTE-REAR LOW
(PL5.1.4) to the CHUTE-REAR UP (PL5.1.3).
3) Remove the depressed part of CHUTE-REAR LOW from the protruded part of the CHUTE-
REAR UP and remove the CHUITE-REAR LOW from the CHUTE-REAR UP.
Installation
NOTE
Make sure that the protruded part of the CHUTE REAR UP is inserted into the
depressed part of the CHUTE-REAR LOW.
Leg_Sec03_056FA
NOTE
2)
2)
3)-2
3)-1
4-44
REP5.4 FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1)
Removal
2) For standard machines, remove the COVER-PH. (REP5.1)
4) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1)
to the machine.
5) Close the CHUTE ASSY-REAR.
NOTE
Do not place the FRAME ASSY-PH apart from the machine because they are
connected with a harness when performing the following:
6) Place the FRAME ASSY-PH together with the CHUTE ASSY-REAR apart from the
machine.
7) Disconnect the connectors (P/J603) and (P/J604) that are connected to the machine to
remove the FRAME ASSY-PH together with the CHUTE ASSY-REAR.
8) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-REAR. (REP5.2)
Leg_Sec03_057EA
3)
4)
4)
4)
4)
6)
8)
7)
4-45
Installation
NOTE
Connect the connector with the FRAME ASSY-PH opened at 90 degrees as shown
in the figure.
NOTE
Be careful not to pinch the harness between the machine and FRAME ASSY-PH.
Leg_03_510EB
NOTE [During Installation]
4-46
REP5.5 CLUTCH ASSY REGI (PL5.2.2)
Removal
2) Remove the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12)
3) Remove the DRIVE ASSY-PH. (REP5.15)
NOTE
4) Disconnect the connector (P/J203) of the CLUTCH ASSY REGI (PL5.2.2), and remove the
CLUTCH ASSY REGI harness from the FRAME ASSY-PH channel.
5) Remove the E-ring that secures the CLUTCH ASSY REGI to the FRAME ASSY-PH.
6) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY REGI from the FRAME ASSY-PH.
Installation
NOTE
Refer to the figure for more information on how to remove the harness.
Leg_Sec03_058FA
4)
6)
5)
4-47
REP5.6 ROLL-REGI METAL (PL5.2.4)
Removal
4) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY REGI. (REP5.5)
5) Remove the E-rings (x2) that secure the GEAR-REGI (PL5.2.6) from the FRAME ASSY-PH
(PL5.2.1) and to remove the GEAR-REGI (x2).
6) Remove the right and left BEARING METAL (PL5.2.3) that secure the ROLL-REGI METAL
(PL5.2.4) from the FRAME ASSY-PH.
8) Shift the ROLL-REGI METAL to the left temporarily and pull the ROLL-REGI METAL bearing
out of the right shaft bearing of the FRAME ASSY-PH to remove the ROLL-REGI METAL.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_059FB
5)-1
5)-2
6)
6)
8)
7)
4-48
REP5.7 ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8)
Removal
4) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY REGI. (REP5.5)
5) Remove the E-ring that secures the GEAR-REGI (PL5.2.6) to the ROLL REGI RUBBER
(PL5.2.8) from the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1), to remove the GEAR-REGI.
6) Remove the right BEARING RUBBER (PL5.2.5) and SPRING-REGI R (METAL) (PL5.2.7)
that secure the ROLL REGI RUBBER from the FRAME ASSY-PH.
7) Remove the E-ring that secures the ROLL REGI RUBBER from the FRAME ASSY-PH and
remove the left BEARING RUBBER and SPRING-REGI L (BLACK) (PL5.2.9).
8) Shift the ROLL REGI RUBBER to the left temporarily and pull the ROLL REGI RUBBER
bearing out of the right shaft bearing of the FRAME ASSY-PH to remove the ROLL REGI
RUBBER.
Leg_Sec03_060FB
(BLACK)
(METAL)
8)
5)-1
5)-2
6)-1
6)-2
7)-1
7)-2
RIGHT
D cut side
4-49
Installation
NOTE
Install the ROLL REGI RUBBER to the FRAME ASSY-PH so that the bearing D cut
side is placed at the right side.
1) Insert the left side of the ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) bearing into the left shaft bearing
of the FRAME ASSY-PH and then shift the ROLL REGI RUBBER to the right to install it.
2) Secure the ROLL REGI RUBBER to the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) with the right and left
BEARING RUBBER (PL5.2.5).
NOTE
Be careful not to install the SPRING-REGI R(METAL) and the SPRING-REGI L
(BLACK) in reversed positions when performing the following:
3) Install the SPRING-REGI R (METAL) (PL5.2.7) to the right BEARING RUBBER boss and
FRAME ASSY-PH right shaft bearing boss that secure the ROLL REGI RUBBER.
4) Install the SPRING-REGI L (BLACK) (PL5.2.9) to the left BEARING RUBBER boss and
FRAME ASSY-PH left shaft bearing boss that secure the ROLL REGI RUBBER.
NOTE
Check that the SPRING-REGI R (METAL) and SPRING-REGI L (BLACK) are
installed in the right and left BEARING RUBBER bosses and the FRAME ASSY-PH
shaft bearing boss.
5) Install the GEAR-REGI in the ROLL REGI RUBBER right shaft bearing and then secure the
right and left shaft bearings with E-rings.
6) Install the CLUTCH ASSY REGI. (REP5.5)
7) Install the DRIVE ASSY-PH. (REP5.15)
8) Install the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12)
4-50
REP5.8 ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12)
Removal
4) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI. (REP5.13)
5) Remove the E-ring that secures the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) right shaft bearing
from the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1).
6) Remove the right and left BEARING METAL (PL5.2.3) that secure the ROLL ASSY-PRE
REGI from the FRAME ASSY-PH.
8) Shift the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI to the left temporarily and pull the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI
bearing out of the right shaft bearing of the FRAME ASSY-PH to remove the ROLL ASSY-
PRE REGI.
Installation
NOTE
Install the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI to the FRAME ASSY-PH so that the bearing D
cut side is placed at the left side.
Leg_Sec03_061FB
6)
6)
5)
8)
7)
D cut side
4-51
REP5.9 SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16)
Removal
2) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secures the BRACKET-SENSOR
OHP (PL5.2.15) to the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1).
NOTE
Do not place the FRAME ASSY-PH apart from the BRACKET-SENSOR OHP
because they are connected with a harness when performing the following:
3) Remove the BRACKET-SENSOR OHP together with the SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16) from the
FRAME ASSY-PH.
4) Disconnect the connector (P/J101) of the SENSOR OHP.
5) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secures the SENSOR OHP to the BRACKET-
SENSOR OHP.
6) Remove the SENSOR OHP from the BRACKET-SENSOR OHP.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_062FA
3)
2)
5)
6)
4)
4-52
REP5.10 ACTUATOR-REGI (PL5.2.18)
Removal
2) Remove the ACTUATOR-REGI (PL5.2.18) left shaft bearing from the FRAME ASSY-PH
(PL5.2.1) hook.
3) Remove the right ACTUATOR-REGI right shaft bearing out of the FRAME ASSY-PH hole
and remove the ACTUATOR-REGI and SPRING-ACTUATOR (PL5.2.17) together.
4) Remove the SPRING-ACTUATOR from the ACTUATOR-REGI.
Installation
NOTE
Make sure that the SPRING-ACTUATOR is hooked onto the ACTUATOR-REGI
and FRAME ASSY-PH.
NOTE
Secure the ACTUATOR-REGI left shaft bearing with the FRAME ASSY-PH hook.
Leg_Sec03_064FA
NOTE
2)
3)
4)
[DuringInstallation]
4-53
REP5.11 SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19)
Removal
4) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19) to the FRAME ASSY-PH
(PL5.2.1) and push down the ACTUATOR-REGI to remove the SENSOR REGI.
5) Disconnect the connector (P/J102) of the SENSOR REGI.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_065FB
5)
4)-3
4)-1
4)-2
4-54
REP5.12 MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20)
Removal
2) Release the hooks (x2) that secure the COVER-HARNESS (PL5.2.25) to the FRAME
ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) to remove the COVER-HARNESS.
3) Release the clamp on the DRIVE ASSY-PH (PL5.2.24) and remove the MOTOR-PH
(PL5.2.20) harness from the FRAME ASSY-PH channel.
4) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the MOTOR-PH to the FRAME
ASSY-PH.
5) Remove the MOTOR-PH from the FRAME ASSY-PH.
Installation
NOTE
Be careful of the MOTOR-PH installation direction (the harness is at the front).
Leg_Sec03_066FB
5)
4)
4)
2)-1
2)-1
3)
3)
2)-2
Front
4-55
REP5.13 CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22)
Removal
NOTE
Do not remove the relay connector when performing the following:
4) Disconnect the connector (P/J202) of the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22) and
remove the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI harness from the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1)
channel.
5) Remove the E-ring which secures the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI to the FRAME ASSY-PH.
6) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI from the FRAME ASSY-PH and pull the CLUTCH
ASSY PRE REGI harness out of the FRAME ASSY-PH hole.
Installation
1) Insert the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22) harness into the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1)
hole.
2) Align the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI hole with the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) shaft
bearing D cut side and install the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI so that the protruded part of
the FRAME ASSY-PH fits into the depressed part of the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI.
3) Secure the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI to the FRAME ASSY-PH with an E-ring.
4) Turn the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI harness around the FRAME ASSY-PH channel and
install the connector (P/J202) of the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI.
5) Install the DRIVE ASSY-PH. (REP5.15)
6) Install the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12)
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_067FA
4)
5)
6)
NOTE
4-56
REP5.14 SWITCH-PH DOOR (PL5.2.23)
Removal
2) Disconnect the connector (P/J100) of the SWITCH-PH DOOR (PL5.2.23).
4) Release the hooks (x2) that secure the SWITCH-PH DOOR to the FRAME ASSY-PH
(PL5.2.1) to remove the SWITCH-PH DOOR.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_068FC
2)
4)-1
4)-2
3)
4-57
REP5.15 DRIVE ASSY-PH (PL5.2.24)
Removal
3) Release the clamp on the DRIVE ASSY-PH (PL5.2.24) and remove the harness.
4) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY-PH to the
FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1).
5) Remove the DRIVE ASSY-PH from the FRAME ASSY-PH.
Installation
NOTE
Check that the CLUTCH ASSY REGI and CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI gears are
engaged properly.
Leg_Sec03_069FA
4)
4)
3)
5)
CLUTCH ASSY REGI
CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI
(PL5.2.2)
(PL5.2.22)
4-58
REP6. TRANSFER
REP6.1 CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1), COVER ASSY-RR 2ND (PL6.1.15)
Removal
- CHUTE ASSY-FSR
1) Open the CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1).
NOTE
Do not place the CHUTE ASSY-FSR apart from the machine because they are
2) Push the CHUTE ASSY-FSR hinge inside with a minus driver to remove the CHUTE ASSY-
FSR from the machine.
NOTE
3) Disconnect the connector (P/J620) of the CHUTE ASSY-FSR that is connected to the
machine.
NOTE
If you do not need to remove the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SW (PL6.1.16) in the
following procedure, you can remove the COVER ASSY-R R 2ND without removing
the COVER ASSY LH by disconnecting the SWITCH 2BTR COVER (PL6.1.18)
connector (P/J113) instead of the connector (P/J621).
- COVER ASSY-RR 2ND
5) Release the clamps that secure the harnesses of the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND (PL6.1.15)
and remove the harness.
NOTE
6) Disconnect the connector (P/J621) that is connected to the machine and insert the
connector into the machine hole.
7) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND to
the machine.
8) Remove the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND from the machine.
- CHUTE ASSY-FSR
Leg_Sec03_511EC
3)
2)-2
1)
2)-1 2)-1
Protrusion Protrusion
4-59
- COVER ASSY-RR 2ND
Installation
- COVER ASSY-RR 2ND
NOTE
When performing the following procedures, be careful not to pinch the harness
between the machine and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND.
1) Pull the connector of the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND (PL6.1.15) out of the machine hole.
2) Align the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND boss with the machine hole to install the COVER ASSY-
RR 2ND.
3) Pull out the relay connector to be connected to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1) connector
from the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND left notch.
4) Secure the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND to the machine with screws (x2) (silver, collared, 8mm).
5) Connect the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND harness connector (P/J621) to the machine and secure
the harness with a clamp.
- CHUTE ASSY-FSR
6) Connect the CHUTE ASSY-FSR connector (P/J620) that is connected to the machine and
insert the connector into the machine through the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND left notch.
7) Fit the U channels at the CHUTE ASSY-FSR right and left hinges to the CAM ASSY-2ND
(PL6.1.13) shaft to install the CHUTE ASSY-FSR to the machine.
8) Close the CHUTE ASSY-FSR.
Leg_Sec03_143EB
NOTE
8)
7)
7)
6)-1
5)
6)-2
4-60
REP6.2 SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3)
Removal
1) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR. (REP6.1)
2) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, washer, tap, 8mm) that secure the DIODE FUSER
(PL6.1.6) to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1).
3) Remove the DIODE FUSER from the CHUTE ASSY-FSR.
4) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, washer, tap, 8mm) that secures the CHUTE-FSR (PL6.1.5)
and PLATE DIS 2ND (PL6.1.32) to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR.
5) Remove the PLATE DIS 2ND from the CHUTE ASSY-FSR.
6) Remove the CHUTE-FSR from the CHUTE ASSY-FSR.
7) Disconnect the connector (P/J111) of the SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3).
8) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, tap, 6mm) that secures the SENSOR FUSER IN to the
CHUTE ASSY-FSR.
9) Remove the SENSOR FUSER IN from the CHUTE ASSY-FSR.
Leg_Sec03_144FB
NOTE
2)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
4-61
Installation
1) Align the SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3) boss with the CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1) hole to
install the SENSOR FUSER IN.
2) Secure the SENSOR FUSER IN to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR with a screw (x1) (silver, tap,
6mm).
3) Connect the SENSOR FUSER IN connector (P/J111).
4) Insert the protruded parts (x3) of the CHUTE-FSR (PL6.1.5) to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR holes
and then fit the CHUTE-FSR holes to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR bosses to install the CHUTE-
FSR.
5) Install the PLATE DIS 2ND to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR.
6) Secure the right sides of the CHUTE-FSR and PLATE DIS 2ND together to the CHUTE
ASSY-FSR with the screw (x1) (silver, washer, tap, 8mm).
NOTE
Be careful of the DIODE FUSER installation direction when performing the
following:
Install the DIODE FUSER so that white painted side is secured with the CHUTE-
FSR.
7) Fit and install the DIODE FUSER (PL6.1.6) to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR concave part.
NOTE
Pinch the DIODE FUSER pin between the washer and plate when performing the
following:
8) Secure the DIODE FUSER right pin area to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR with the screw (x1)
(silver, washer, tap, 8mm).
9) Secure the DIODE FUSER left pin area and the PLATE DIS 2ND left side to the CHUTE
ASSY-FSR with the screw (x1) (silver, washer, tap, 8mm).
10) Install the CHUTE ASSY-FSR. (REP6.1)
Leg_Sec03_145FA
8)
9)
7)
4-62
REP6.3 FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7)
Removal
2) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1)
3) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4)
4) Remove the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY. (REP6.11)
5) Remove the CAM ASSY-2ND. (REP6.5)
6) Remove the SPRING-2ND (PL6.1.25) which secures the FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7) right
and left sides to the machine.
7) Remove the E-ring which secures the FRAME ASSY-2ND right shaft bearing to the machine
and shift the BEARING-BRUSH CAM (PL6.1.11) to the left.
NOTE
Be careful not to drop or lose the BEARING-BRUSH CAM when performing the
following:
8) Shift the FRAME ASSY-2ND to the right temporarily and pull the FRAME ASSY-2ND
bearing out of the machine left shaft bearing to remove the FRAME ASSY-2ND together
with the BEARING-BRUSH CAM.
9) Remove the BEARING-BRUSH CAM from the FRAME ASSY-2ND.
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_146EB
NOTE
6)
6)
4-63
Installation
1) Install the BEARING-BRUSH CAM (PL6.1.11) on the machine left shaft bearing.
2) Install the BEARING-BRUSH CAM on the FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7) right shaft bearing.
3) Insert the FRAME ASSY-2ND right shaft bearing to the machine right shaft bearing, shift the
FRAME ASSY-2ND to the left, and then insert the GEAR 27 (PL6.1.8) flange on the FRAME
ASSY-2ND to the rear of DRIVE ASSY BTR (PL11.1.1) to install the FRAME ASSY-2ND.
4) Insert the right BEARING-BRUSH CAM on the FRAME ASSY-2ND to the machine right
shaft bearing and secure them with an E-ring.
NOTE
When performing the following procedures, make sure that the SPRING-2ND to the
machine and the depressed part of the FRAME ASSY-2ND are properly hooked.
5) Secure the FRAME ASSY-2ND right and left sides to the machine with the SPRING-2ND
(PL6.1.25).
6) Install the CAM ASSY-2ND. (REP6.5)
7) Install the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY. (REP6.11)
8) Install the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4)
9) Install the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1)
Leg_Sec03_147EB
7)-2
9)
9)
8)
[3)]
[1)]
7)-1
4-64
REP6.4 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12)
Removal
2) Remove the IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1).
NOTE
To perform the following procedures with ease, press the LATCH ROTARY
(PL9.1.7) on the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.1.1) to release the latch and then
turn the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) manually to shift the HOUSING ASSY-
DEVE in order to avoid touching the MAG ROLL.
3) Turn the right and left levers of the 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) towards you and unlock the
levers from the FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7).
4) Hold the 2ND BTR ASSY levers to pull the 2ND BTR ASSY right side from the FRAME
ASSY-2ND, and then pull the left side to remove the 2ND BTR ASSY from the machine.
Installation
NOTE
During installation, press the LATCH ROTARY (PL9.1.7) on the LATCH ASSY-
ROTARY (PL9.1.1) to release the latch and then turn the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY
(PL9.2.9) manually to shift the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE in order to avoid touching
the MAG ROLL.
NOTE
To install, place the 2ND BTR ASSY right shaft bearing under the PLATE BIAS-
2ND ASSY (PL6.1.27) pin area.
NOTE
After installing the 2ND BTR ASSY, check that the right and left levers move up/
down smoothly.
NOTE
After replacing with a new 2ND BTR ASSY, clear the life counter.
Leg_03_070FA
NOTE
4)-2
4)-3
4)-1
3)
3)
4-65
REP6.5 CAM ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.13)
Removal
NOTE
When performing the following procedures, you do not need to remove the WIRE
ASSY 2BTR (PL6.1.28) from the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY (PL6.1.27).
4) Remove the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY. (REP6.11)
NOTE
When performing the following procedures, you do not need to remove the
SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) from the BRACKET-SENSOR PHOTO
(PL6.1.23).
5) Remove the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. (REP6.9)
NOTE
Be careful not to drop or lose the BEARING when performing the following:
6) Remove the E-ring that secures the CAM ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.13) right shaft bearing to the
machine and shift the BEARING (PL6.1.14) to the left.
NOTE
To perform the following procedures with ease, it is recommended to push the
FRAME ASSY-2ND in the direction of the arrow and release the FRAME ASSY-
2ND from the CAM ASSY-2ND cam.
7) Shift the CAM ASSY-2ND to the right temporarily and pull the CAM ASSY-2ND bearing out
of the machine left shaft bearing to remove the CAM ASSY-2ND together with the
BEARING.
8) Remove the CAM ASSY-2ND from the BEARING.
Leg_Sec03_148EB
NOTE
NOTE
NOTE NOTE
8)
8)
7)-2
7)-1 7)-1
6)-2
6)-1
RIGHT
4-66
Installation
1) Install the BEARING (PL6.1.14) on the machine left shaft bearing.
2) Install the BEARING on the CAM ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.13) right shaft bearing.
NOTE
To perform the following procedures with ease, it is recommended to push the
FRAME ASSY-2ND in the direction of the arrow and release the FRAME ASSY-
2ND from the CAM ASSY-2ND cam.
3) Insert the CAM ASSY-2ND right bearing to the machine right shaft bearing and shift the
CAM ASSY-2ND to the right to install the CAM ASSY-2ND together with the BEARING.
4) Insert the right BEARING on the CAM ASSY-2ND to the machine right shaft bearing and
secure them with an E-ring.
NOTE
Check that the CAM ASSY-2ND cam is fit in the FRAME ASSY-2ND cam holder.
5) Install the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. (REP6.9)
6) Install the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY. (REP6.11)
8) Install the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1)
4-67
REP6.6 SWITCH 2BTR COVER (PL6.1.18)
Removal
2) Disconnect the connector (P/J113) of the SWITCH 2BTR COVER (PL6.1.18).
3) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, tap, 6mm) that secures the BRACKET-SWITCH 2ND
(PL6.1.17) to the COVER-RR 2ND (PL6.1.19).
4) Remove the BRACKET-SWITCH 2ND together with the SWITCH 2BTR COVER the
COVER-RR 2ND.
5) Release the hooks (x2) that secure the SWITCH 2BTR COVER to the BRACKET-SWITCH
2ND to remove the SWITCH 2BTR COVER.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_071FA
3)
4)
5)-1
5)-2
2)
4-68
REP6.7 SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20)
Removal
2) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, washer, tap, 8mm) which secure the SENSOR ASSY ADC
NOTE
Do not place the SENSOR ASSY ADC apart from the machine because they are
3) Remove the SENSOR ASSY ADC from the machine.
4) Disconnect the SENSOR ASSY ADC connector (P/J431).
Removal
Leg_Sec03_072EB
2)
2)
3)
4)
4-69
REP6.8 HOLDER-ADC 2ND (PL6.1.21)
Removal
4) Remove the PLATE BIAS-2ND. (REP6.11)
5) Remove the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. (REP6.9)
6) Remove the CAM ASSY-2ND. (REP6.5)
7) Remove the SPRING-2ND (PL6.1.25) that secures the FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7) right
and left sides to the machine. (REP6.3)
8) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1)
9) Disconnect the connector (P/J431) of the SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20).
10) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the HOLDER-ADC 2ND
11) Remove the HOLDER-ADC 2ND together with the SENSOR ASSY ADC from the machine.
12) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, washer, tap, 8mm) that secure the SENSOR ASSY ADC to
the HOLDER-ADC 2ND.
13) Remove the SENSOR ASSY ADC from the HOLDER-ADC 2ND.
Installation
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_512EB
13)
12)
12)
10)
10)
9)
11)
NOTE
4-70
REP6.9 SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22)
Removal
2) Disconnect the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) connector (P/J112).
3) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secures the BRACKET-SENSOR
PHOTO (PL16.1.23) to the machine.
4) Remove the BRACKET-SENSOR PHOTO together with the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT
from the machine.
5) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT to the BRACKET-
SENSOR PHOTO to remove the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT.
Installation
NOTE
Check that a part of the CAM ASSY-2ND shutter is in the SENSOR 2BTR
RETRACT sensor area.
Leg_Sec03_073FB
NOTE
5)-2
4)
3)
5)-1
2)
4-71
REP6.10 SENSOR IBT RETRACT (PL6.1.26)
Removal
2) Remove the COVER INNER TOP. (REP1.15)
3) Disconnect the SENSOR IBT RETRACT (PL6.1.26) connector (P/J107).
4) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secures the BRACKET-SENSOR CLN
5) Remove the BRACKET-SENSOR CLN together with the SENSOR IBT RETRACT from the
machine.
6) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR IBT RETRACT to the BRACKET-SENSOR
CLN to remove the SENSOR IBT RETRACT.
Installation
NOTE
Check that a part of the CAM ASSY-IBT CL shatter is in the SENSOR IBT
Leg_Sec03_074FA
NOTE
3)
6)-1
6)-2
5)
4)
4-72
REP6.11 PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY (PL6.1.27)
Removal
4) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secure the PLATE BIAS-2ND
ASSY (PL6.1.27) to the machine.
NOTE
Do not place the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY apart from the machine because they are
connected with the WIRE ASSY 2BTR when performing the following:
5) Remove the clamp that secures the WIRE ASSY 2BTR (PL6.1.28) and place the PLATE
BIAS-2ND ASSY slightly apart from the machine.
6) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, tap, 6mm) that secures the WIRE ASSY 2BTR pin area to
the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY.
7) Remove the WIRE ASSY 2BTR from the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY and remove the PLATE
BIAS-2ND ASSY.
Installation
NOTE
Turn the wire around so that the WIRE ASSY 2BTR connected to the PLATE BIAS-
2ND ASSY does not touch the CAM ASSY-2ND.
NOTE
When the E-ring of the FRAME ASSY-2ND touches the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY
and is hard to install, turn the SHAFT-CENT 2ND (PL6.1.9).
Leg_Sec03_150FB
4)
4)
5)-2
6)
7)
5)-1
E-ring
SHAFT-CENT 2ND
(PL6.1.9)
4-73
REP6.12 CAM ASSY-IBT CL (PL6.1.29)
Removal
5) Remove the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5)
NOTE
When performing the following procedures, you do not need to remove the
SENSOR IBT RETRACT (PL6.1.26) from the BRACKET-SENSOR CLN (PL6.1.31).
6) Remove the SENSOR IBT RETRACT. (REP6.10)
7) Remove the right and left E-rings that secure the CAM ASSY-IBT CL (PL6.1.29) to the
machine.
8) Remove the right and left BEARING-BRUSH CAM (PL6.1.11) that secure the CAM ASSY-IBT
CL to the machine.
9) Shift the CAM ASSY-IBT CL to the left temporarily and pull the CAM ASSY-IBT CL bearing
out of the machine right shaft bearing to remove the CAM ASSY-IBT CL.
Installation
NOTE
Check that a part of the CAM ASSY-IBT CL shutter is in the SENSOR IBT
Leg_03_075FA
9)
7)
7)
8)
8)
4-74
REP7. XERO
REP7.1 SENSOR TR-0 (PL7.1.2)
Removal
2) Remove the IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1).
3) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 10mm) that secures the SENSOR TR-0 to the
PLATE-TR-0 (PL7.1.3).
4) Remove the SENSOR TR-0 (PL7.1.2) from the PLATE-TR-0.
5) Disconnect the connector (P/J108) of the SENSOR TR-0.
Installation
Leg_03_076FA
3)
5)
4)
4-75
REP7.2 GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4)
Removal
2) Remove the FUSER LOCK SWITCH. (REP10.2)
NOTE
You do not need to remove the connectors of the PWBA ESS when performing the
following:
4) Remove the CHASSIS ASSY ESS. (REP12.9)
5) Remove the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1)
6) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secure the PLATE-TR-0 (PL7.1.3)
to the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD(PL7.1.13) and the GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4).
7) Remove the PLATE-TR-0 from the GUIDE CRU ASSY D and GUIDE CRU ASSY AD.
8) Release the clamps that secure the HARNESS-ASSY XERO (PL7.1.12) on the left side of
the machine.
9) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secure the GUIDE CRU ASSY D to
the machine.
10) Remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY D from the machine.
Leg_03_077FA
6)
7)
6)
4-76
Installation
NOTE
Open and close the COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1) slightly to check the operation of
the MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) coupling.
Leg_03_078FA
10)
8)
9)
9)
9)
9)
9)
4-77
REP7.3 LATCH ASSY D (PL7.1.6)
Removal
6) Remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY D. (REP7.2)
7) Remove the ANTENNA ASSY. (REP7.4)
8) Remove the SPRING-TORSION D (PL7.1.5) from the GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4) hook.
9) Slightly turn and remove the LATCH ASSY D (PL7.1.6) together with the SPRING-
TORSION D in the direction of the arrow so that it can avoid the GUIDE CRU ASSY D notch.
10) Remove the SPRING-TORSION D from the LATCH ASSY D.
Installation
NOTE
Make sure that the SPRING-TORSION D is put onto the LATCH ASSY D and
GUIDE CRU ASSY D hooks.
Leg_Sec03_201FA
NOTE
8)
10)
9)
4-78
REP7.4 ANTENNA ASSY (PL7.1.10)
Removal
7) Release the hooks that secure the ARM-COUPLING (PL7.1.7) to the GUIDE CRU ASSY D
(PL7.1.4) and remove the ARM-COUPLING together with the SPRING-TORSION ARM
(PL7.1.8) from the GUIDE CRU ASSY D bearing.
8) Turn the ARM-COUPLING by 90 degrees and remove the ARM-COUPLING.
NOTE
When releasing the hooks that secure the ANTENNA ASSY (PL7.1.10), be careful
not to break them.
9) Release the hooks that secure the ANTENNA ASSY (PL7.1.10) to the GUIDE CRU ASSY D
to remove the ANTENNA ASSY.
10) Disconnect the ANTENNA ASSY connector (P/J109).
Leg_Sec03_079FB
NOTE
8)-2
8)-1
7)
4-79
Installation
NOTE
Make sure that the SPRING-TORSION ARM is hooked properly onto the ARM-
COUPLING and LATCH ASSY D bearings.
Leg_Sec03_080FA
9)-2
9)-1
10)
4-80
REP7.5 GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (PL7.1.13)
Removal
4) Remove the BCR CLN XERO ASSY. (REP7.9)
6) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secure the PLATE-TR-0. (PL7.1.3)
to the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (PL7.1.13) and the GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4).
7) Remove the PLATE-TR-0 from the GUIDE CRU ASSY D and GUIDE CRU ASSY AD.
8) Remove the WIRE ASSY BTR (PL7.1.31), WIRE ASSY IBT (PL7.1.30), and WIRE ASSY
BCR (PL7.1.32) from the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD.
9) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secures the WIRE ASSY DTN.
(PL7.1.33) to the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD.
10) Remove the WIRE ASSY DTN from the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD.
11) Remove the SPRING-LATCH (PL7.1.29) that is hooked onto the machine and GUIDE CRU
ASSY AD studs.
12) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secures the PLATE-ASSY GND
(PL7.1.34) and GUIDE CRU ASSY AD together to remove the PLATE-ASSY GND.
13) Remove the screws (x7) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secure the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD
on the machine.
14) Pull the protruded part of the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD out of the machine hole and remove
the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD.
Leg_03_081FA
6)
7)
6)
4-81
Leg_03_082FA
10)
8) 9)
11)
8)
8)
Leg_03_083FA
14)
13)
13)
13)
13)
13)
13)
13)
12)-2
12)-1
4-82
Installation
1) Align the protruded part of the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (PL7.1.13) and the boss to the
machine hole and install the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD.
2) Secure the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD to the machine with screws (x7) (silver, collared, tap,
6mm).
3) Install the PLATE-ASSY GND (PL7.1.34) on the machine and secure it together with the
GUIDE CRU ASSY AD with a screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm).
NOTE
When performing the following procedures, perform installation with the LEVER-
LATCH PR (PL7.1.15) of the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD closed.
4) Install the SPRING-LATCH (PL7.1.29) at the machine and GUIDE CRU ASSY AD studs.
5) Install the WIRE ASSY DTN (PL7.1.33) on the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD.
6) Secure the WIRE ASSY DTN to the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD with a screw (x1) (silver,
collared, tap, 6mm).
7) Install the WIRE ASSY BTR (PL7.1.31), WIRE ASSY IBT(PL7.1.30), and WIRE ASSY
BCR(PL7.1.32) on the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD.
8) Install the PLATE-TR-0 (PL7.1.3) on the GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4) and GUIDE CRU
ASSY AD.
9) Secure the PLATE-TR-0 to the GUIDE CRU ASSY D and GUIDE CRU ASSY AD with
screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm).
10) Install the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1)
11) Install the BCR CLN XERO ASSY. (REP7.9)
4-83
REP7.6 LEVER-LATCH PR (PL7.1.15)
Removal
6) Remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. (REP7.5)
7) Turn the LEVER-LATCH PR (PL7.1.15) in the direction of the arrow and align the LEVER-
LATCH PR notch with the protruded part of the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (PL7.1.13) boss to
remove the LEVER-LATCH PR.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_202FA
7)
4-84
REP7.7 CAP-PLATE PR (PL7.1.16), PLATE-ASSY PR (PL7.1.17)
Removal
7) Remove the LEVER-LATCH PR. (REP7.6)
8) Turn the PLATE-ASSY PR (PL7.1.17) in the direction of the arrow and align the PLATE-
ASSY PR notch with the protruded part of the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (PL7.1.13) to remove
the PLATE-ASSY PR together with the CAP-PLATE PR (PL7.1.16).
9) Release the hooks of the CAP-PLATE PR and remove the CAP-PLATE PR from the
PLATE-ASSY PR.
Installation
NOTE
Be careful of the CAP-PLATE PR installation direction.
Leg_Sec03_203FA
9)-2
8)
9)-1
4-85
REP7.8 LATCH ASSY AD (PL7.1.19)
Removal
7) Remove the SPRING-TORSION AD (PL7.1.18) from the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (PL7.1.13)
hook.
8) Remove the LATCH ASSY AD (PL7.1.19) together with the SPRING-TORSION AD from the
GUIDE CRU ASSY AD.
9) Remove the SPRING-TORSION AD from the LATCH ASSY AD.
Installation
NOTE
Make sure that the SPRING-TORSION AD is put onto the LATCH ASSY AD and
GUIDE CRU ASSY AD hooks. (The SPRING-TORSION AD cannot be installed in
the opposite direction.)
Leg_Sec03_204FA
NOTE
9)
8)
7)
4-86
REP7.9 BCR CLN XERO ASSY (PL7.1.20)
Removal
3) Disconnect the BCR CLN XERO ASSY(PL7.1.20) connector (P/J617) at the right side of the
machine.
4) Release the clamp on the right side of the machine and shift the BCR CLN XERO ASSY
harness inward from the machine right hole.
NOTE
5) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the BCR CLN XERO ASSY to
the machine.
6) Remove the BCR CLN XERO ASSY from the machine.
Installation
1) Align the BCR CLN XERO ASSY boss with the machine hole to install the BCR CLN XERO
ASSY.
NOTE
2) Secure the BCR CLN XERO ASSY to the machine with screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm).
3) Pull the BCR CLN XERO ASSY harness out of the machine right hole and install the BCR
CLN XERO ASSY connector (P/J617).
4) Secure the BCR CLN XERO ASSY harness with a clamp onto the right side of the machine.
Leg_Sec03_084EB
6)
3)
4)
4)
5)
5)
4-87
REP7.10 SENSOR TNER FULL (PL7.1.24)
Removal
2) Disconnect the connector (P/J126) of the SENSOR TNER FULL (PL7.1.24).
3) Release the hooks (x2) that secure the SENSOR TNER FULL to the machine to remove the
SENSOR TNER FULL.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_183EB
3)-2
3)-1
3)-1
2)
4-88
REP8. ROS
REP8.1 ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1)
Removal
5) Remove the COVER INNER L. (REP1.18)
7) Remove the CLEANER ASSY. (REP8.2)
8) Disconnect the connectors (P/J601) and (P/J602) on the ROS ASSY.
9) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secures the ROS ASSY earth wire to the
machine to remove the ROS ASSY earth wire from the machine.
NOTE
NOTE
The ROS ASSY earth wire may not be installed.
10) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, collared, 10mm) that secure the ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) to the
machine.
11) Lift the ROS ASSY slightly to remove the ROS ASSY boss from the machine hole and shift and
remove it to the rear of the machine.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_086FA
FRONT REAR
10)
10)
8)
11)
9)-1
9)-2
4-89
REP8.2 CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2)
Removal
2) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 10mm) that secure the GUIDE-ROS CLN
3) Remove the GUIDE-ROS CLN from the machine.
4) Remove the CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2) from the machine.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_087EB
4)
3)
2)
2)
4-90
REP9. DEVE
REP9.1 LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.1.1)
Removal
2) Remove the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6)
3) Remove the screws (x3) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secure the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY
4) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY to the machine to remove
the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY.
Installation
NOTE
Be careful of the levers and springs in the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY because they
are easy to slip.
When a part of the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY slips, refer to the assembly illustrations
to assemble the part and then install the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY to the machine.
Leg_03_088FA
NOTE
4)-1
3)
4)-2
3)
3)
4-91
REP9.2 ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10)
Removal
2) Remove the ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.3)
3) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secure the ANTENNA ASSY-
CTRG (PL9.1.10) to the machine.
4) Press the boss that secures the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG to the machine to remove the
ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG.
Leg_03_089FA
4)-2
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4-92
Installation
1) Remove the toner cartridge (x1) that overlaps with the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10)
installation area.
2) Align the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG boss with the machine installation area to install it.
3) Press the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG from inside of the machine (hole of FRAME ASSY-
ROTARY (PL9.2.9)) to insert the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG boss into the machine hole.
4) Secure the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG to the machine with screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap,
8mm).
5) Install the ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.3)
7) Install the Toner Cartridge.
NOTE
As shown in the figure below, when the LEVER LATCH (PL9.1.4) at the left side of
the installation area is pinched between the toner cartridge and machine, the toner
cartridge cannot be installed properly. Make sure that the toner cartridge is installed
correctly.
NOTE
Once a toner cartridge has been installed, use the CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2) to
clean the ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) windows.
4-93
REP9.3 ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12)
Removal
2) Disconnect the connector (P/J106) of the ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12).
3) Release the hooks that secure the ANTENNA CTRG to the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG
(PL9.1.10) to remove the ANTENNA CTRG.
Installation
Leg_03_091FA
2)
3)-1
3)-2
4-94
REP9.4 HOLDER ASSY-BIAS (PL9.1.17)
Removal
2) Remove the WIRE ASSY DEVE (PL9.1.20) that is connected to the HOLDER ASSY-BIAS
(PL9.1.17).
3) Release the hook of the HOLDER ASSY-BIAS from the machine and shift it downward, and
then align the protruded part of the HOLDER ASSY-BIAS with the machine notch to remove
the HOLDER ASSY-BIAS.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_092FB
2)
3)-2
3)-1
4-95
REP9.5 SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI (PL9.1.18)
Removal
3) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secures the BRACKET SENSOR
4) Remove the BRACKET SENSOR together with the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI
(PL9.1.18) from the machine.
5) Disconnect the connector (P/J105) of the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI.
6) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI to the BRACKET
SENSOR and remove the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI.
Installation
Leg_03_093FA
6)-2 6)-1
4)
3)
5)
4-96
REP9.6 HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K (PL9.2.5), HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y (PL9.2.6),
HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M (PL9.2.7), HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C (PL9.2.8)
Removal
NOTE
Before removing the toner cartridges, place some sheets for copying on the COVER
FRONT ASSY U etc. to prevent toner contamination.
NOTE
Before starting removal of the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE, wipe off the remaining toner
on the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE.
WARNING Do not vacuum spilt toner with a common vacuum cleaner.
This may cause a fire.
NOTE
When wiping off the remaining toner on the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE, make sure that
no toner is stuck onto the sensors on the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE by static
electricity.
1) Remove the toner cartridges.
3) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (REP1.1)
8) Press the LATCH ROTARY (PL9.1.7) on the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.1.1) to release
the latch and then turn the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) manually to shift the
HOUSING ASSY-DEVE to the appropriate position for servicing.
NOTE
Shift it to the position where the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE can be removed while
avoiding two ribs.
NOTE
After the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE has been shifted, check that the FRAME ASSY-
ROTARY is securely locked with the LATCH ROTARY.
9) Release the PIVOT AD (PL9.2.11) hook that secures the right side of the HOUSING ASSY-
DEVE to the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY to remove the PIVOT AD.
10) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secures the PIVOT ASSY (PL9.2.10)
that secures the left side of the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE to the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY and
remove the PIVOT ASSY.
11) Lift up the right side of the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE and shift it backward by avoiding two ribs
of the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD and then remove the gear at the left side of the
HOUSING ASSY-DEVE from the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY gear to remove the HOUSING
ASSY-DEVE.
4-97
Leg_03_094FA
Leg_03_095FA
NOTE
NOTE
10)-2
10)-1
9)-2
9)-1
11)
8)-2
8)-1
Ribs
NOTE
thin
thick
4-98
Installation
NOTE
To prevent the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE from being mistakenly inserted, a hole is
provided for the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY convex part.
The FRAME ASSY-ROTARY has the markers K, Y, M and C to indicate the
respecteive HOUSING ASSY-DEVE installation positions.
1) Align the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE left side gear for the color marked on the FRAME ASSY-
ROTARY (PL9.2.9) with the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY gear and then install the HOUSING
ASSY-DEVE.
NOTE
Make sure that the springs are placed under both sides of the HOUSING ASSY-
DEVE on the spring holders of the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY.
NOTE
The right spring used under the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE is thicker and the left one is
thinner.
2) Align the hole of the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE with the left installation hole of the FRAME
ASSY-ROTARY. Insert the PIVOT ASSY (PL9.2.10) bearing into it and secure the left side
of the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE with a screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm).
3) Align the hole of the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE with the right installation hole of the FRAME
ASSY-ROTARY. Insert the PIVOT ASSY bearing into it and secure the hook of the PIVOT
AD to install the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE.
NOTE
A new PIVOT AD which is provided in the KIT must be used.
4) Install the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1)
5) Install the BCR CLN XERO ASSY. (REP7.9)
8) Install the COVER ASSY TOP. (REP1.1)
10) Install the Toner Cartridge.
NOTE
As shown in the figure below, when the LEVER LATCH (PL9.1.4) at the left side of
the installation area is pinched between the toner cartridge and machine, the toner
cartridge cannot be installed properly. Make sure that the toner cartridge is installed
correctly.
NOTE
Once a toner cartridge has been installed, use the CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2) to
clean the ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) windows.
NOTE
After replacing with a new HOUSING ASSY-DEVE, clear the DEVE life counter.
4-99
REP9.7 FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9)
Removal
2) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (REP1.1)
11) Remove the DRIVE ASSY PRO. (REP11.2)
12) Remove the MOT ASSY MAG. (REP11.4)
13) Remove the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY. (REP9.1)
14) Remove the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI. (REP9.5)
20) Remove the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE. (REP9.6)
21) Remove the screws (x3) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the BRACKET ASSY 2ND
GEAR (PL11.1.8) to the machine.
22) Remove the BRACKET ASSY 2ND GEAR and GEAR 2ND (PL11.1.9) from the machine.
23) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the SHAFT ASSY-ROTARY
(PL9.2.12) to the right side of the machine.
24) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the SHAFT ASSY-ROTARY to
the left side of the machine.
25) Remove the SHAFT ASSY-ROTARY from both sides of the machine.
NOTE
Be careful not to drop or lose the BEARING BALL when performing the following:
26) Remove the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) together with the BEARING BALL
(PL9.2.13) by sliding it upward.
27) Remove the BEARING BALL from the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY.
4-100
Installation
Leg_03_096FA
17)
21)
21)
27)
25)
23)
23)
21)
27)
26)
25)
24)
24)
4-101
REP10. FUSER
REP10.1 FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1)
NOTE As the FUSER is very hot, exercise caution during operation to avoid burns.
Removal
- Removal of the FUSER ASSY
1) For DUPLEX machines, push up the LINK-BUTTON (PL13.2.3) to release a latch and open
the DUPLEX ASSY.
2) For standard machines, open the COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4).
4) Remove the COVER TOP SIDE L. (REP1.4)
5) Close the COVER ASSY TOP.
6) Lift the levers at both sides of the FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) to unlock it and remove the
FUSER ASSY.
- Removal of the Actuator
7) With the Chute of the FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) open, pull out the Actuator bearing and
remove the Actuator together with the Spring.
8) Remove the Spring from the Actuator.
Leg_03_097FA
6)-1
6)-1
COVER TOP
SIDE L
6)-2
4-102
Installation
- Installation of the Actuator
1) Install the Spring to the Actuator.
2) With the Chute of the FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) open, fit the Actuator bearing and install it
together with the Spring.
- Installation of the FUSER ASSY
3) Align the FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) connector and boss with the machine connector and
hole to install the FUSER ASSY.
4) Return the levers at both sides of the FUSER ASSY and lock it securely to the machine.
6) Install the COVER TOP SIDE L. (REP1.4)
NOTE
When the levers of the FUSER ASSY are securely locked, the COVER TOP SIDE L
cannot be installed to the machine.
7) Close the COVER ASSY TOP.
8) For standard machines, close the COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4).
9) For DUPLEX machines, close the DUPLEX ASSY.
NOTE
After replacing with a new FUSER ASSY, clear the counter.
Leg_Sec03_160EA
7-1)
8)
7-2)
4-103
REP10.2 FUSER LOCK SWITCH (PL10.1.6)
Removal
NOTE
4) Disconnect the connector (P/J128, blue) of the FUSER LOCK SWITCH (PL10.1.6).
5) Release the clamps (x2) that secure the harness of the FUSER LOCK SWITCH to remove
the harness, and then insert the FUSER LOCK SWITCH connector into the machine.
NOTE
Be careful not to drop and damage the FUSER LOCK SWITCH when performing
the following:
6) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secures the FUSER LOCK SWITCH
to the machine.
7) Shift the FUSER LOCK SWITCH to the right and release the hook of the FUSER LOCK
SWITCH from the machine hole to remove the FUSER LOCK SWITCH.
Installation
NOTE
Be careful not to drop and damage the FUSER LOCK SWITCH.
Leg_Sec03_519EA
5)-2
5)-1
5)-1
6)
7)
4)
4-104
REP10.3 HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L (PL10.1.2)
Removal
4) Disconnect the connector (black and white) on the PWBA FUSER CONT (PL12.2.12).
5) Disconnect the connector (P417) on the PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1).
6) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the BRACKET-RIZ (PL10.1.3) to
the machine to remove the harness from the clamp, and then remove the BRACKET-RIZ
from the machine.
7) Press the tab of the HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L to pull the HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L out of
the BRACKET-RIZ.
NOTE
Do not throw too much strength on the tab of the HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L since
it is likely to be broken.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_520EB
4)
6)-2
6)-2
6)-1
6)-1
7)-1
7)-2
5)
4-105
REP11. 1. DRIVE
REP11.1 DRIVE ASSY BTR (PL11.1.1)
Removal
8) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY BTR
9) Remove the DRIVE ASSY BTR from the machine.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_098FA
8)
8) 9)
4-106
REP11.2 DRIVE ASSY PRO (PL11.1.2)
Removal
4) Disconnect the connectors (P/J411, P/J414) on the PWBA MCU.
5) Release the DRIVE ASSY PRO (PL11.1.2) harness at the left side of the machine from the
clamp. If it is hard to remove it, remove the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5)
6) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY PRO to the
machine.
7) Remove the DRIVE ASSY PRO from the machine.
Installation
Leg_03_099FA
5)
7)
6)
6)
6)
6)
4-107
REP11.3 MOT ASSY FSR (PL11.1.3)
Removal
2) Disconnect the connector (P/J404) on the PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1).
3) Release the clamps that secure the harnesses of the MOT ASSY FSR (PL11.1.3) and
remove the harnesses.
4) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 4mm) that secure the MOT ASSY FSR to the
machine.
5) Remove the MOT ASSY FSR from the machine.
Installation
1) Install the MOT ASSY FSR (PL11.1.3) to the machine.
2) Secure the MOT ASSY FSR to the machine with screws (x2) (silver, collared, 4mm).
3) Connect the connector (P/J404) on the PWBA MCU.
4) Secure the MOT ASSY FSR harness with a clamp.
Leg_Sec03_100FA
4)
5)
3)
2)
4)
4-108
REP11.4 MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4)
Removal
NOTE
You do not need to remove the connectors of the PWBA ESS when performing the
following:
3) Disconnect the connectors (P/J405) and (P/J406) on the PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1).
4) Remove the screws (x3) (silver, collared, 10mm) that secure the MOT ASSY MAG
5) Remove the MOT ASSY MAG from the machine.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_102FA
5)
3)
3)
4)
4)
4)
4-109
REP11.5 MOT ASSY ROT (PL11.1.5)
Removal
6) Release the clamps that secure the WIRE ASSY DEVE (PL9.1.20) and remove the WIRE
ASSY DEVE.
7) Disconnect the connector (P/J433) of the PWB ASSY ROT (PL12.1.10).
8) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the MOT ASSY ROT (PL11.1.5)
to the machine.
9) Remove the MOT ASSY ROT from the machine.
Installation
NOTE
Be careful not to pinch the WIRE ASSY DEVE, WIRE ASSY BTR, and FFC-ASSY
ESS (PL12.2.5) between the machine and MOT ASSY ROT.
Leg_03_101FA
NOTE
8)
8)
8)
8)
6)
7)
9)
FFC-ASSY ESS
(PL12.2.5)
FFC-ASSY ESS
WIRE ASSY BTR
WIRE ASSY DEVE
4-110
REP11.6 MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6)
Removal
2) Disconnect the connectors (P/J200) and (P/J201) on the MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6).
3) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 10mm) that secure the MOT ASSY P/R to the
machine.
4) Remove the MOT ASSY P/R from the machine.
Installation
1) Lightly press the LINK-COUPLING (PL7.1.9) to install the MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) to the
machine.
2) Secure the MOT ASSY P/R to the machine with screws (x4) (silver, collared, 10mm).
NOTE
Open and close the COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1) slightly to check the operation of
the MOT ASSY P/R coupling.
3) Connect the connectors (P/J200) and (P/J201) on the MOT ASSY P/R.
Leg_Sec03_103FA
4)
2)
3)
3)
3)
3)
[1)-1]
[1)-2]
4-111
REP11.7 MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7)
Removal
2) Release the clamp that secures the harness of the MOT ASSY MICRO.
3) Disconnect the connector (P/J600) of the MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7).
4) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 4mm) that secure the MOT ASSY MICRO to the
machine.
5) Remove the MOT ASSY MICRO from the machine.
Installation
NOTE
Be careful of the MOT ASSY MICRO installation direction.
Leg_Sec03_104FA
3)
2)
2)
4)
4)
5)
4-112
REP12. ELEC
REP12.1 SENSOR HUM & TEMP (PL12.1.6)
Removal
2) Disconnect the connector (P/J104) of the SENSOR HUM & TEMP.
3) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secures the SENSOR HUM & TEMP
to the machine.
4) Remove the SENSOR HUM & TEMP from the machine.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_107EA
4)
2)
3)
4-113
REP12.2 PWBA HVPS (PL12.1.9)
NOTE Do not install/remove the board in places where static electricity is likely to be
generated (e.g. over a carpet). Touch a grounded metal part of the machine to
discharge static electricity before servicing.
Removal
5) Remove the COVER INNER L. (REP1.18)
6) Remove the connector (P/J516) on the PWBA HVPS (PL12.1.9), WIRE ASSY 2BTR
(PL6.1.28), WIRE ASSY IBT (PL7.1.30), and WIRE ASSY DTN (PL7.1.33) (white).
7) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the PWBA HVPS to the
machine.
8) Remove the PWBA HVPS from the machine.
Installation
Leg_03_105FA
7)
6)
6)
7)
7)
7)
8)
6)
6)
4-114
REP12.3 PWB ASSY ROT (PL12.1.10)
Removal
5) Disconnect the connectors (P/J430, P/J432, and P/J433) on the PWB ASSY ROT
(PL12.1.10).
6) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the PWB ASSY ROT to the
machine.
7) Remove the PWB ASSY ROT from the machine.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_106FA
6)
6)
6)
7)
6)
5)
4-115
REP12.4 PWBA CRUM (PL12.1.11)
Removal
6) Remove the MOT ASSY ROT. (REP11.5)
7) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secures the PWBA CRUM to the
machine.
8) Disconnect the connector (P/J429) on the PWBA CRUM (PL12.1.11).
9) Remove the PWBA CRUM from the machine.
Installation
NOTE
Use a new PWBA CRUM when replacing. A powered PWBA CRUM installed on
another M/C cannot be used.
NOTE
Do not replace the PWBA CRUM and PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) at the same time.
Leg_Sec03_108FA
8)
7)
9)
4-116
REP12.5 PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
Removal
2) Disconnect all the connectors on the PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1).
3) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the PWBA MCU to the machine.
4) Remove the PWBA MCU from the machine.
Leg_03_110FA
403 404 417 418 422
414
416
412
415
421
420
401 400
413
410 407 406
409
408
405
411
3)
3)
3)
3)
4)
2)
4-117
Installation
1) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) on the machine.
2) Secure the PWBA MCU to the machine with screws (x4) (silver, collared, 6mm).
3) Connect all the connectors on the PWBA MCU.
NOTE
Do not replace the PWBA MCU and PWBA CRUM (PL12.1.11) at the same time.
4-118
REP12.6 LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
Removal
2) Disconnect all the connectors on the LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3).
3) Remove the screws (x6) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the LV/HVPS to the machine.
4) While letting out the front of the LV/HVPS from between the machine frame and the COVER
FRONT L (PL1.1.15), remove the top of the LV/HVPS from the protruded part of the bracket
that has been installed on the machine to remove the LV/HVPS.
Installation
Leg_03_111FA
500
515
504
(1BTR)
508
(BCR)
509
(DEVE)
502 501
503
(Blue)
2)
4)-1
3)
3)
3)
3)
3)
3)
4)-2
4-119
REP12.7 PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7)
Removal
2) Disconnect all the connectors on the PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7).
3) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the PWBA ESS to the CHASSIS
ESS (PL12.2.6) and the screw that secures the interface connector.
4) Disconnect the interface connector on the PWBA ESS from the CHASSIS ESS hole and
remove the PWBA ESS.
Installation
NOTE
When replacing with a new PWBA ESS, remove two EEPROM from the old PWBA
ESS and mount them on a new PWBA ESS.
Leg_03_109FA
OLD PWBA ESS NEW PWBA ESS
notch
3)
3)
3)
3)
2)
2)
3)
3)
3)
4)
NOTE
4-120
REP12.8 PWBA FUSER CONT (PL12.2.12)
Removal
3) Disconnect all the connectors on the PWBA FUSER CONT (PL12.2.12).
4) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the PWBA FUSER CONT to the
machine.
5) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, with external cog washer, 5mm) that secures the PWBA
FUSER CONT to the machine.
6) Remove the PWBA FUSER CONT from the machine.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_113FB
5)
4)
3)
3)
3)
4)
6)
4-121
REP12.9 CHASSIS ASSY ESS (REFERENCE ONLY)
Removal
2) Disconnect all the connectors on the PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7).
3) Remove the disconnected connectors from the hole of the CHASSIS ESS (PL12.2.6).
4) Release the clamp on the CHASSIS ASSY ESS and remove the harness.
5) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the CHASSIS ASSY ESS to the
machine.
6) Remove the CHASSIS ASSY ESS from the machine.
Installation
NOTE
Be careful not to pinch the harness between the machine and CHASSIS ESS.
Leg_03_114FA
3)
2)
2)
5)
4)
5)
6)
5)
1)
5)
5)
2)
4-122
REP13. DUPLEX
REP13.1 DUPLEX ASSY (PL13.1.1)
Removal
NOTE
Be careful not to drop and damage the DUPLEX ASSY when performing the
following:
1) Push up the LINK-BUTTON (PL13.2.3) to release a latch and open the DUPLEX ASSY
(PL13.1.1).
2) Remove the COVER CONNECTOR (PL13.1.6) and disconnect the connector (P/J607) that is
connected to the machine.
3) Remove the SCREW SUPPORTS (x2) (PL13.3.15) that secure the right and left SUPPORT
DUP (PL13.3.14) to the machine.
4) Remove the SCREW THUMBS (x2) (PL13.1.4) that secure the DUPLEX ASSY to the
machine.
5) Lift the DUPLEX ASSY slightly to remove the right and left hooks of the DUPLEX ASSY from
the machine hole and then remove the DUPLEX ASSY.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_115EA
3)
3)
2)-2 4)
4)
5)-1
5)-2
2)-1
4-123
REP13.2 COVER-R DUP (PL13.1.2)
Removal
1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1)
2) Remove the screws (x3) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the COVER-R DUP
(PL13.1.2) to the DUPLEX ASSY.
3) Remove the COVER-R DUP from the DUPLEX ASSY.
Installation
NOTE
Be careful not to pinch the harness between the DUPLEX ASSY and COVER-R
DUP.
Leg_Sec03_116EA
3)
2)
2)
2)
4-124
REP13.3 COVER-L DUP (PL13.1.3)
Removal
2) Remove the screws (x3) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the COVER-L DUP
3) Remove the COVER-L DUP from the DUPLEX ASSY.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_117EA
2)
2)
2)
3)
4-125
REP13.4 COVER-INV (PL13.2.1)
Removal
2) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2)
3) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3)
4) Remove the LINK LATCH and LINK-BUTTON. (REP13.5)
5) Open the COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24) to remove the INVERTER ASSY DUP.
However, you do not need to remove the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS and COVER UP-DUP
TRANS. (REP13.6)
6) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the COVER-INV
(PL13.2.1) to the INVERTER ASSY DUP (PL13.2.5).
7) Shift the COVER-INV to the front and release the holes (x4) at the rear of COVER-INV from
the INVERTER ASSY DUP hooks to remove the COVER-INV.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_119FA
7)-2
7)-1
6)
6)
4-126
REP13.5 LINK-LATCH (PL13.2.2), LINK-BUTTON (PL13.2.3)
Removal
3) Release the hooks that secure the LINK-BUTTON (PL13.2.3) to the DUPLEX ASSY and
remove the LINK-BUTTON together with the LINK-LATCH (PL13.2.2) and SPRING-LINK
(PL13.2.4).
4) Remove the SPRING-LINK from the LINK-BUTTON.
5) Turn the LINK-LATCH and remove the protruded part of the LINK-LATCH from the
protruded part of the LINK-BUTTON to remove the LINK-LATCH.
Installation
NOTE
Make sure that the SPRING-LINK is fitted into the FRAME-INV (PL13.2.14) spring
holder.
Leg_Sec03_120FA
NOTE
4)
3)-2
3)-1
Leg_Sec03_121FA
5)-2
5)-1
4-127
REP13.6 INVERTER ASSY DUP (PL13.2.5), TRANSPORT ASSY DUP (PL13.3.1)
Removal
4) Remove the LINK-LATCH and LINK-BUTTON. (REP13.5)
5) Remove the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS. (REP13.20)
6) Remove the COVER UP-DUP TRANS. (REP13.21)
7) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secures the COVER REAR
8) Shift the COVER REAR to the right and release the hooks (x2) at the rear of the COVER
REAR from the DUPLEX ASSY to remove the COVER REAR.
9) Disconnect the connector (P/J122) of the SWITCH-DUP DOOR (PL13.3.7) and remove the
harness from the DUPLEX ASSY hole.
10) Release the clamp on the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS (PL13.4.16) and remove the harness.
11) Disconnect the connector (P/J444) of the PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13).
12) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the INVERTER ASSY
DUP (PL13.2.5) to the TRANSPORT ASSY DUP (PL13.3.1).
13) Shift the INVERTER ASSY DUP from the TRANSPORT ASSY DUP to the left and pull each
boss from the hole and remove the INVERTER ASSY DUP.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_118FA
13)
12)
12)
10)
11)
9)
7)
8)
4-128
REP13.7 SOLENOID ASSY DUP (PL13.2.7)
Removal
TRANS. (REP13.6)
6) Remove the COVER-INV. (REP13.4)
7) Disconnect the connector (P/J611) of the SOLENOID ASSY DUP (PL13.2.7).
8) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, 5mm) that secure the SOLENOID ASSY DUP to the
INVERTER ASSY DUP (PL13.2.5).
9) Remove the SOLENOID ASSY DUP from the INVERTER ASSY DUP.
Installation
NOTE
After the connectors of the SOLENOID ASSY DUP have been connected, check
that the HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 (PL13.2.28) is securely hooked to the FRAME-INV
(PL13.2.14).
NOTE
Be careful not to pinch the harness of the SOLENOID ASSY DUP.
Leg_Sec03_122FA
9)
7)
8)
8)
4-129
REP13.8 ACTUATOR INV (PL13.2.9)
Removal
TRANS. (REP13.6)
7) Release the hooks that secure the ACTUATOR INV (PL13.2.9) to the INVERTER ASSY
DUP (PL13.2.5), and then remove the ACTUATOR together with the SPRING ACTUATOR
(PL13.2.8).
8) Remove the SPRING ACTUATOR from the ACTUATOR INV.
Installation
NOTE
Make sure that the SPRING ACTUATOR is securely hooked onto the ACTUATOR
INV and DUPLEX ASSY.
Leg_Sec03_123FA
NOTE
8)
7)-1
7)-2
4-130
REP13.9 SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10)
Removal
TRANS. (REP13.6)
7) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secures the BRACKET-SNS
(PL13.2.11) to the INVERTER ASSY DUP (PL13.2.5).
8) Remove the BRACKET-SNS together with the SENSOR UPPER PASS from the
INVERTER ASSY DUP.
9) Disconnect the connector (P/J124) of the SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10).
10) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR UPPER PASS to the BRACKET-SNS to
remove the SENSOR UPPER PASS.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_124FA
10)-1
7)
8)
9)
10)-2
4-131
REP13.10 MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18)
Removal
3) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the BRACKET-MOTO INV
NOTE
Do not place the DUPLEX ASSY apart from the BRACKET-MOTO INV because
they are connected with a harness when performing the following:
NOTE
Be careful not to drop or lose the gear, etc. when performing the following:
4) Remove the BRACKET-MOTO INV together with the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18)
from the DUPLEX ASSY.
5) Disconnect the connector (P/J612) of the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV from the BRACKET-
MOTO INV.
6) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, 5mm) that secure the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV to the
BRACKET-MOTO INV.
7) Remove the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV from the BRACKET-MOTO INV.
Leg_Sec03_125FA
6)
7)
[5)-4]
[5)-3]
[5)-1]
[5)-2]
4)
5)
6)
6)
6)
4-132
Installation
NOTE
Be careful of the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV installation direction when performing the
following:
1) Align the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18) harness with the triangle mark on the
BRACKET-MOTO INV (PL13.2.19) to install the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV.
2) Secure the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV to the BRACKET-MOTO INV with the screws (x4)
(silver, 5mm).
3) Connect the connector (P/J612) of the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV to the BRACKET-MOTO
INV.
NOTE
When performing the following procedures, be careful not to pinch the harness
between the DUPLEX ASSY and BRACKET-MOTO INV.
4) Align the BRACKET-MOTO INV hole with the DUPLEX ASSY bearing to install it together
with the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV.
5) Secure the BRACKET-MOTO INV to the DUPLEX ASSY with screws (x4) (silver, collared,
tap, 10mm).
NOTE
Fasten the four screws in the order of the numbers shown in the figure. When the
screws have not been fastened in the right order, the motor noise may get louder.
6) Install the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3)
7) Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1)
4-133
REP13.11 ROLLER ASSY INVERTER (PL13.2.21)
Removal
5) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-INV LOW. (REP13.12)
6) Release the hooks of the GEAR 30 (PL13.2.16) that is secured to the ROLLER ASSY
INVERTER (PL13.2.21) from the DUPLEX ASSY to remove the GEAR 30.
7) Remove the E-ring that secures the right side of the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER from the
DUPLEX ASSY.
8) Remove the right and left BEARING DUP (PL13.2.6) that secure the ROLLER ASSY
INVERTER from the DUPLEX ASSY.
9) Shift the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER to the front then to the left and pull the DUPLEX ASSY
INVERTER bearing out of the DUPLEX ASSY right shaft bearing to remove the ROLLER
ASSY INVERTER.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_126FA
8)
8)
7)
9)
6)-1
6)-2
4-134
REP13.12 CHUTE ASSY-INV LOW (PL13.2.22)
Removal
2) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the CHUTE ASSY-INV
LOW (PL13.2.22) to the DUPLEX ASSY.
3) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-INV LOW from the DUPLEX ASSY.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_127FA
2)
3)
2)
4-135
REP13.13 LATCH DUP R (PL13.3.3), LATCH DUP L (PL13.3.12)
Removal
7) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the BKT MOTOR DUP
TRANS to the DUPLEX ASSY.
NOTE
Do not place the DUPLEX ASSY apart from the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS
NOTE
8) Remove the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS together with the PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) and
MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) from the DUPLEX ASSY.
9) Remove the SPRING LATCH (PL13.3.2) from the LATCH DUP R (PL13.3.3).
10) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secures the LATCH DUP L
11) Turn the LATCH DUP R and LATCH DUP L and align the protruded parts of the LATCH
DUP R and LATCH DUP L with the DUPLEX ASSY notches to remove the LATCH DUP R
and LATCH DUP L.
Leg_Sec03_128FB
5)
6)
7)
7)
7)
7)
8)
4-136
Installation
Leg_Sec03_129FA
9)
11)-1
11)-1
11)-2
11)-2
10)
4-137
REP13.14 SWITCH-DUP DOOR (PL13.3.7)
Removal
4) Disconnect the connector (P/J122) of the SWITCH-DUP DOOR (PL13.3.7).
5) Open the COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24).
6) Release the hooks (x2) that secure the SWITCH-DUP DOOR to the DUPLEX ASSY and
remove the SWITCH-DUP DOOR.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_130FA
6)-2
6)-1
4)
2)
3)
5)
4-138
REP13.15 ACTUATOR DUP (PL13.3.9)
Removal
REAR from the DUPLEX ASSY and remove the COVER REAR.
4) Release the hooks that secure the ACTUATOR DUP (PL13.3.9) to the DUPLEX ASSY, then
remove the ACTUATOR DUP together with the SPRING ACTUATOR (PL13.3.10).
5) Remove the SPRING ACTUATOR from the ACTUATOR DUP.
Installation
NOTE
Make sure that the SPRING ACTUATOR is securely hooked onto the ACTUATOR
DUP and DUPLEX ASSY.
Leg_Sec03_134FA
NOTE
4)-2
2)
4)-1
5)
3)
4-139
REP13.16 SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11)
Removal
4) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11) to the DUPLEX
ASSY and remove the SENSOR LOW PASS.
5) Disconnect the connector (P/J123) of the SENSOR LOW PASS.
Installation
NOTE Lift up the ACTUATOR DUP to remove the SENSOR LOW PASS.
Leg_Sec03_131FA
2)
3)
5)
4)-1
4)-2
[NOTE]
4-140
REP13.17 SUPPORT DUP (PL13.3.14)
Removal
2) Remove the KL-ring that secures the SUPPORT DUP (PL13.3.14) to the DUPLEX ASSY
bearing.
3) Remove the SUPPORT DUP from the DUPLEX ASSY bearing.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_132FA
2)
2)
3)
3)
4-141
REP13.18 HINGE ASSY L (PL13.3.16)
Removal
3) Remove the E-ring that secures the HINGE ASSY L (PL13.3.16) to the DUPLEX ASSY.
4) Remove the HINGE ASSY L from the DUPLEX ASSY.
Installation
1) Align the SHAFT HINGE (PL13.3.19) D cut side with the HINGE ASSY L (PL13.3.16) hole.
Insert the SHAFT DAMPER (PL13.3.18) between the upper and lower pads of the HINGE
ASSY L and install the HINGE ASSY L.
2) Secure the HINGE ASSY L to the DUPLEX ASSY with an E-ring.
Leg_Sec03_133FA
3)
4)
4-142
REP13.19 HINGE ASSY R (PL13.3.20)
Removal
3) Remove the E-ring that secures the HINGE ASSY R (PL13.3.20) to the DUPLEX ASSY.
4) Remove the HINGE ASSY R together with the HINGE-R (PL13.3.28) from the DUPLEX
ASSY.
5) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the HINGE-R to the HINGE
ASSY R.
6) Remove the HINGE-R from the HINGE ASSY R.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_137FA
4)
3)
5)
5)
6)
4-143
REP13.20 COVER LOW-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.23)
Removal
2) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the COVER LOW-DUP
TRANS (PL13.3.23) to the DUPLEX ASSY.
3) Remove the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS from the DUPLEX ASSY.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_135FA
3)
2)
2)
4-144
REP13.21 COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24)
Removal
3) Open the COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24).
NOTE
Be careful not to damage the COVER UP-DUP TRANS boss when performing the
following:
4) Loosen the installation area at the right side of the COVER UP-DUP TRANS with a mini-driver
and pull the right boss out of the DUPLEX ASSY hole to remove the COVER UP-DUP
TRANS.
Installation
NOTE
Be careful not to damage the boss of the COVER UP-DUP TRANS.
Leg_Sec03_136FA
4)-1
4)-2
4-145
REP13.22 PAD DAMPER L (PL13.3.25)
Removal
3) Remove the HINGE ASSY L. (REP13.18)
4) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secures the BRACKET PAD L
(PL13.3.27) to the HINGE-L (PL13.3.26).
5) Remove the BRACKET PAD L together with the PAD DAMPER L (PL13.3.25) from the
HINGE-L.
6) Peel off the PAD DAMPER L from the HINGE-L and BRACKET PAD L.
Installation
NOTE
The right and left PAD DAMPER have different shapes. Be careful not to install a
wrong unit.
The PAD DAMPER L is wider and the PAD DAMPER R is narrower.
1) When an old double-stick tape etc. remains on the surfaces of the HINGE-L (PL13.3.26) and
BRACKET PAD L (PL13.3.27), peel it off completely and degrease the surfaces with a drum
cleaner etc.
NOTE
Paste the PAD DAMPER L on the areas indicated by arrow marks on the HINGE-L
and BRACKET PAD L when performing the following:
2) Peel off the protector paper of the double-stick tape for the PAD DAMPER L (PL13.3.25)
and paste the PAD DAMPER L on the surfaces of the HINGE-L and BRACKET PAD L.
3) Align the BRACKET PAD L hole with the HINGE-L boss to install the BRACKET PAD L
together with the PAD DAMPER L.
4) Secure the BRACKET PAD L to the HINGE-L with a screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm).
5) Install the HINGE ASSY L. (REP13.18)
Leg_Sec03_513EA
NOTE
6)
6)
4)
5)
4-146
REP13.23 PAD DAMPER R (PL13.3.30)
Removal
3) Remove the HINGE ASSY R. (REP13.19)
4) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secures the BRACKET PAD R LOWER
(PL13.3.31) to the BRACKET ASSY R.
5) Remove the BRACKET PAD R LOWER together with the PAD DAMPER R (PL13.3.30)
from the BRACKET ASSY R.
6) Peel off the PAD DAMPER R from the BRACKET ASSY R and BRACKET PAD R LOWER.
Installation
NOTE
The right and left PAD DAMPER have different shapes. Be careful not to install a
wrong unit.
The PAD DAMPER L is wider and the PAD DAMPER R is narrower.
1) When an old double-stick tape etc. remains on the surfaces of the BRACKET ASSY R
(PL13.3.29) and BRACKET PAD R LOWER (PL13.3.31), peel it off completely and
degrease the surfaces with a drum cleaner etc.
NOTE
Paste the PAD DAMPER R on the areas indicated by arrow marks on the
BRACKET ASSY R and BRACKET PAD R LOWER when performing the following:
2) Peel off the protector paper of the double-stick tape for the PAD DAMPER R (PL13.3.30)
and paste the PAD DAMPER R on the surfaces of the BRACKET ASSY R and BRACKET
PAD R LOWER.
3) Align the BRACKET PAD L hole with the BRACKET ASSY R boss to install the BRACKET
PAD R LOWER together with the PAD DAMPER R.
4) Secure the BRACKET PAD R LOWER to the BRACKET ASSY R with a screw (x1) (silver,
collared, 6mm).
5) Install the HINGE ASSY R. (REP13.19)
6) Install the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2)
Leg_Sec03_514EA
NOTE
5)
4)
6)
6)
4-147
REP13.24 ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL13.4.1)
Removal
NOTE
NOTE
9) Remove the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS together with the PWBA DUP-L and MOTOR ASSY
DUP (PL13.4.14) from the DUPLEX ASSY.
10) Release the hooks of the GEAR 30 (PL13.4.6) that is secured to the ROLLER ASSY DUP
(PL13.4.1) from the DUPLEX ASSY and remove the GEAR 30.
11) Remove the E-ring that secures the right side of the ROLLER ASSY DUP from the DUPLEX
ASSY.
12) Remove the right and left BEARING DUP (PL13.4.5) that secure the ROLLER ASSY DUP
from the DUPLEX ASSY.
13) Shift the ROLLER ASSY DUP to the left temporarily and pull the DUPLEX ASSY DUP
bearing out of the DUPLEX ASSY right shaft bearing to remove the ROLLER ASSY DUP.
Leg_Sec03_128FB
6)
7)
8)
8) 8)
8)
9)
4-148
Installation
Leg_Sec03_138FA
13)
11)
12)
12)
10)-1
10)-2
4-149
REP13.25 PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13)
Removal
3) Disconnect the connectors (P/J442, P/J443, and P/J444) on the PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13).
4) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, 5mm) that secure the PWBA DUP-L to the DUPLEX ASSY.
5) Release the SUPPORT PWB (PL13.4.12) hooks that secure the PWBA DUP-L to the
DUPLEX ASSY to remove the PWBA DUP-L.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_139FA
5)-2
3)
4)
4)
5)-1
4-150
REP13.26 MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14)
Removal
NOTE
NOTE
6) Remove the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS together with the PWBA DUP-L and MOTOR ASSY
DUP (PL13.4.14) from the DUPLEX ASSY.
7) Release the clamp and disconnect the connector (P/J442) of the MOTOR ASSY DUP on the
PWBA DUP-L.
8) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, 5mm) that secure the MOTOR ASSY DUP to the BKT
MOTOR DUP TRANS.
9) Remove the MOTOR ASSY DUP from the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS.
Leg_Sec03_128FB
4)
3)
5)
5)
5)
5)
6)
4-151
Installation
NOTE
Be careful of the MOTOR ASSY DUP installation direction when performing the
following:
1) Align the MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) harness with the triangular mark on the BKT
MOTOR DUP TRANS (PL13.4.16) and install the MOTOR ASSY DUP.
2) Secure the MOTOR ASSY DUP to the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS with the screws (4) (silver,
5mm).
3) Connect the connector (P/J442) of the MOTOR ASSY DUP on the PWBA DUP-L
(PL13.4.13) and secure the MOTOR ASSY DUP harness with a clamp.
4) Align the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS hole with the DUPLEX ASSY bearing to install it
together with the PWBA DUP-L and MOTOR ASSY DUP.
5) Secure the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS to the DUPLEX ASSY with screws (x4) (silver,
collared, tap, 10mm).
6) Connect the connector (P/J444) of the PWBA DUP-L.
7) Turn the harness around and secure it with the clamp onto the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS.
Leg_Sec03_140FB
8)
8)
8)
8)
7)-2
9)
7)-1
4-152
REP13.27 ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT (PL13.4.17)
Removal
6) Remove the right and left E-rings that secure the ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT (PL13.4.17) to
the DUPLEX ASSY.
7) Remove the GEAR 30 OW (PL13.4.10) from the left side of the ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT.
8) Remove the right and left BEARING DUP (PL13.4.5) that secure the ROLLER ASSY DUP
OUT from the DUPLEX ASSY.
9) Shift the ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT to the left temporarily and pull the ROLLER ASSY DUP
OUT bearing out of the DUPLEX ASSY right shaft bearing to remove the ROLLER ASSY
DUP OUT.
Installation
NOTE
Be careful of the GEAR 30 OW installation direction.
Leg_Sec03_141FA
NOTE
9)
6)
6)
7)
8)
8)
4-153
REP14. 500 PAPER CASSETTE & 500 SHEET FEEDER
REP14.1 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1)
Removal
1) Pull the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1) until it stops and lift the front slightly to
remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY from the 500 SHEET FEEDER.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_013EA
1)
4-154
REP14.2 GUIDE END ASSY (PL14.1.2)
Removal
1) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1)
2) Remove the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500. (REP14.3)
3) Shift the GUIDE END ASSY (PL14.1.2) to the rear and align the protruded parts (x4) of the
GUIDE END ASSY with the CASSETTE 500 (PL14.1.11) notches to remove it upwards.
Installation
NOTE
After the GUIDE END ASSY has been installed in the CASSETTE 500, shift it to the
front and fit the protruded part of the GUIDE END ASSY into the PAPER SLIDE 500
(PL14.1.13) channel.
Leg_Sec03_014EA
3)
[NOTE]
4-155
REP14.3 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL14.1.3)
Removal
2) Shift and unlock the LOCK LIFT R (PL14.1.9) and LOCK LIFT L (PL14.1.14).
3) Release the hooks of the ROLL LINK (PL14.1.10) which is secured on the right and left PLATE
ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL14.1.3) bearings.
4) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, tap, 6mm) (2 for each side) which secure the right and left
PLATE ROLL STOPPER 500 (PL14.1.8) to the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1).
5) Remove the protruded part of the PLATE ROLL STOPPER from the 500 PAPER
CASSETTE ASSY hole to remove the right and left PLATE ROLL STOPPER.
6) Release the hooks of the CASSETTE 500 (PL14.1.11) to release the front of the PLATE
ASSY BOTTOM 500.
7) Remove the protruded part of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 from the depressed part of
the PAPER SLIDE 500 (PL14.1.13).
8) Keep the CASSETTE 500 widened and pull the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 bearing out of
the CASSETTE 500 long hole. Remove the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500.
Leg_Sec03_015EA
2)
2)
3)-1
3)-1
3)-2
3)-2
4-156
Installation
1) Align the rear boss of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL14.1.3) with the SPRING NF
(PL14.1.7).
NOTE
Check that the rear boss of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 is inserted in the
SPRING NF.
2) Keep the CASSETTE 500 (PL14.1.11) sides widened and pull the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM
500 bearing out of the CASSETTE 500 long hole to remove the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM
500.
3) Insert the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 protruded part into the depressed part of the PAPER
SLIDE 500 (PL14.1.13) and secure the front of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 with hooks
(x2) of the CASSETTE 500.
NOTE
Make sure that the protruded part of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 is inserted into
the PAPER SLIDE 500 (PL14.1.13).
4) Fit the convex part of the PLATE ROLL STOPPER in the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY
(PL14.1.1) hole to install the right and left PLATE ROLL STOPPER.
5) Secure the right and left PLATE ROLL STOPPER to the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY
with screws (x4, 2 for each side) (silver, tap, 6mm).
6) Install the LOCK LIFT R (PL14.1.9), LOCK LIFT L (PL14.1.14), and ROLL LINK (PL14.1.10)
to the right and left bearings of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 and secure with the roll link
hooks at the channels of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 bearings.
7) Press the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 to lock the LOCK LIFT R and LOCK LIFT L.
8) Install the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1)
Leg_Sec03_016EA
6)
6)
8)-1
8)-2
7)
4)
4)
4)
4)
5)
8)-1
5)
4-157
REP14.4 GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500 (PL14.1.4), GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500
(PL14.1.6)
Removal
2) Remove the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500. (REP14.3)
3) Release the hooks of the CASSETTE 500 (PL14.1.11) that secure the PINION 12
(PL14.1.5) and remove the PINION 12.
4) Shift the GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500 (PL14.1.4) to the right and align the protruded parts
(x3) of the GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500 with the CASSETTE 500 notches to remove it
upwards.
5) Shift the GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500 (PL14.1.6) to the left and align the protruded parts
(x3) of the GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500 with the CASSETTE 500 notches to remove it
upwards.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_515EA
4)
3)-2
3)-1
5)
4-158
REP14.5 COVER FRONT CST 500 (PL14.1.12)
Removal
2) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secure the COVER FRONT CST
500 (PL14.1.12) to the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1).
3) Release the hook (x1) at the bottom of the COVER FRONT CST 500 with a mini-driver etc.
and tilt the COVER FRONT CST 500 towards you to remove the protruded parts (x3) of the
COVER FRONT CST 500 from the PAPER CASSETTE ASSY holes and remove the
COVER FRONT CST 500.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_018EA
2)
3)-1
3)-2
3)-3
2)
4-159
REP14.6 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY (REFERENCE ONLY)
Removal
2) Turn the right and left LOCK MC TO FDR (PL14.2.12) by 90 degrees as shown in the figure
to unlock the machine.
3) Hold the recessed areas at the bottom on both sides of the machine and remove the 500
SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
Installation
NOTE
Make sure that the long edge of the elliptic part (the part to be inserted in the
machine installation hole) long edge is facing in the right and left direction.
Leg_03_019FA
Unlocked Locked
3)
2)
4-160
REP14.7 COVER LEFT 500 (PL14.2.1)
Removal
2) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the COVER LEFT 500
(PL14.2.1) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
3) Widen the rear of the COVER LEFT 500 from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY to remove
the COVER LEFT 500.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_020EA
3)-2
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
3)-1
4-161
REP14.8 CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.2.2)
Removal
NOTE
Be careful not to damage the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 boss when performing the
following:
2) Remove the COVER RIGHT 500. (REP14.9)
3) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secures the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500
(PL14.2.2).
4) Open the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.2.2).
5) Loosen the installation area at the right side of the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 by pressing it
with your fingers and pull the right boss out of the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY hole to
remove the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_021EA
5)-1
5)-2
3)
4-162
REP14.9 COVER RIGHT 500 (PL14.2.10)
Removal
2) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the COVER RIGHT 500
(PL14.2.10) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
3) Remove the COVER RIGHT 500 from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
Installation
1) Insert the metal plates at the front and rear of the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY into the ribs
at the front and rear of the COVER RIGHT 500 (PL14.2.10). Fit the COVER RIGHT 500
boss into the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY hole and install the COVER RIGHT 500.
2) Secure the COVER RIGHT 500 to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY with the screws (x5)
(silver, collared, 8mm).
3) Install the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. (REP14.1)
Leg_Sec03_022EA
3)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
4-163
REP14.10 PWBA TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3)
Removal
1) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7)
2) Disconnect the connectors (P/J435, P/J436, and P/J437) on the PWB ASSY 500 (PL14.3.3).
3) Remove the screws (x3) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the PWBA TRAY 500 to the 500
SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
4) Remove the PWBA TRAY 500 from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_030EA
3)
3)
4)
3)
4-164
REP14.11 PWBA MOT (PL14.3.4)
Removal
2) Disconnect the connectors (P/J440) and (P/J446) on the PWBA MOT (PL14.3.4).
3) Remove the screws (x3) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the PWBA MOT to the 500
SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
4) Remove the PWBA MOT from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_029EA
3)
3)
4)
3)
4-165
REP14.12 DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7)
Removal
2) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15)
NOTE
Leave the connector (P/J610) of the SOLENOID FEED at the harness when
performing the following:
3) Disconnect the connector (P/J446) on the PWBA MOT (PL14.3.4) and the connector (P/J610)
of the SOLENOID FEED (PL14.3.8).
NOTE
Do not remove screws other than the ones that secure the four edges (triangular
marks) of the DRIVE ASSY FEED when performing the following:
4) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, 6mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) to the
500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
5) Remove the protruded part at the top right of the DRIVE ASSY FEED from the 500 PAPER
CASSETTE ASSY hole to remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_023EA
NOTE
3)
4)
5)-2
4)
4)
4)
5)-1
4-166
REP14.13 SOLENOID FEED (PL14.3.8)
Removal
3) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12)
4) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, 6mm) that secures the SOLENOID FEED (PL14.3.8) to the
DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7).
5) Remove the SOLENOID FEED from the DRIVE ASSY FEED.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_024FA
4)
5)
4-167
REP14.14 MOTOR ASSY FEEDER (PL14.3.9)
Removal
2) Release the clamp on the DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) and remove the harness of the
MOTOR ASSY FEEDER (PL14.3.9).
3) Disconnect the connector (P/J446) of the PWBA MOT (PL14.3.4).
4) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, 6mm) that secure the MOTOR ASSY FEEDER to the
DRIVE ASSY FEED.
5) Remove the MOTOR ASSY FEEDER from the DRIVE ASSY FEED.
Installation
NOTE
Be careful of the MOTOR ASSY FEEDER installation direction.
Leg_Sec03_516EA
4)
5)
4)
2)
3)
4-168
REP14.15 CLUTCH ASSY FEED (PL14.3.12)
Removal
2) Release the clamp on the DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) and remove the harness of the
CLUTCH ASSY FEED (PL14.3.12).
3) Disconnect the connector (P/J609) of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED.
4) Remove the KL-ring that secures the CLUTCH ASSY FEED to the 500 SHEET FEEDER
ASSY.
5) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_025EA
3)
2)
4)
5)
4-169
REP14.16 HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 (PL14.3.14)
Removal
1) Remove the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. (REP14.6)
3) Release the clamps that secure the HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 (PL14.3.14) harness.
4) Disconnect the connector (P/J435) on the PWBA-TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3).
5) Release the hooks (x2) that secure the HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 to the 500 SHEET
FEEDER ASSY and remove the HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_026FA
3)
3)
4)
5)-2
5)-1
4-170
REP14.17 ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16)
Removal
1) Remove the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8)
6) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27)
7) Remove the CHUTE ASSY 500. (REP14.20)
8) Remove the E-ring that secures the right and left bearings of the ROLL ASSY TURN 500
(PL14.3.16) from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
9) Remove the right and left BEARING FEED (PL14.3.13) that secure the ROLL ASSY TURN
500 from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
10) Shift the ROLL ASSY TURN 500 to the left temporarily and pull the ROLL ASSY TURN 500
bearing out of the right shaft bearing of the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY to remove the ROLL
ASSY TURN 500.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_027EA
9)
10)
8)
8)
9)
4-171
REP14.18 SWITCH FEEDER DOOR (PL14.3.18)
Removal
3) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secures the CAP FEEDER (PL14.3.33) to the
4) Remove the CAP FEEDER from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
5) Release the hooks (x2) that secure the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR (PL14.3.18) to the 500
SHEET FEEDER ASSY to remove the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR.
6) Disconnect the connector (P/J121) of the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR.
Installation
NOTE Pull the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR harness from the outside of the 500 SHEET
FEEDER to take up the slack of the harness at the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR.
Leg_Sec03_028FA
6)
5)-1
5)-2
4) 3)
[NOTE]
4-172
REP14.19 HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2 (PL14.3.22)
Removal
1) Remove the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. (REP14.6)
3) Release the clamps that secure the HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2 (PL14.3.22) harness.
4) Disconnect the connector (P/J436) on the PWBA-TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3).
5) Release the hooks (x2) that secure the HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2 to the 500 SHEET
FEEDER ASSY and remove the HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_031FA
3)
3)
4)
5)-1
5)-2
4-173
REP14.20 CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.3.23)
Removal
8) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secure the CHUTE ASSY 500 (PL14.3.23) to
the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
9) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, 6mm) that secures the BRACKET MAG R (PL14.3.36) to the
10) Remove the BRACKET MAG R from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
11) Remove the CHUTE ASSY 500 right bearing from the GUIDE CST R (PL14.3.32) shaft
bearing.
12) Remove the CHUTE ASSY 500 left bearing from the GUIDE CST L (PL14.3.34) shaft
bearing and remove the CHUTE ASSY 500 from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_041EA
8)
10)
8)
9)
Leg_Sec03_517EA
11)
12)
4-174
REP14.21 HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (PL14.3.24)
Removal
NOTE
Be careful not to damage the LEVER 500 boss when performing the following:
NOTE
Be careful not to lose the SPRING LEVER 500 when performing the following:
9) Loosen the bosses at both sides of the LEVER 500 (PL14.3.29) to remove the LEVER 500
and SPRING LEVER 500 (PL14.3.28) from the CHUTE ASSY 500 (PL14.3.23).
NOTE
Be careful not to damage the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 boss when performing
the following:
NOTE
Be careful not to lose the SPRING RETARD when performing the following:
10) Loosen the bosses at both sides of the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (PL14.3.24) and
remove the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 from the CHUTE ASSY 500.
Leg_Sec03_038FA
NOTE NOTE
10)-1
10)-1
10)-2
9)-1
9)-1
9)-2
9)-3
4-175
Installation
NOTE
Be careful not to damage the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 boss when performing
the following:
1) Align the CHUTE ASSY 500 (PL14.3.23) boss with the SPRING RETARD (PL14.3.25) and
loosen the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (PL14.3.24) boss to install the HOLDER ASSY
RETARD 500.
NOTE
Check that the SPRING RETARD is fit into the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 boss
and CHUTE ASSY 500 boss.
NOTE
Be careful not to damage the LEVER 500 boss when performing the following:
NOTE
Be careful of the LEVER 500 installation direction when performing the following:
2) Install the SPRING LEVER 500 (PL14.3.28) boss to the CHUTE ASSY 500 boss and loosen
the bosses at both sides of the LEVER 500 (PL14.3.29) while installing the LEVER 500 to
the CHUTE ASSY 500.
NOTE
Check that the SPRING LEVER 500 is fit into the LEVER 500 boss and CHUTE
ASSY 500 boss.
NOTE
Make sure that the protruded part of the LEVER 500 is inserted properly under the
depressed part of the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500.
3) Install the CHUTE ASSY 500. (REP14.20)
4) Install the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27)
5) Install the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12)
6) Install the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15)
7) Install the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7)
8) Install the COVER RIGHT 500. (REP14.9)
9) Install the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8)
4-176
REP14.22 FILM ASSY FDR (PL14.3.26)
Removal
1) Open the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500.
2) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secure the FILM ASSY FDR (PL14.3.26) to
the CHUTE ASSY 500 (PL14.3.23).
3) Remove the FILM ASSY FDR from the CHUTE ASSY 500.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_205FB
1)
2)
2)
3)
4-177
REP14.23 STOPPER CST R (PL14.3.31)
Removal
9) Remove the GUIDE CST R. (REP14.24)
NOTE
Be careful not to lose the SPG LOCK CST LL when performing the following:
10) Remove the STOPPER CST R (PL14.3.31) and SPG LOCK CST LL (PL14.3.30) from the
GUIDE CST R (PL14.3.32).
Installation
NOTE
Check that the SPG LOCK CST LL is fit in the STOPPER CST R boss and GUIDE
CST R boss.
Leg_Sec03_181FA
10)-1
10)-2
4-178
REP14.24 GUIDE CST R (PL14.3.32)
Removal
9) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, tap, 6mm) that secure the GUIDE CST R (PL14.3.32) to the
10) Remove the GUIDE CST R together with the SPG LOCK CST LL (PL14.3.30) and
STOPPER CST R (PL14.3.31) from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
11) Remove the STOPPER CST R. (REP14.23)
Installation
Leg_Sec03_039EA
10)
9)
9)
9)
9)
9)
4-179
REP14.25 GUIDE CST L (PL14.3.34)
Removal
9) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secures the CAP FEEDER (PL14.3.33) to the
10) Remove the CAP FEEDER from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
11) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, tap, 6mm) that secure the GUIDE CST L (PL14.3.34) to the
12) Shift the GUIDE CST L to the right slightly to remove it from the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR
(PL14.3.18) and then remove the GUIDE CST L together with the SPG LOCK CST LL
(PL14.3.30) and STOPPER CST L (PL14.4.35) from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
13) Remove the STOPPER CST L. (REP14.26)
Installation
Leg_Sec03_040EA
11)
11)
11)
11)
11)
12)
10)
9)
4-180
REP14.26 STOPPER CST L (PL14.3.35)
Removal
9) Remove the GUIDE CST L. (REP14.25)
NOTE
Be careful not to lose the SPG LOCK CST LL when performing the following:
10) Remove the STOPPER CST L (PL14.3.35) from the GUIDE CST L (PL14.3.34).
Installation
NOTE
Check that the SPG LOCK CST LL is fit in the STOPPER CST L boss and GUIDE
CST L boss.
Leg_Sec03_182FA
10)-1
10)-2
4-181
REP14.27 HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1)
Removal
5) Release the hooks of the GEAR FEED (PL14.3.11) that is secured to the HOUSING ASSY
FEED (PL14.4.1) bearing and remove the GEAR FEED.
6) Disconnect the connector (P/J618) of the HOUSING ASSY FEED.
7) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secures the HOUSING ASSY FEED to
the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
8) Insert your hands in the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY from the front and pull the levers (x2) of
the HOUSING ASSY FEED to remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED boss from the 500
SHEET FEEDER ASSY hole.
9) Shift the HOUSING ASSY FEED towards you and release the upper hooks (x4) that secure
the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED hole from the
protruded part at the front of the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY and remove the HOUSING
ASSY FEED downward.
Leg_Sec03_032EB
NOTE
6)
5)-1
5)-2
9)-1
7)
9)-2
9)-1
8)-2
8)-1
8)-2
8)-1
ACTUATOR T/R
(PL14.4.6)
ROLL ASSY TURN 500
(PL14.3.16)
4-182
Installation
NOTE
Be careful not to damage the ACTUATOR T/R (PL14.4.6) that is installed in the
HOUSING ASSY FEED. Check that the ACTUATOR T/R comes over the ROLL
ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16).
4-183
REP14.28 SENSOR NO PAPER (PL14.4.3)
Removal
6) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secure the COVER FEED (PL14.4.13) to the
HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1).
7) Remove the COVER FEED from the HOUSING ASSY FEED.
8) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR NO PAPER (PL14.4.3) to the HOUSING
ASSY FEED to remove the SENSOR NO PAPER.
9) Disconnect the connector (P/J119) of the SENSOR NO PAPER.
Installation
NOTE
Be careful of the relative positions of the SENSOR NO PAPER and ACTUATOR
NO PAPER CST.
Leg_Sec03_033FA
NOTE
6)
7)
9)
8)-2
8)-1
6)
4-184
REP14.29 ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST (PL14.4.4)
Removal
6) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the CAP ACTUATOR (PL14.4.15) to the HOUSING
ASSY FEED to remove the CAP ACTUATOR.
9) Pull the ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST (PL14.4.4) out of the HOUSING ASSY FEED hook
and shift it along the HOUSING ASSY FEED to remove the ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST.
Leg_Sec03_206FA
6)-2
6)-1
4-185
Installation
NOTE
Be careful of the relative positions of the SENSOR NO PAPER and ACTUATOR
NO PAPER CST when performing the following operation:
1) Insert the ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST (PL14.4.4) bearing from the HOUSING ASSY
FEED (PL14.4.1) notch.
2) Insert the ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST into the SENSOR NO PAPER (PL14.4.3) sensor
area and fit the ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST bearing at the HOUSING ASSY FEED hook
for installation.
3) Install the COVER FEED (PL14.4.13) in the HOUSING ASSY FEED.
4) Secure the COVER FEED to the HOUSING ASSY FEED with screws (x2) (silver, tap,
8mm).
5) Align the CAP ACTUATOR (PL14.4.15) boss with the HOUSING ASSY FEED boss to install
the CAP ACTUATOR.
Leg_Sec03_034FA
NOTE
9)-1
9)-2
7)
7)
8)
4-186
REP14.30 ACTUATOR T/R (PL14.4.6)
Removal
6) Remove the ROLL ASSY FEED 500. (REP14.32)
7) Remove the SPRING ACTUATOR (PL14.4.5) from the HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1)
notch.
8) Pull the ACTUATOR T/R (PL14.4.6) bearing out of the HOUSING ASSY FEED hook and
remove the ACTUATOR T/R together with the SPRING ACTUATOR.
9) Remove the SPRING ACTUATOR from the ACTUATOR T/R.
Installation
NOTE
Make sure that the SPRING ACTUATOR is hooked onto the ACTUATOR T/R and
HOUSING ASSY FEED notches.
Leg_Sec03_035FA
NOTE
9)
8)
7)
4-187
REP14.31 SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7)
Removal
6) Remove the ROLL ASSY FEED 500. (REP14.32)
7) Remove the ACTUATOR T/R. (REP14.30)
8) Disconnect the connector (P/J120) of the SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7).
9) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR T/R to the HOUSING ASSY FEED
(PL14.4.1) and remove the SENSOR T/R.
Installation
Leg_Sec03_036FA
8)
9)-2
9)-1
4-188
REP14.32 ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11)
Removal
8) Release the E-rings that secure the both sides of the SHAFT FEED (PL14.4.12) from the
HOUSING ASSY FEED to remove the right and left BEARING SLEEVE (PL14.4.9).
9) Shift the SHAFT FEED to the right temporarily and pull the SHAFT FEED out of the
HOUSING ASSY FEED left shaft bearing to remove it together with the ROLL ASSY FEED
500 (PL14.4.11) and ROLL SUPPORT 500 (PL14.4.10).
10) Release the hooks of the ROLL SUPPORT 500 that is secured to the SHAFT FEED to
remove the ROLL SUPPORT 500.
11) Release the hooks of the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 that is secured to the SHAFT FEED to
remove the ROLL ASSY FEED 500.
Leg_Sec03_037FA
6)
7)
6)
8)-1
8)-2
9)
8)-1
8)-2
11)-2
11)-1
10)-1
10)-2
4-189
Installation
NOTE
Be careful of the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 installation direction when performing the
following:
1) Install the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11) to the SHAFT FEED (PL14.4.12) so that
ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11) hooks are facing to the right and then secure the hooks
to the SHAFT FEED channel.
2) Install the ROLL SUPPORT 500 (PL14.4.10) to the SHAFT FEED and then secure the
ROLL SUPPORT 500 hooks to the SHAFT FEED channel.
3) Insert the right side of the SHAFT FEED into the HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1) right
shaft bearing and then shift the SHAFT FEED to the left to install the ROLL ASSY FEED 500
and ROLL SUPPORT 500.
4) Align the BEARING SLEEVE (PL14.4.9) double D cut side with the right and left shaft
bearings of the HOUSING ASSY FEED and install the BEARING SLEEVE and then secure
both sides of the SHAFT FEED with E-rings.
5) Install the COVER FEED (PL14.4.13) in the HOUSING ASSY FEED.
6) Secure the COVER FEED to the HOUSING ASSY FEED with screws (x2) (silver, tap, 8mm).
4.3 Adjustment
4-190
4.3 Adjustment
ADJ1. Firmware Download
Upgrade the firmware by downloading it from the PC to the Printer.
Network (Port9100), USB port and parallel port are supported as communication interfaces. In this
document, an example using a USB port will be described.
NOTE
When a USB port or parallel port is to be used, check that "Enable bi-directional
support" is disabled (not ticked) in the Printer Port Settings on a PC.
ADJ1.1 ESS F/W
- Work time: 2' 30"
1) When "Ready to Print" is displayed in the Control Panel on a printer, activate FWDLMgr.exe.
2) Click on the [Agree] button.
4.3 Adjustment
4-191
3) Click the [Next] button.
4) Specify [USB Port] and click the [Next] button.
5) Click on the [Finish] button.
6) After ESS F/W has been downloaded, the printer is automatically rebooted.
NOTE
Print out the "Printer Settings" and check that the "Firmware Version" has been
updated.
4.3 Adjustment
4-192
ADJ1.2 MCU F/W
- Work time: 6' 30"
1) When "Ready to Print" is displayed in the Control Panel on the printer, activate
FWDLMgr.exe.
2) Click on the [Agree] button.
4.3 Adjustment
4-193
3) Click the [Next] button.
4) Specify [USB Port] and click the [Next] button.
5) Click on the [Finish] button.
6) When "Completed. Reboot printer" is displayed a few minutes later, turn the printer OFF and
then ON for rebooting.
NOTE
Print out the "Printer Settings" and check that the "Engine Version" has been
updated.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
5.1 Preface .................................................................................................................5-1
5.1.1 How to use the Parts List................................................................................................... 5-1
5.1.2 PRECAUTIONS................................................................................................................. 5-1
5.2 Parts Navigation ...................................................................................................5-2
5.2.1 How to use the Parts Navigation ....................................................................................... 5-2
5.2.2 Navi. 1.1 (Printer-Front/Right) ........................................................................................... 5-2
5.2.3 Navi. 1.2 (Printer-Rear/Left) .............................................................................................. 5-3
5.2.4 Navi. 2.1 (IOT-Front/Right-Outside) .................................................................................. 5-3
5.2.5 Navi. 2.2 (IOT-Front/Right-Inside) ..................................................................................... 5-3
5.2.6 Navi. 2.3 (IOT-Rear/Left-Outside) ..................................................................................... 5-4
5.2.7 Navi. 2.4 (IOT-Rear/Left-Inside) ........................................................................................ 5-4
5.2.8 Navi. 2.5 (Duplex).............................................................................................................. 5-4
5.2.9 Navi. 2.6 (500 Paper Feeder) ............................................................................................ 5-5
5.3 Parts List ..............................................................................................................5-6
PL1.1 Cover .................................................................................................................................. 5-6
PL 2.1 250 Paper Cassette ........................................................................................................... 5-7
PL 3.1 250 Paper Feeder (1/2) ..................................................................................................... 5-8
PL 3.2 250 Paper Feeder (2/2) ..................................................................................................... 5-9
PL 4.1 MSI .................................................................................................................................. 5-10
PL 5.1 PH Assy (1/2) .................................................................................................................. 5-11
PL 5.2 PH Assy (2/2) .................................................................................................................. 5-12
PL 6.1 Transfer ........................................................................................................................... 5-13
PL 7.1 Xero ................................................................................................................................. 5-14
PL 8.1 ROS ................................................................................................................................. 5-15
PL 9.1 DEVE (1/2) ...................................................................................................................... 5-16
PL 9.2 DEVE (2/2) ...................................................................................................................... 5-17
PL 10.1 Fuser ............................................................................................................................. 5-18
PL 11.1 Drive .............................................................................................................................. 5-19
PL 12.1 ELEC (1/3) ..................................................................................................................... 5-20
PL 12.2 ELEC (2/3) ..................................................................................................................... 5-21
PL 12.3 ELEC (3/3) ..................................................................................................................... 5-22
PL 13.1 Duplex (1/4) ................................................................................................................... 5-23
PL 13.2 Duplex ........................................................................................................................... 5-24
PL 13.3 Duplex (3/4) ................................................................................................................... 5-25
PL 13.4 Duplex (4/4) ................................................................................................................... 5-26
PL 14.1 500 Paper Cassette ....................................................................................................... 5-27
PL 14.2 500 Paper Feeder (1/3) ................................................................................................. 5-28
PL 14.3 500 Paper Feeder (2/3) ................................................................................................. 5-29
PL 14.4 500 Paper Feeder (3/3) ................................................................................................. 5-30
PL 14.4 500 Paper Feeder (3/3) (List) ........................................................................................ 5-30
5.4 Adjustment/Consumables Area Codes ..............................................................5-31
5.1 Preface
5-1 Chapter 5 Parts List
5.1 Preface
5.1.1 How to use the Parts List
Chapter 5 Parts List contains information on the spare parts and is also used when ordering
replacement parts and entering area code.
Before using, read the following explanations carefully and use it correctly.
5.1.2 PRECAUTIONS
- A "*" attached to a part name in the DESCRIPTION column indicates that the Note or Reference
for that part is included on the same page. Read the note carefully before ordering and replacing
parts.
- Area codes are indicated in the respective plates.
Area codes which cannot be described by parts on the respective plates (toner, current value
adjustment, etc.) are indicated in the Area Code Table at the end of this chapter.
- The numbers indicated in the illustrations refer to the corresponding ITEM number and part
name in the List.
- PL "X.Y.Z" refers to item "Z" of Plate (PL) "X.Y".
- The letters in the illustrations represent screws, clips, etc as follows:
"S" = Screw, "E" = E Link, "KL" = KL Clip, "C" = C Link, "N" = Nut
- Black arrows are attached to the items which indicate the assembly parts in the illustrations.
- ... in the illustrations break a lead line and show the connection with the corresponding
letter in the same illustration.
- "(with 2-5)" found in the illustrations and attached to assembly parts in the list indicate that Items
"2, 3, 4 and 5" of that particular plate are included.
- "(P XXX)" and "(J XXX)" ("CN ZZZ" in some parts) represent the connector number for that part,
where P represents "Plug" and J represents "Jack". For harnesses, both ends of the connectors
are indicated as "(P XXX-J XXX)".
- "[Same PL X.Y.Z]" found in the illustrations and attached to parts in the list indicate that the part
is the same as that particular part of Item "Z" of Plate "X.Y".
- Parts with (SCC) indicated before the part name in the DESCRIPTION column are Safety Critical
Components. User must comply with Fuji Xerox's regulations on the handling of such
components.
5.2 Parts Navigation
5.2.1 How to use the Parts Navigation
Below describes how to use the Navigation Illustrations.
The Navigation Illustrations are composed of two hierarchical menus followed by a PL layer under
each menu
Uppermost Layer
- Navi 1.1 (Printer-Front/Right)
- Navi 1.2 (Printer-Rear/Left)
The Front/Right view shows the whole Printer including the Duplex unit and the 500 Paper
Feeder. The Rear/Left view is only shown in 2 illustrations of the Printer. Search for modules
with parts to be checked and refer to the Navi 2.X or PL indicated on the lead line. More
detailed illustrations for that module are included in Navi 2.X where available.
Second Layer
- Navi 2.1 (IOT-Front/Right-Outside)
- Navi 2.2 (IOT-Front/Right-Inside)
- Navi 2.3 (IOT-Rear/Left-Outside)
- Navi 2.4 (IOT-Front/Left-Inside)
- Navi 2.5 (Duplex)
- Navi 2.6 (500 Paper Feeder)
The modules checked in Navi 1.1 and Navi 1.2 have been classified in further detail and all
the PL can be referred to.
- The orientation of the machine is defined as follows.
Front
Right
Rear
Left
Leg_005_101FA
5.2.2 Navi. 1.1 (Printer-Front/Right)
Navi2.5 (Duplex)
Navi2.6 (500 Paper Feeder)
PL1.1
PL1.1
PL1.1
PL1.1
PL1.1
Leg_005_102FA
Navi2.1 (IOT-Front / Right-Outside)
Navi2.2 (IOT-Front / Right-Inside)
PL7.1
PL9.2
5.2.3 Navi. 1.2 (Printer-Rear/Left)
Navi2.3 (IOT-Rear / Left-Outside)
Navi2.4 (IOT-Rear / Left-Inside)
PL1.1
PL1.1
PL5.1
Leg_Sec005_103EA
5.2.4 Navi. 2.1 (IOT-Front/Right-Outside)
5.2.5 Navi. 2.2 (IOT-Front/Right-Inside)
PL10.1
PL6.1
PL9.2
PL7.1
PL7.1
PL11.1
PL9.1
PL11.1
PL12.1
PL4.1
PL12.1 PL9.1
PL12.1
Leg_Sec005_104EA
PL7.1
PL12.1
PL8.1
Leg_Sec005_105EB
5.2.6 Navi. 2.3 (IOT-Rear/Left-Outside)
5.2.7 Navi. 2.4 (IOT-Rear/Left-Inside)
PL12.2
PL6.1
PL5.1
PL12.2
PL12.2
PL12.2
PL11.1
PL11.1
PL11.1
PL11.1
Leg_Sec005_106EA
PL12.2
PL12.2
PL10.1
PL6.1
PL6.1
PL5.2
PL5.2
PL6.1
PL12.2
Leg_Sec005_107EA
5.2.8 Navi. 2.5 (Duplex)
PL13.2
PL13.2
PL13.2
PL13.4
PL13.4
PL13.4
PL13.4
PL13.1
PL13.1
PL13.3
PL13.3
PL13.3
Leg_Sec005_108EA
5.2.9 Navi. 2.6 (500 Paper Feeder)
PL14.1
PL14.2
PL14.3
PL14.3
PL14.3
PL14.3
PL14.3
PL14.2
PL14.2
PL14.4
PL14.3
Leg_Sec005_109EA
5.3 Parts List
5.3 Parts List
PL1.1 Cover
Leg_005_001FA
1 (with 2,3,23)
19 (with 20,21)
23
24
33
29
30
31
9
2
3
7
11
10
21
20
4
5
6
11
12
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
13
32
28 (with 9,10,29-32)
22 (with 34-36)
34
35
99 (with 29-31)
36
37
38
39
40
ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C
1 802K 76960 COVER ASSY TOP (with 2, 3, 23) 32B1
2 802E 78010 TRAY EXTENSION 32B2
3 -- COVER TOP 32B3
4 802E 77720 COVER FUSER 32B4
5 802E 77901 COVER TOP SIDE L 32B5
6 802E 71222 COVER TOP SIDE R 32B6
7 111K 12250 SWITCH ASSY TOP (P116) 32B7
8 -- -- 32B8
9 -- COVER RH 32B9
10 -- COVER CLEANER 32C1
11 -- COVER PI 32C2
12 017E 96982 FOOT REAR 32C3
13 017E 97031 FOOT FRONT 32C4
14 802E 77611 COVER MSI 32C5
15 802K 77000 COVER FRONT L 32C6
16 802K 76981 COVER FRONT ASSY U 32C7
17 802K 77260 OP PANEL 32C8
18 962K 24752 HARNESS ASSY PANEL (J29-J220) 32C9
19 -- COVER ASSY LH (with 20, 21) 32D1
20 802E 77810 COVER LH 32D2
21 802K 77010 COVER ESS 32D3
22 110K 12261 SWITCH ASSY FUSER (with 34-36) 32D4
23 -- COVER TRAY 32D5
24 -- COVER INNER TOP 32D6
25 -- -- 32D7
26 -- -- 32D8
27 -- -- 32D9
28 802K 76970 COVER ASSY RH (with 9, 10, 29-32) 32E1
29 -- GUIDE BAR 32E2
30 -- SLIDE BAR 32E3
31 802E 78030 COVER ROS WINDOW 32E4
32 802E 77600 COVER DUP 32E5
33 802E 64683 COVER INNER L 32E6
34 110K 12240 SWITCH-INLK FUSER (P117) 32E7
35 -- BRACKET INLK FUSER 32E8
36 110E 93440 SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (P114) 32E9
37 -- BRACKET TOP S LH 32F1
38 -- BRACKET TOP S RH 32F2
39 802E 79330 COVER CONPANE 32F3
40 802E 76900 COVER HINGE 32F4
99 604K 22630 KIT SLIDE BAR (with 29-31) 32F5
5.3 Parts List
PL 2.1 250 Paper Cassette
5
6
8
8
9
10
11
13
12
14
7
9
4
2
3 (with 4)
1 (with 2-17)
11
15
Leg_Sec005_002FB
16
17
ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C
1
050K 52230 250 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (with 2-17)-FX
5010
050K 52280 250 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (with 2-17)-AP
2 038K 88530 GUIDE END ASSY 250 50B1
3 -- PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 250 (with 4) 50B2
4 -- PAD BOTTOM 50B3
5 038K 88550 GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 250 50B4
6 802E 02460 PINION 12 50B5
7 038K 88540 GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 250 50B6
8 809E 60710 SPRING NF 250 50B7
9 -- PLATE ROLL STOPPER 250 50B8
10 003E 61031 LOCK LIFT R 50B9
11 059E 99150 ROLL LINK 50C1
12 -- CASSETTE 250 50C2
13 802E 77700 COVER FRONT CST 250 50C3
14 -- PLATE SLIDE 250 50C4
15 003E 61021 LOCK LIFT L 50C5
16 -- PLATE STOPPER R 50C6
17 -- PLATE STOPPER L 50C7
5.3 Parts List
PL 3.1 250 Paper Feeder (1/2)
3
1
4
4
5 6
5
7
8
7
2 (with 3-8,13)
9
11
10
10
11
10
10
12
12
Leg_Sec005_005FB
13
[Ref PL3.2]
[Ref PL2.1]
15 (with 1-14,16,17,PL2.1,3.2)
14 (with 10-12, PL3.2)
16
16
17
17
ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C.
1 802E 77690 COVER LEFT 250 50D1
2 054K 28310 CHUTE FDR ASSY 250 (with 3-8, 13) 50D2
3 -- COVER-REAR 250 50D3
4 -- MAGNET-CATCH 50D4
5 -- ROLL PINCH A 50D5
6 -- ROLL PINCH B 50D6
7 -- SPRING-PINCH A 50D7
8 -- SPRING-PINCH B 50D8
9 802E 77680 COVER RIGHT 250 50D9
10 -- FOOT 50E1
11 -- BLOCK CST 50E2
12 -- SPRING EARTH FEEDER 50E3
13 -- GUIDE REAR 50E4
14 -- FEEDER ASSY 250 (with 10-12, PL3.2) 50E5
15 -- 250 PAPER FEEDER ASSY (with 1-14, PL2.1, 3.2) 50E6
16 -- COVER JOIN HOLE 50E7
17 -- LOCK MC TO FDR 50E8
5.3 Parts List
12
26
27
43
13
47
(J 437)
(J 435)
10
10
10
10
44
44
44
44
45
45
11
1
3
4
5
6
33
31
32
31
35
34
24
25 (with 26)
41 (with 27,42)
2 (with 3)
15
38
9
7
8
7
Leg_005_006FA
36
37
28
29
29
30
42
46
(J 440) (J 4358)
(J 436)
(J 127)
(J 438)
(P127)
(J 618)
(J 121)
(J 609)
(J 446)
(P610)
(P609)
(J 610)
(P608)
(P121)
14 (with 15-24,38-40,47)
16
17
39
19 22
21
21
18
40
23
40
20
1 962K 20500 HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN (J437-J121, J440, J609, J610, J618) 50F1
2 007K 89090 DRIVE ASSY FEED 250 (with 3) 5090
3 121E 89991 SOLENOID FEED (P610) 5092
4 807E 02490 GEAR FEED 5093
5 121K 35481 CLUTCH ASSY PH (P609) 50G1
6 962K 20481 HARNESS-ASSY FEED1 (J435-P608) 50G2
7 -- BEARING EARTH 50G3
8 059K 32953 ROLL ASSY TURN 50G4
9 110E 93440 SWITCH-I/L CAB (P121) 50G5
10 -- CLAMP 50G6
11 960K 00881 PWBA MOT 50G7
12 160K 98921 PWBA TRAY CONT (250) 50G8
13 962K 20490 HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2 (J436-J4358) 50G9
14 802K 60380 HOUSING ASSY FEED (with 15-24, 38-40) 50H1
15 -- HOUSING FEED 50H2
16 930W 00113 SENSOR PHOTO (P119) 50H3
17 -- ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST 50H4
18 -- ACTUATOR 50H5
19 930W 00113 SENSOR PHOTO (P120) 50H6
20 -- SHAFT FEED 50H7
21 -- BEARING EARTH 50H8
22 -- BRACKET FEED 50H9
23 059K 32940 ROLL ASSY FEED 50J1
24 -- COVER FEED 50J1
25 019K 06831 HOLDER ASSY RETARD (with 26) 50J1
26 809E 60720 SPRING RETARD 50J1
27 054E 89392 CHUTE 250 50J1
28 -- LEVER 250 50J1
29 -- SPRING LEVER 250 50J1
30 003E 61182 BUTTON FDR 250 50J1
31 -- SPG LOCK CST LL 50J1
32 -- STOPPER CST R 50K1
33 032E 22102 GUIDE CST R 250 50K1
34 032E 21872 GUIDE CST L 250 50K1
35 003E 61371 STOPPER CST L 50K1
36 110E 10500 SNR CST (P127) 50K1
37 962K 24730 HARNESS-ASSY FEED SW (J127-J438) 50K1
38 962K 23810 HARNESS-ASSY FEED 3 (P618-J119, J120) 50K1
39 -- SPRING ACTUATOR 50K1
40 -- ROLL SUPPORT 50K1
41 054K 26870 CHUTE ASSY 250 (with 27, 42) 50L1
42 103K 81171 FILM ASSY FDR 50L2
43 -- CAP 50L3
44 -- CLAMP MSB-1207 50L4
45 -- BUSH SADDLE ES-0510-2 50L5
46 -- BRACKET MAG R 50L6
47 -- CAP ACTUATOR 50L7
5.3 Parts List
PL 4.1 MSI
8
7
6
5
7
6
4
3
3
4
10
11
12
9
13
14
18
18
22
20
21
23
24
25
26
17 27
19
Leg_Sec005_002EB
1 (with 2-28)
2 (with 3-8,28)
15 (with 14)
16 (with 27)
28
1 059K 41340 MSI ASSY (with 2-28) 5110
2 059K 36843 ROLL ASSY MSI (with 3-8, 28) 5132
3 -- BEARING MSI 51B1
4 -- CAM PICK UP MSI 51B2
5 -- SHAFT ASSY MSI 51B3
6 -- PAPER GUIDE 51B4
7 -- CORE 51B5
8 059K 36852 ROLL MSI 51B6
9 054E 88760 CHUTE MSI 51B7
10 -- GUIDE SIDE COVER 51B8
11 807E 01260 GEAR MANUAL 51B9
12 038E 32350 GUIDE SIDE L 51C1
13 038K 88460 GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 51C2
14 -- PLATE BOTTOM 2 51C3
15 050K 51124 PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (with 14) 51C4
16 019K 06860 HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI (with 27) 5133
17 015K 64762 PLATE ASSY RETARD 51C5
18 -- SPRING-N/F MSI 51C6
19 -- FRAME ASSY BOTTOM 51C7
20 004E 14240 OIL DAMPER 51C8
21 -- DAMPER BRACKET 51C9
22 807E 01271 GEAR PICK UP 51D1
23 121E 92700 SOLENOID PICK UP (P605) 51D2
24 930W 00113 SENSOR PAPER EMPTY (P103) 51D3
25 120E 22511 ACTUATOR EMPTY 51D4
26 962K 20431 HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 (J408, J409-J103, J603, J604, J605) 51D5
27 -- SPRING RETARD MSI 51D6
28 -- CHUTE ASSY PAPER GUIDE 51D7
5.3 Parts List
PL 5.1 PH Assy (1/2)
1
3
4
2 (with 3,4)
[Ref PL5.2.1]
Leg_Sec005_003EB
1 802K 76940 COVER-PH 32G1
2 054K 28110 CHUTE ASSY-REAR (with 3, 4) 32G2
3 -- CHUTE-REAR UP 32G3
4 -- CHUTE-REAR LOW 32G4
5.3 Parts List
PL 5.2 PH Assy (2/2)
9
2
5
3
4
5
3
3
6
7
6
11
12
13
13
15
16
17
18 19
20
21
22
3
23
14
8
10
24
25
1 (with 2-25)
Leg_Sec005_004EB
14
*1: Same part
1 801K 18310 FRAME ASSY-PH (with 2-25) 5310
2 121K 32310 CLUTCH ASSY REGI (P203) *
1
53B1
3 -- BEARING METAL 53B2
4 -- ROLL-REGI METAL 53B3
5 -- BEARING RUBBER 53B4
6 807E 04590 GEAR-REGI 53B5
7 -- SPRING-REGI R (METAL) 53B6
8 059K 31491 ROLL REGI RUBBER 5313
9 -- SPRING-REGI L (BLACK) 53B7
10 -- FRAME-PH 53B8
11 107E 20930 VARISTOR 53B9
12 059K 31500 ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI 5311
13 059E 98770 ROLL-PINCH 53C1
14 809E 51021 SPRING-PRE REGI 53C2
15 809E 17670 BRACKET-SENSOR OHP 53C3
16 930W 00113 SENSOR OHP (P101) 53C4
17 809E 51030 SPRING-ACTUATOR 53C5
18 120E 22441 ACTUATOR-REGI 53C6
19 930W 00113 SENSOR REGI (P102) 5314
20 127K 45271 MOTOR-PH (P604) 53C7
21 962K 20440 HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 (P603-J100, J101, J102, J202, J203) 53C8
22 121K 32310 CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (P202) *
1
5312
23 110E 93440 SWITCH-PH DOOR (P100) 53D1
24 007K 89461 DRIVE ASSY-PH 53D2
25 802E 64882 COVER-HARNESS 53D3
5.3 Parts List
PL 6.1 Transfer
Leg_Sec005_005EA
3
5
32
11
11
10
12
14
13
14
18
17
20
21
24 23
22
25
26
25
29
30
31
16
19
28
9
8
11
4
2
1 (with 2-6,32)
15 (with 16-19)
27 (with 28)
7 (with 8-10)
11
6
*1: Periodic replacement parts
*2: Same part
1 054K 26690 CHUTE ASSY-FSR (with 2-6, 32) 53E1
2 -- HOUSING-CHUTE FSR 53E2
3 130E 87400 SENSOR FUSER IN (P111) 53E3
4 962K 20461 HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS (J111-P620) 53E4
5 -- CHUTE-FSR 53E5
6 107E 07100 DIODE FUSER 53E6
7 801K 15040 FRAME ASSY-2ND (with 8-10) 53E7
8 807E 01570 GEAR 27 53E8
9 -- SHAFT-CENT 2ND 53E9
10 -- FRAME ASSY BTR 53F1
11 -- BEARING-BRUSH CAM 53F2
12 022K 67480 2ND BTR ASSY *
1
53F3
13 088K 91640 CAM ASSY-2ND 53F4
14 -- BEARING 53F5
15 802K 65280 COVER ASSY-RR 2ND (with 16-19) 53F6
16 962K 24590 HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SW (J113-P621) 53F7
17 -- BRACKET-SWITCH 2ND 53F8
18 110E 93440 SWITCH 2BTR COVER (P113) 53F9
19 -- COVER-RR 2ND 53G1
20 130K 66863 SENSOR ASSY ADC (P431) 53G2
21 019E 58404 HOLDER-ADC 2ND 53G3
22 930W 00113 SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (P112) *
2
53G4
23 -- BRACKET-SENSOR PHOTO 53G5
24 -- BUSH SADDLE ES-0505-2 53G6
25 -- SPRING-2ND 53G7
26 930W 00113 SENSOR IBT RETRACT (P107) *
2
53G8
27 015K 65210 PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY (with 28) 53G9
28 -- WIRE ASSY 2BTR (J505-T2) 53H1
29 008K 01890 CAM ASSY-IBT CL 53H2
30 962K 20471 HARNESS ASSY ADC (J418, J422-J112, J431, J620, J621) 53H3
31 -- BRACKET-SENSOR CLN 53H4
32 -- PLATE DIS 2ND 53H5
5.3 Parts List
PL 7.1 Xero
1
2
3
14
19
32
33
31
30
24
25
26
18
17
15
16
27
29
5 6
7
8
9
10
12
11
4 (with 5-12)
13 (with 14-19)
20 (with 24-26)
34
27
Leg_Sec005_006EB
*1 : Consumables
1 -- IBT ASSY *
1
4200
2 130E 87341 SENSOR TR-0 (P108) 44B1
3 -- PLATE-TR-0 44B2
4 032K 97090 GUIDE CRU ASSY D (with 5-12) 44B3
5 -- SPRING-TORSION D 44B4
6 -- LATCH ASSY D 44B5
7 -- ARM-COUPLING 44B6
8 -- SPRING-TORSION ARM 44B7
9 -- LINK-COUPLING 44B8
10 -- ANTENNA ASSY (P109) 44B9
11 -- HOUSING-GUIDE D 44C1
12 962K 20451 HARNESS-ASSY XERO (J416-J108, J109) 44C2
13 032K 97100 GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (with 14-19) 44C3
14 -- HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD 44C4
15 011E 15922 LEVER-LATCH PR 44C5
16 021E 98920 CAP-PLATE PR 44C6
17 -- PLATE-ASSY PR 44C7
18 -- SPRING-TORSION AD 44C8
19 -- LATCH ASSY AD 44C9
20 011K 97471 BCR CLN XERO ASSY (with 24-26) 44D1
21 -- -- 44D2
22 -- -- 44D3
23 -- -- 44D4
24 130E 88160 SENSOR TNER FULL (P126) 44D5
25 -- HARNESS-ASSY TNER FULL (J126-P617) 44D6
26 -- PLATE SOLENOID 44D7
27 032E 22491 GUIDE CRU 44D8
28 -- -- 44D9
29 -- SPRING-LATCH 44E1
30 117K 36030 WIRE ASSY IBT (J506-J513) 44E2
31 117K 36010 WIRE ASSY BTR (J504-J512) 44E3
32 117K 36050 WIRE ASSY BCR (J508-J514) 44E4
33 117K 36040 WIRE ASSY DTN (J507-T4) 44E5
34 -- PLATE-ASSY GND 44E6
5.3 Parts List
PL 8.1 ROS
1
3
Leg_Sec005_007EB
4
5
2 (with 4,5)
1 062K 15770 ROS ASSY (P601, P602) 1310
2 042K 92930 CLEANER ASSY (with 4, 5) 13B1
3 -- GUIDE-ROS CLN 13B2
4 -- ROD-CLEANER 13B3
5 042K 92880 CLEANER ASSY-BASE 13B4
5.3 Parts List
PL 9.1 DEVE (1/2)
1 (with 2-9)
10 (with 11-16)
9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
11
12
17
20
14
13
15
18
19
16
Leg_Sec005_008EB
*1: Same part
*2: Same part
1 003K 13589 LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (with 2-9) 40B1
2 -- SPRING LINK *
1
40B2
3 -- LINK LATCH 40B3
4 -- LEVER LATCH 40B4
5 -- SPRING STOPPER LATCH *
1
40B5
6 --
SPRING LATCH *
2
40B6
7 -- LATCH ROTARY 40B7
8 -- STOPPER LATCH 40B8
9 -- HOLDER LATCH ROTARY 40B9
10 142K 01856 ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (with 11-16) 40C1
11 -- HOLDER ANTENNA CTRG 40C2
12 -- ANTENNA CTRG (P106) 40C3
13 -- SPRING LEVER *
2
40C4
14 -- LINK LEVER 40C5
15 011E 14793 LEVER CTRG SET 40C6
16 -- SPRING LEVER CTRG *
1
40C7
17 015K 63326 HOLDER ASSY-BIAS 40C8
18 930W 00113 SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI (P105) 40C9
19 -- BRACKET SENSOR 40D1
20 117K 35892 WIRE ASSY DEVE (J509-J510) 40D2
5.3 Parts List
PL 9.2 DEVE (2/2)
Leg_Sec005_009EB
1
2
3
4
5 (with 11)
6 (with 11)
7 (with 11)
8 (with 11)
9
10
10
11
11
11
11
10
13
10
12
12
13
*1: Consumables
1 -- TNR CRU K *
1
40E1
2 -- TNR CRU Y *
1
40E2
3 --
TNR CRU M *
1
40E3
4 --
TNR CRU C *
1
40E4
5 802K 75732 HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K (with 11) *
2
400K
6 802K 75702 HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y (with 11) *
2
400Y
7 802K 75712 HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M (with 11) *
2
400M
8 802K 75722 HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C (with 11) *
2
400C
9 810K 05954 FRAME ASSY-ROTARY 40F1
10 015K 63310 PIVOT ASSY 40F2
11 029E 32710 PIVOT AD 40F3
12 -- SHAFT ASSY-ROTARY 40F4
13 413W 10750 BEARING BALL 40F5
5.3 Parts List
PL 10.1 Fuser
1
2
3
6
Leg_Sec005_010EB
1
126K 19220 FUSER ASSY*1-FX
43AA 126K 19230 FUSER ASSY*1-AP 115V
126K 19240 FUSER ASSY*1-AP 220V
2
962K 24434 HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L (J614-J3, J417)-FX
43B1
962K 27444 HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L (J614-J3, J417)-AP 220V
3 -- BRACKET-RIZ 43B2
4 -- -- 43B3
5 -- -- 43B4
6 110K 12332 FUSER LOCK SWITCH (P128) 43B5
5.3 Parts List
PL 11.1 Drive
1
8
2
3
5
4
6
7
9
Leg_005_011EB
10
1 007K 89650 DRIVE ASSY BTR 30B1
2 007K 89802 DRIVE ASSY PRO (P411, P414) 30B2
3 127K 45281 MOT ASSY FSR (P404) 30B3
4 127K 45891 MOT ASSY MAG (P405, P406) 30B4
5 127K 38551 MOT ASSY ROT (P433) 30B5
6 127K 45770 MOT ASSY P/R (P200, P201) 30B6
7 127K 39681 MOT ASSY MICRO (P600) 30B7
8 -- BRACKET ASSY 2ND GEAR 30B8
9 807E 08260 GEAR 2ND 30B9
10 -- PLATE LEFT 30C1
5.3 Parts List
PL 12.1 ELEC (1/3)
1
12
12
11
13
10
9
13
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 1
14
2
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
15
7
6
2
8
4
14
1
1
1
1
Leg_Sec005_012EC
1 -- CLAMP MSB-1207 71B1
2 -- BUSH STB-19 71B2
3 -- CLAMP RLWT-1V0 71B3
4 -- BUSH-OPEN OLBT-13 71B4
5 -- -- 71B5
6 130K 87800 SENSOR HUM & TEMP (P104) 71B6
7 -- HOLDER SENSOR 71B7
8 -- BUSH STB-26 71B8
9 105K 21410 PWBA HVPS 7320
10 960K 07090 PWB ASSY ROT 71C1
11 960K 00860 PWBA CRUM 71C2
12 -- CLAMP WPC-21SP 71C3
13 -- CLAMP RLWT-3V0 71C4
14 -- BUSH STB-13 71C5
15 -- BUSH OLBT-19 71C6
5.3 Parts List
PL 12.2 ELEC (2/3)
10
12
13
14
14
Leg_005_013FA
2
3
4
6
7
8
1
5
9
1 960K 07530 PWBA MCU 7210
2 962K 20540 FFC-ASSY LV/MCU (P401-P500) 72B1
3
105K 21420 LV/HVPS-FX
7310
105K 21430 LV/HVPS-AP 220V
4
962K 22201 HARNESS ASSY AC (J2-J503)-FX
72B2
960K 27302 HARNESS ASSY AC (J2-J503)-AP 220V
5 962K 20530 FFC-ASSY ESS (P400-P70) 72B3
6 -- CHASSIS ESS 72B4
7
960K 07980 PWBA ESS-FX
7630
960K 08130 PWBA ESS-AP
8 -- OPTION MEMORY 72B5
9 960K 08150 NETWORK CARD 72B6
10 962K 19353
HARNESS ASSY MAIN (J403-J114, J200, J600/J407-J601/
J410-J1, J116, J117, J128, J201, J432, J502/J412-J429/J413-
J104, J105, J606, J617/J415-J106, J107, J430/J420-J607/
J421-J608/J501-J71/J515-J516/J602-J72)
72B7
11 -- -- 72B8
12
960K 07050 PWBA FUSER CONT-FX
72B9
960K 07060 PWBA FUSER CONT-AP 220V
13
117K 34750 POWER CODE-FX
72C1
117K 24270 POWER CODE-FXA, FXNZ
117K 24290 POWER CODE-FXCL
117K 24320 POWER CODE-FXP
117K 24280 POWER CODE-FXM, FXHK, FXS
117K 24310 POWER CODE-AG, THFX, ICO
14 -- CLAMP RLWT-3V0 72C2
5.3 Parts List
PL 12.3 ELEC (3/3)
Leg_Sec005_022EB
6
2
9
3
12
13
13
2
2
4
9
1
1
2 3
3
6
14
2
2
1
1
8
14
1
1
1
2
2
2
10
2
2
7
2 4
2
3
3
3
2
1 -- CLAMP MSB-1207 71E1
2 -- CLAMP LWS-03S 71E2
3 -- CLAMP RLWT-1V0 71E3
4 -- FLAT CLAMP FCR-30 71E4
5 -- -- 71E5
6 -- BUSH SADDLE ES-0510-2 71E6
7 -- BUSH SADDLE ES-0505-2 71E7
8 -- BUSH-OPEN OLBT-13 71E8
9 -- BUSH STB-19 71E9
10 -- BUSH STB-26 71F1
11 -- -- 71F2
12 -- CLAMP RLWT-1V0 71F3
13 -- CLAMP RLWT-4V0 71F4
14 -- BUSH STB-13 71F5
5.3 Parts List
PL 13.1 Duplex (1/4)
[Ref PL13.2.1]
[Ref PL13.3.1]
2
6
4
3
4
Leg_Sec005_014EB
1 (with 2-4, PL13.2-13.4)
*1: Products (Optional parts)
1 -- DUPLEX ASSY (with 2-4, PL13.2-13.4) *
1
52B1
2 802E 77630 COVER-R DUP 52B2
3 802E 77640 COVER-L DUP 52B3
4 826E 09123 SCREW THUMB 52B4
5 -- -- 52B5
6 -- COVER CONNECTOR 52B6
5.3 Parts List
PL 13.2 Duplex
5 (with 6-29)
22 (with 23-27,29)
1
2
3
4
7
8
9
10
11
13
14
15
6
16
17
18
19
20
21
23
6
29
29
23
24
25
26
27
28
Leg_Sec005_015EA
1 802E 78700 COVER-INV 52C1
2 012E 11920 LINK-LATCH 52C2
3 012E 13560 LINK-BUTTON 52C3
4 809E 55270 SPRING-LINK 52C4
5 059K 41240 INVERTER ASSY DUP (with 6-29) 5240
6 -- BEARING DUP 52C5
7 121K 32723 SOLENOID ASSY DUP (P611) 52C6
8 809E 51700 SPRING ACTUATOR 52C7
9 120E 22541 ACTUATOR INV 52C8
10 930W 00113 SENSOR UPPER PASS (P124) 52C9
11 -- BRACKET-SNS 52D1
12 -- -- 52D2
13 105E 12570 ELIMINATOR 52D3
14 -- FRAME-INV 52D4
15 807E 01580 GEAR 20/21H 52D5
16 807E 01220 GEAR 30 52D6
17 807E 01250 GEAR 36 52D7
18 127K 38981 MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (P612) 5251
19 -- BRACKET-MOTO INV 52D8
20 807E 01230 GEAR 48H 52D9
21 059K 32061 ROLLER ASSY INVERTER 52E1
22 054K 27731 CHUTE ASSY-INV LOW (with 23-27, 29) 52E2
23 022E 27500 ROLL PINCH DUP 52E3
24 -- SPRING-TORSION INV 52E4
25 -- CHUTE-INV LOW 52E5
26 -- PLATE-SUPPORT INV 52E6
27 -- COVER-SUPPORT INV 52E7
28 962K 20510 HARNESS-ASSY DUP 1 (J444-J122, J124, J611, J612) 52E8
29 022K 67770 ROLL ASSY PINCH DUP 52E9
5.3 Parts List
99 (with 14,15
,RING KL)
4
5
7
11
8
8
12
13
14
14
21
17
9
18
10
6
[Ref PL13.4]
5
6
15
19
23
22
25
26
27
25
15
1 (with 2-22,25-32,34,PL13.4)
16 (with 25-27)
20 (with 29-31)
24 (with 33)
99 (with 14,15,RING KL)
Leg_Sec005_016EB
28
29
30
30
31
32
32
33
33
2
3
34
1 059K 40669 TRANSPORT ASSY DUP (with 2-22, 25-32, 34, PL13.4) 52F1
2 -- SPRING LATCH 52F2
3 003E 60523 LATCH DUP R 52F3
4 -- SHAFT LATCH 52F4
5 809E 51690 SPRING BUTTON 52F5
6 003E 60560 BUTTON DUP 52F6
7 110E 93440 SWITCH-DUP DOOR (P122) 52F7
8 -- COVER REAR 52F8
9 120E 22541 ACTUATOR DUP 52F9
10 809E 51700 SPRING ACTUATOR 52G1
11 930W 00113 SENSOR LOW PASS (P123) 52G2
12 003E 60532 LATCH DUP L 52G3
13 -- SHAFT SUPPORT L 52G4
14 -- SUPPORT DUP 52G5
15 -- SCREW SUPPORT 52G6
16 003K 13741 HINGE ASSY L (with 25-27) 52G7
17 -- BEARING DUP 52G8
18 -- SHAFT DAMPER 52G9
19 -- SHAFT HINGE 52H1
20 003K 13732 HINGE ASSY R (with 29-31) 52H2
21 -- SHAFT SUPPORT R 52H3
22 962K 20522 HARNESS-ASSY DUP 2 (J443-J123, P607) 52H4
23 802E 78710 COVER LOW-DUP TRANS 52H5
24 802E 78720 COVER UP-DUP TRANS (with 33) 52H6
25 019E 58912 PAD DAMPER L 52H7
26 -- HINGE-L 52H8
27 -- BRACKET PAD L 52H9
28 -- HINGE-R 52J1
29 -- BRACKET ASSY R 52J2
30 019E 58922 PAD DAMPER R 52J3
31 -- BRACKET PAD R LOWER 52J4
32 849E 42431 PLATE MAGNET 52J5
33 121E 82660 MAGNET-CATCH 52J6
34 -- CORE 52J7
52J8
99 604K 20871 KIT SUPPORT DUP (with 14, 15, RING KL) 52J9
5.3 Parts List
1
2
3
17
2
3
3
2
2
3
4
5
5
5
5
10
6
7
7
8
8
9
11
12
12
13
14
15
15
16
7
7
Leg_Sec005_017EA
1 059K 32070 ROLLER ASSY DUP 52K1
2 -- ROLL PINCH DUP 52K2
3 -- SPRING PINCH 52K3
4 -- CHUTE DUP TRANS 52K4
5 -- BEARING DUP 52K5
6 807E 01220 GEAR 30 52K6
7 807E 01250 GEAR 36 52K7
8 807E 01240 GEAR 40/42 52K8
9 807E 01230 GEAR 48H 52K9
10 807E 01400 GEAR 30 OW 52L1
11 -- CLAMP LWS-03S 52L2
12 -- SUPPORT PWB 52L3
13 160K 98934 PWBA DUP-L 52L4
14 127K 38981 MOTOR ASSY DUP (P442) 52L5
15 -- CLAMP LWS-05S 52L6
16 -- BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS 52L7
17 059K 32080 ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT 52L8
5.3 Parts List
PL 14.1 500 Paper Cassette
4
5
7
7
8
9
10
12
11
10
14
13
6
8
2
3
1 (with 2-16)
Leg_Sec005_018EA
15
16
1
050K 52250 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (with 2-16)-FX
50M1
050K 52290 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (with 2-16)-AP
2 038K 88530 GUIDE END ASSY 50M2
3 -- PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 50M3
4 038K 88570 GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500 50M4
5 807E 02460 PINION 12 50M5
6 038K 88560 GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500 50M6
7 809E 60700 SPRING NF 50M7
8 -- PLATE ROLL STOPPER 500 50M8
9 003E 61031 LOCK LIFT R 50M9
10 059E 99150 ROLL LINK 50N1
11 -- CASSETTE 500 50N2
12 050E 93770 COVER FRONT CST 500 50N3
13 -- PAPER SLIDE 500 50N4
14 003E 61021 LOCK LIFT L 50N5
15 -- PLATE STOPPER R 50N6
16 -- PLATE STOPPER L 50N7
5.3 Parts List
5
4
5
6
7
6
8
9
8
3
2 (with 3-9)
1
10
11
12
12
[Ref PL14.3.1]
[Ref PL14.1.1]
Leg_Sec005_019EA
11
1 802E 77870 COVER LEFT 500 50P1
2 054K 28320 CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (with 3-9) 50P2
3 -- COVER-REAR 500 50P3
4 -- GUIDE REAR 50P4
5 -- MAGNET-CATCH 50P5
6 -- ROLL PINCH A 50P6
7 -- ROLL PINCH B 50P7
8 -- SPRING-PINCH A 50P8
9 -- SPRING-PINCH B 50P9
10 802E 77880 COVER RIGHT 500 50Q1
11 -- COVER JOINT HOLE 50Q2
12 -- LOCK MC TO FDR 50Q3
5.3 Parts List
9
10
11
12
13
14
2
3
4
5
5
5
8
1 (with 2-36, PL14.4)
7 (with 8-10)
23 (with 24-29)
24 (with 25)
29 (with 28)
5
6
6
15
15
16
17
18
13
19
20
20
26
27
28
33
20
25
21
20
22
21
[Ref PL14.4.1]
32
30
31
30
35
36
34
Leg_Sec005_020EA
1 -- FEEDER ASSY 500 (with 2-36, PL14.4) 50R1
2 962K 20500 HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN (J437-J121, J440, J609, J610, J618) 50R2
3 960K 01551 PWBA TRAY 500 50R3
4 960K 00881 PWBA MOT 50R4
5 -- CLAMP 50R5
6 -- CLAMP MSB-1207 50R6
7 007K 89090 DRIVE ASSY FEED (with 8-10) 50R7
8 121E 89991 SOLENOID FEED (P610) 50R8
9 127K 45281 MOTOR ASSY FEEDER (P446) 50R9
10 007K 89710 GEAR ASSY DRIVE 50S1
11 807E 02490 GEAR FEED 50S2
12 121K 35481 CLUTCH ASSY FEED (P609) 50S3
13 -- BEARING FEED 50S4
14 962K 20481 HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 (J435-P608) 50S5
15 -- SPRING EARTH FEEDER 50S6
16 059K 32953 ROLL ASSY TURN 500 50S7
17 -- BUSH SADDLE ES-0510-2 50S8
18 110E 93440 SWITCH FEEDER DOOR (P121) 50S9
19 -- FRAME ASSY FEEDER 50T1
20 017E 97172 FOOT FEEDER 50T2
21 014E 45421 BLOCK CST 50T3
22 962K 20490 HARNESS-ASSY FEED2 (J436-J4358) 50T4
23 019K 07160 CHUTE ASSY 500 (with 24-29) 50T5
24 019K 06831 HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (with 25) 50T6
25 -- SPRING RETARD 50T7
26 604K 22640 FILM ASSY FDR 50T8
27 -- CHUTE 500 50T9
28 -- SPRING LEVER 500 50V1
29 011K 97800 LEVER 500 (with 28) 50V2
30 -- SPG LOCK CST LL 50V3
31 -- STOPPER CST R 50V4
32 003E 61381 GUIDE CST R 50V5
33 -- CAP FEEDER 50V6
34 003E 61371 GUIDE CST L 50V7
35 -- STOPPER CST L 50V8
36 -- BRACKET MAG R 50V9
5.3 Parts List
1 (with 2-15)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
10
9
12
14
15
13
Leg_Sec005_021EB
PL 14.4 500 Paper Feeder (3/3) (List)
*1: Same part
1 802K 60380 HOUSHING ASSY FEED (with 2-15) 50W1
2 -- HOUSING FEED 50W2
3 930W 00113 SENSOR NO PAPER (P119) *
1
50W3
4 120E 13230 ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST 50W4
5 809E 55940 SPRING ACTUATOR 50W5
6 120E 23753 ACTUATOR T/R 50W6
7 930W 00113 SENSOR T/R (P120) *
1
50W7
8 -- BRACKET FEED 50W8
9 -- BEARING SLEEVE 50W9
10 -- ROLL SUPPORT 500 50X1
11 059K 32940 ROLL ASSY FEED 500 50X2
12 -- SHAFT FEED 50X3
13 -- COVER FEED 50X4
14 962K 23810 HARNESS ASSY FEED 3 (P618-J119, J120) 50X5
15 021E 98981 CAP ACTUATOR 50X6
5.4 Adjustment/Consumables Area Codes
5.4 Adjustment/Consumables Area Codes
Mechanical Adjustment Area Code
Contact Arc 4344
Electrical Adjustment Area Code
Side Regi Adjustment (250) 7715
Side Regi Adjustment (500) 7716
Side Regi Adjustment (MSI) 7712
MSI Guide Correction 7718
ROS Writing Timing Adjustment 771D
ROS Border Erase Adjustment 771E
MSI Trail Edge Border Deletion Adjustment 771F
NVM Initialization ALL 7000
NVM Initialization UI 7040
NVM Initialization SYS IOT 7041
TOOL S Initial Setting 772E
Preset R/E Change 772F
Buzzer Level 772G
Other NVM Change 772H
Other Diag Adjustments 772J
Software Area Code
Reinstallation/ Initialization (OFF/ON included) 7060
OS 7010
Firmware 7020
Application 7030
Device Driver 7070
Patch Software 7050
Others 70B1
Paper Area Code
JD Paper 57B1
J paper 5711
Plain Paper (XEROX Paper) 57B2
Plain Paper (Non-standard) 57B3
Recycled Paper (XEROX Paper) 5712
Recycled Paper (Non-standard) 57B4
Transparency (Standard) 5713
Transparency (Non-standard) 57B5
Application Paper 57B6
Tracing Paper 5714
Postcard 57B7
Opaque Film 57B8
Heavyweight 57B9
Tack Film 57BB
Envelope 57BC
Use Environment Area Code
Corrective Action Failure (Within User Guide) 9051
Corrective Action Failure (Out of User Guide) 9052
Operation Failure (Within User Guide) 9053
Operation Failure (Out of User Guide) 9054
No recurrence during visit 8888
No recurrence after Power OFF/ON (Recurs during visit) 8889
No corresponding codes (Recurs during visit) 888C
Disturbance from surrounding machines 9040
Chapter 6 General
Chapter 6 General
Table of Contents
6-1
Table of Contents
6.1 Specifications............................................................................................................ 6-4
6.1.1 Device Name/P Code/XJ Code/Product Code ....................................................................... 6-4
6.1.2 Dimensions and Weight.......................................................................................................... 6-4
6.1.3 Installation Space ................................................................................................................... 6-4
6.1.4 Printer System Configuration.................................................................................................. 6-5
6.1.4.1 Printer Overview ........................................................................................................... 6-5
6.1.4.2 IOT Functions Overview ............................................................................................... 6-6
6.1.4.3 Standard ESS Configuration ........................................................................................ 6-6
6.1.5 Optional List............................................................................................................................ 6-7
6.1.6 Engine Specifications ............................................................................................................. 6-8
6.1.6.1 Print Speed ................................................................................................................... 6-8
6.1.6.2 FPOT ............................................................................................................................ 6-9
6.1.6.3 Warm Up Time ............................................................................................................. 6-9
6.1.6.4 Resolution .................................................................................................................... 6-9
6.1.7 Paper Handling..................................................................................................................... 6-10
6.1.7.1 Paper Source ............................................................................................................. 6-10
6.1.7.2 Paper Output .............................................................................................................. 6-11
6.1.7.3 Duplex ........................................................................................................................ 6-11
6.1.7.4 Other Paper Handling ................................................................................................. 6-11
6.1.7.5 Auto Tray Switch ........................................................................................................ 6-11
6.1.7.6 Load While Run .......................................................................................................... 6-12
6.1.7.7 Loading Envelopes ..................................................................................................... 6-12
6.1.7.8 Summary of Restrictive Conditions ............................................................................ 6-12
6.1.8 Controller Specifications....................................................................................................... 6-15
6.1.8.1 External Interface ....................................................................................................... 6-15
6.1.8.2 Network Protocol ........................................................................................................ 6-16
6.1.8.3 Decomposer ............................................................................................................... 6-18
6.1.8.4 Job Control Function .................................................................................................. 6-18
6.1.8.5 Log Function ............................................................................................................... 6-19
6.1.8.6 3rd Party Mode ........................................................................................................... 6-20
6.1.8.7 Maintenance ............................................................................................................... 6-20
6.1.8.8 Power Saver ............................................................................................................... 6-21
6.1.8.9 Utility Print .................................................................................................................. 6-22
6.1.8.10 EWS ........................................................................................................................... 6-23
6.1.8.11 Status Messenger ...................................................................................................... 6-23
6.1.8.12 Multilingual Support .................................................................................................... 6-23
6.1.9 Software Specifications ........................................................................................................ 6-24
6.1.9.1 Firmware Update tool ................................................................................................. 6-24
6.1.9.2 Client Hardware .......................................................................................................... 6-24
6.1.9.3 Client OS .................................................................................................................... 6-24
6.1.9.4 Other Network OS ...................................................................................................... 6-25
6.1.9.5 Utility Software Support .............................................................................................. 6-25
6.1.9.6 3rd Party Software Support ........................................................................................ 6-25
6.1.10 Performance......................................................................................................................... 6-26
6.1.10.1 Print Speed ................................................................................................................. 6-26
6.1.11 Electrical Properties.............................................................................................................. 6-28
6.1.11.1 Power Supply Operating Voltage/Frequency ............................................................. 6-28
6.1.11.2 Power Consumption ................................................................................................... 6-28
6.1.12 Noise .................................................................................................................................... 6-28
6.1.12.1 Single Unit .................................................................................................................. 6-28
6.1.12.2 Full System ................................................................................................................. 6-28
6.2 Tools and Service Consumables ............................................................................ 6-29
6.3 Consumables.......................................................................................................... 6-29
6.4 Periodic Replacement Parts ................................................................................... 6-29
Chapter 6 General
Table of Contents
6-2
6.5 Installing the Printer ................................................................................................ 6-30
6.5.1 Checking the Package Contents, Unpacking the Printer...................................................... 6-30
6.5.2 Installing the Optional Accessories....................................................................................... 6-31
6.5.2.1 Installing the Additional Memory ................................................................................ 6-31
6.5.2.2 Installing the Network Expansion Card ...................................................................... 6-32
6.5.3 Connecting the Power Cord to Switch On the Printer .......................................................... 6-33
6.5.4 Installing the Toner Cartridge ............................................................................................... 6-34
6.5.5 Installing the Drum Cartridge................................................................................................ 6-36
6.5.6 Connecting the Interface Cable............................................................................................ 6-37
6.5.7 Loading Paper ...................................................................................................................... 6-38
6.5.7.1 Loading Paper in the Bypass Tray ............................................................................. 6-38
6.5.7.2 Loading Paper in Paper Trays (Optional) ................................................................... 6-39
6.5.7.3 Using the Extension Output Tray ............................................................................... 6-40
6.5.8 Printing Reports/Lists ........................................................................................................... 6-40
6.5.8.1 Printing Example ........................................................................................................ 6-41
6.6 Setting the Printer Environment .............................................................................. 6-42
6.6.1 Supported Environment ........................................................................................................ 6-42
6.6.1.1 Supported OS and Environment ................................................................................ 6-42
6.6.2 Setting IP Address................................................................................................................ 6-43
6.6.2.1 Setting IP Address ...................................................................................................... 6-44
6.6.2.2 Setting Subnet Mask/Gateway Address ..................................................................... 6-44
6.6.3 Setting Printer Configurations via CentreWare Internet Services......................................... 6-45
6.6.3.1 Items that can be set on CentreWare Internet Services ............................................. 6-46
6.6.3.2 Using Online Help ...................................................................................................... 6-46
6.6.4 Installing the Print Driver. ..................................................................................................... 6-47
6.6.4.1 Installing the SimpleMonitor ....................................................................................... 6-47
6.6.4.2 Setting Configuration of Optional Accessories and Paper ......................................... 6-47
6.6.4.3 Uninstalling the Print Driver ........................................................................................ 6-47
6.7 Software Related Information ................................................................................. 6-48
6.7.1 List of Menu Items on the Control Panel .............................................................................. 6-48
Chapter 6 General
Table of Contents
6-3
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-4
6.1 Specifications
6.1.1 Device Name/P Code/XJ Code/Product Code
6.1.2 Dimensions and Weight
*1: Excluding consumables
6.1.3 Installation Space
For normal connection and operation of the machine, there should be sufficient space around the
print engine during installation as shown in the figure below.
Device Name P Code XJ Code Product Code
DocuPrint C525 A (110V) P-726 XJ-NFK TL300328
DocuPrint C525 A (220V) P-726 XJ-NFL TL300329
Width (mm) Depth (mm) Height (mm) Weight (kg)
425 422 434 24.5 and below *
346
400
(424)
(with A4 Cassette
slid out)
100 (420)
850 (250FDR +500FDR)
251
300
ROS Cleaning
Bar
operating area
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-5
6.1.4 Printer System Configuration
6.1.4.1 Printer Overview
(1) Host Computer
Different computers may be connected to DocuPrint C525 A as a host computer. Point-to-point
and network connections may be achieved at the same time.
(2) ESS
ESS interprets the print information (control code data, character code data, graphics data,
image data etc.) sent from the host computer, converts it into video data and transfers it to the
IOT.
(3) IOT
Video data received from the ESS is printed on paper. Printing speed is 25 ppm for B/W copies
and 5 ppm for color copies. Laser Xerographic method with a resolution of 600dpi for A4 paper is
adopted.
Host
Computer
ESS
Control
Panel
IOT
Power
AC
Network
IEEE1284
or USB 2.0
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-6
6.1.4.2 IOT Functions Overview
6.1.4.3 Standard ESS Configuration
Configuration Details
Recorder Color 5 ppm, B/W 25 ppm, A4, 600dpi
4-Cycle System using Intermediate Transfer Belt
Chemical Toner, 2-element (Carrier and Toner) Trickle Development
Consumables Black Toner Cartridge
Yellow Toner Cartridge
Magenta Toner Cartridge
Cyan Toner Cartridge
Drum/IBT Cartridge (with Waste Toner Bottle)
Paper Source Standard: MSI (200 sheets)
Optional: The following options may be added
- (1) 250 Sheet Feeder
- (2) 500 Sheet Feeder
Only the following 3 combinations are possible:
Main Unit+(1), Main Unit+(2), Main Unit+(1)+(2)
Duplex Optional: Duplex Unit
Paper Output Center Output Tray (250 sheets, Face Down)
Control Panel - LCD: 16 digits x 2 rows with white back light
- 8 buttons
- 3 LEDs: [Ready], [Error], [Power Saver]
Item Details
CPU RM5231A/300MHz
Memory RAM: Standard 64MB, Maximum+512MB
144pin empty SO-DIMM slot
ROM: 8MB (for Program)
HDD: Not included
Optional: Additional RAM (128/256/512MB)
External Interface IEEE1284 USB2.0: High Speed capable, TypeB Connector
Ethernet: 10Base-T/100Base-TX (TCP/IP (standard))
Network Expansion Card (optional)
Expansion Slot: Yes
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-7
6.1.5 Optional List
The serial number of the main unit is stored as electronic information in the printer,
but the serial numbers of the optional parts are not stored.
Optional Product Product Code/
Model
Serial No.
Management
Remarks
250 Sheet Feeder EL300459 Yes Cassette included (x1)
500 Sheet Feeder EL300460 Yes Cassette included (x1)
Duplex Unit EL300461 Yes
Expansion Memory (128MB) E3300053 No
Expansion Memory (256MB) E3300061 No
Expansion Memory (512MB) EL300452 No
Network Expansion Card EL300462 Yes
USB Cable - No USB 2.0 compatible
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-8
6.1.6 Engine Specifications
6.1.6.1 Print Speed
The values above do not include ProCon.
Paper Type Paper Size Output Color Print Speed
Plain and Bond
(60-105gsm)
Letter Mono 25ppm and above
Letter Color 5ppm and above
A4 Mono 25ppm and above
A4 Color 5ppm and above
A5 Color 5ppm and above
Legal-14 Mono 20ppm and above
Legal-14 Color 2.3ppm and above
Heavyweight 1
(106-163gsm)
Letter Color 2.3ppm and above
A4 Color 2.3ppm and above
Heavyweight 2
(164-216gsm)
Transparency Letter Mono 4ppm and above
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-9
6.1.6.2 FPOT
Shows the FPOT (First Print Output Time) from the time when the engine receives a command from
the Controller to print.
The conditions at this time are as follows:
The Controller does not make the engine wait
The engine is in Standby mode (ROS Motor Off, Fuser Ready)
Paper used is A4 SEF
ProCon is excluded
The FPOT value is rounded off to the nearest 2 decimal places.
6.1.6.3 Warm Up Time
When a nominal voltage (100V, 200V) is applied, the engine goes into Standby mode within 37
seconds after the power is turned ON.
6.1.6.4 Resolution
Engine resolution is 600 x 600dpi multi-value (5bit/pixel).
Output Color Paper Source FPOT (sec)
Mono MSI 8 sec or less
Optional 250 Sheet Feeder 8 sec or less
Color MSI 17 sec or less
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-10
6.1.7 Paper Handling
6.1.7.1 Paper Source
The standard bypass tray is a standard equipment, while (1) the 250 Sheet Feeder
and (2) 500 Sheet Feeder can be added optionally. The possible combinations are as follows:
Main Unit+(1), Main Unit+(2), Main Unit+(1)+(2)
Restrictions
Do not place the 250 Sheet Feeder beneath the 500 Sheet Feeder
Do not add two 250 Sheet Feeders
Do not add two 500 Sheet Feeders
The machine is equipped with a mechanism to detect the addition of the 250 and 500 Sheet
Feeders (when the user makes a mistake during tray installation, the printer displays an error
message and does not receive print commands).
1) Standard Bypass Tray
Comes standard with a Bypass Tray.
Refer to 6.1.7.8 Summary of Restrictive Conditions for restrictions on drivers.
2) 250 Sheet Feeder
Optional 250 Sheet Feeder can be installed.
3) 500 Sheet Feeder
Optional 500 Sheet Feeder can be installed.
Paper Size
A4, B5, A5, Letter, Executive, Legal-13/14
Postcard, Youkei 2, Youkei 3, Choukei 3
com-10, Monarch, DL, C5
Non-standard: Width 90mm-215.9mm, Length 139.7mm-355.6mm
Paper Type
Plain (JPN)/Plain (US/EU)/Bond/Heavyweight 1/Heavyweight 2/Coated 1
Coated 2/Coated 3/Transparency/Labels (JPN)/Labels (US/EU)/Envelope/
Postcard
Paper Weight 60gsm-216gsm
Quantity 200 sheets or more for standard paper
Sensor Paper Availability: Yes, Paper Size: No, Remaining Paper Amount: No
Paper Size A4, B5, A5, Letter, Executive. No non-standard sizes.
Paper Type Plain (JPN)/Plain (US/EU)/Bond/Coated
Sensor
Paper Availability: Yes, Paper Size: No, Remaining Paper Amount: No, Pull-out
sensor: No
Paper Size A4, Letter. No non-standard sizes.
Paper Type Plain (JPN)/Plain (US/EU)/Bond/Coated 1
Sensor
Paper Availability: Yes, Paper Size: No, Remaining Paper Amount: No, Pull-out
sensor: No
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-11
6.1.7.2 Paper Output
1) Sensor Tray
Uses the output tray at the center on top of the printer Main Unit.
6.1.7.3 Duplex
1) Duplex Unit
The specifications for Duplex Unit is shown below.
6.1.7.4 Other Paper Handling
1) Paper Size/Paper Type settings for each tray from the Control Panel
As the Bypass Tray, 250 Sheet Feeder and 500 Sheet Feeder do not auto detect the paper size/
paper type, the paper size and paper type can be set for each tray from the Control Panel of the
printer.
When paper is loaded in the Bypass Tray, the 250 Sheet Feeder cassette or the 500 Sheet Feeder
cassette, a message will appear on the Control Panel to bring about the operation for the
corresponding paper type and size set in the relevant tray. The previous settings for paper size and
paper type would be considered first so that changes to the settings for the operation procedure will
be minimal.
There is, however, a mode where the message is not sent to the Control Panel.
2) Function for changing the Postcard paper type in the the printer main unit
Postcard paper type will automatically be chosen if a Postcard type that is not supported is specified
from an AP (MS Word etc) without setting in the printer driver.
Postcard paper type will automatically be chosen when Postcard size is specified for a print job by
specifying an unsupported paper type for Postcard size in the Control Panel.
3) Exception in handling when Postcard or Envelope is specified as the paper size from a driver
When Postcard or Envelope is selected as the output paper size for the Bypass Tray, a warning will
be displayed to the user, afterwhich the paper type will be changed to Postcard or Envelope.
However, the user can reset the paper type.
6.1.7.5 Auto Tray Switch
If paper runs out during a print job specified as Auto feed by the user and paper of the same size
and type is available in another tray, the printer will automatically switch to that tray and continue
printing.
* When the optional tray modules are installed
Paper Size All paper sizes that can be fed
Paper Type All paper sizes that can be fed
Quantity 250 sheets or more (X-Pression Letter/C2 A4 SEF)
Sensor Full Stack: No
Duplex Paper
Size
A4, B5, Letter, Executive, Legal-13/14 (Not applicable to non-standard sizes)
Duplex Paper
Type
Plain (JPN)/Plain (US/EU)/Bond/Coated 1
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-12
6.1.7.6 Load While Run
The machine will continue printing when a tray not in use is pulled out. Therefore, the user can load
paper in other trays during printing. (Enables Load While Run from the downstream tray module
even when the upstream cassette has been removed.)
* When the optional tray modules are installed
6.1.7.7 Loading Envelopes
The standard of loading is to open the flap and place the envelope in the MSI such that the flap is at
the back in the feeding direction (the printing side facing up). However, if the width exceeds the
possible feeding size for the above method, close the flap and do a SEF print. The combinations are
as follows:
Youkei 2, Youkei 3 LEF Flap open Choukei 3, C5 SEF Flap open
C5 SEF Flap open Monarch, DL SEF Flap closed, LEF Flap open
6.1.7.8 Summary of Restrictive Conditions
The Restrictive Conditions relevant to Paper Handling are summarized in the following table.
1) Paper Size Restrictions

Selected Paper Size Standard
Bypass Tray
250 Sheet
Feeder
500 Sheet
Feeder
Duplex
Unit
Sensor
Tray
A5 SEF O O X X O
B5 SEF O O X O O
A4 SEF O O O O O
Letter SEF O O O O O
Legal-13 SEF O X X O O
Legal-14 SEF O X X O O
Executive SEF O O X O O
Postcard SEF O X X X O
Youkei 2 LEF O X X X O
Youkei 3 LEF O X X X O
Choukei 3 SEF O X X X O
Com-10 SEF O X X X O
Monarch LEF/SEF O X X X O
C5 SEF O X X X O
DL LEF/SEF O X X X O
Custom Paper O X X X O
O: OK X: NG
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-13
2) Paper Type Restrictions
Driver Selected
Paper Type
Standard
Bypass Tray
250 Sheet
Feeder
500 Sheet
Feeder
Duplex
Unit
Sensor
Tray
Plain O O O O O
Plain (Side 2) O X X X O
Bond O O O O O
Bond (Side 2) O X X X O
Transparency O X X X O
Heavyweight 1 O X X X O
Heavyweight 1
(Side 2)
O X X X O
Heavyweight 2 O X X X O
Heavyweight 2
(Side 2)
O X X X O
Labels O X X X O
Coated 1 O O O O O
Coated 1 (Side 2) O X X X O
Coated 2 O X X X O
Coated 3 O X X X O
Postcard O X X X O
Postcard (Side 2) O X X X O
Envelope O X X X O
O: OK X: NG
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-14
When Postcard or Envelope is selected as the output paper size for the Bypass Tray, a warning will
be displayed to the user, afterwhich the paper type will be changed to Postcard or Envelope.
However, the user can reset the paper type.
3) Size-Type Restrictions
Driver Selected
Paper Type
Envelope Size Postcard
Plain X X
Plain (Side 2) X X
Bond X X
Bond (Side 2) X X
Transparency X X
Heavyweight 1 O O
Heavyweight 1
(Side 2)
O O
Heavyweight 2 O O
Heavyweight 2
(Side 2)
O O
Labels X X
Coated 1 X X
Coated 1 (Side 2) X X
Coated 2 O O
Coated 2 (Side 2) O O
Coated 3 O O
Coated 3 (Side 2) O O
Postcard X V
Postcard (Side 2) X O
Envelope V X
V: Default O: OK X: NG
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-15
6.1.8 Controller Specifications
6.1.8.1 External Interface
1) USB
*1: Pre-requisite is that the patch provided by MS is applicable to Win98 (Not required for Win98SE)
2) IEEE1284
3) Ethernet

Item Specifications
Connector Type B x1
Protocol Compliance with USB 2.0. High Speed capable
Support Client
Windows98
*1
/Me/2000/XP/2003 Server, USB standard device
Mac OS X, USB standard device
Item Specifications
Connector Centronics 36pin x1
Protocol Standard/nibble/ECP
Support Client Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/2003 Server, standard device
Item Specifications
Connection 10Base-T/100Base-TX
Protocol Refer to 6.1.8.2 Network Protocol for details
Support Client Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/2003 Server, standard device
Mac OS X, standard device
Linux
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-16
6.1.8.2 Network Protocol
1) Printing Protocol
The Printing Protocol is shown below.
*1: Optional Network Expansion Card required.
*2: Maximum no. of sessions is defined as the number of commands that can be received at the
same time.
*3: NetWare 6.5 is applicable to SP1.1 or later.
Protocol Transport Maximum No. of
Sessions*
2
Support Client
LPD TCP/IP 1 Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/
2003 Server
Linux
Windows98 and ME are supported
by DPU
Port9100 TCP/IP 1 Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/
2003 Server
Windows98 and ME are supported
by DPU
IPP *
1
TCP/IP 5 WinMe/2000/XP/2003 Server
SMB*
1
TCP/IP 5 Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/
2003 Server
NetBEUI 5 Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000
NetWare
(Pserver)*
1
NCP/IPX 1 NetWare 3.12, 3.2 (NDS not
supported NetWare 4.1, 4.11, 4.2,
5, 6, 6.5
*3
ftp TCP/IP 1 Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/
2003 Server Linux
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-17
2) Other Protocol
*1: Optional Network Expansion Card required.
Protocol Transport Support
SNMP TCP/IP [Supported MIB]
MIB-II (RFC1213)
HostResources MIB (RFC1514)
Printer MIB (RFC1759)
XCMI2.4
IPX*
1
http (EWS) TCP/IP [Client]
(Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP)
Netscape Communicator 7.x or later
Internet Explorer 6.0 or later
Mac OS X 10.3 or later
SAFARI 1.0 or later
DHCP TCP/IP [Supported OS] DHCP Server
Windows NT4.0 Server/2000 Server/2003 Server,
Linux
bootp
TCP/IP [Supported OS] Server
Windows NT4.0 Server/2000 Server/2003 Server,
Linux
rarp TCP/IP [Supported OS]
Unix
AutoIP TCP/IP
WINS*
1
TCP/IP [Supported OS]
Windows NT4.0 Server/2000 Server/2003 Server
SMTP TCP/IP Status Messenger
ftp TCP/IP FirmWare Update
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-18
6.1.8.3 Decomposer
1) PDL
The PDL functions are shown in the table below.
O: Supported
*: When MPC is installed
2) Font
Font 1 (Size 1) of Bitmap font is used for printing reports.
3) Image Area
6.1.8.4 Job Control Function
1) Canceling Printing
A job in progress can be canceled (aborted) from the Control Panel.
2) Job Recovery
When a paper jam causes a job to fail, the job will resume automatically when the jammed paper is
removed.
3) Job Timeout
When a pause occurs for a period of time (can be changed or indefinite) during a job transfer, the
data transferred halfway will be aborted as an error.
4) IP Filter
The IP Filter can be enabled or disable according to the IPs set. Up to 5 IPs can be set. However,
the IP Filter can only be used for LPD and Port9100.
Interface/Protocol HBPL
USB O
1284 O
LPD O
Port9100 O
IPP O*
SMB O*
NetWare (Pserver) O*
EtherTalk (A-PAP) -
ftp -
Sizes that can be
used
Maximum Size: 215.9mm x 355.6mm
Non-printable
conditions
Not printable within 4mm from all 4 edges
For DL: Not printable within 6.1mm from left/right edges and 4mm from top/
bottom edges
Printable Area Maximum Size: 207.9mm x 347.6mm
Image Quality
Guaranteed Area
Same as Printable Area
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-19
6.1.8.5 Log Function
1) Job Log Function
Keeps a job log up to a maximum of 22 items.
A log is printed at the user's command or printed automatically when the maximum number of log
files is reached.
Log details are as follows:
- Job Received Date/Time
- Input Interface (USB, LPD, etc.)
- Document Name (File Name) (Displays "." for 2byte)
- Output Color
- User Name/Host Name (Displays "." for 2byte)
- No. of Sheets (Color/B/W)
- No. of Pages (Color/B/W)
- Paper Size
- Result (Completed, Error, etc.)
2) Error Log Function
Keeps a maximum of 42 items each for Jam History and Fatal Error History
Log Print can be released from the Control Panel.
Log details are as follows:
Jam History
- Total PV when jam occured
- Name of Jam
Fatal Error History
- Total PV when error occured
- Error Code
3) Print Counter Function
Counts the number of completed prints (+1 for 1 Sided prints (including N-Up)) and +2 for 2 Sided
prints (including N-Up)). +1 if an error occurs during a 2 Sided print after one side has been printed.
Special Notes:
- Carries out data storage or data check (checksum etc.) in more than one address within the
same IC
- The IC can be moved and changed when the ESS is being replaced (the IC socket is mounted)
Counter Type Counter Details
Color Print Counter Counts the number of sheets for Color Print (7 digits)
B/W Print Counter Counts the number of sheets for B/W Print (7 digits)
Total Print Counter Counts the total number of sheets for Color Print and B/W Print
(7 digits)
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-20
6.1.8.6 3rd Party Mode
There is a mode to disable the NearEmpty Warning for toner cartridge so that a refillable toner
cartridge that has been refilled with toner after NearEmpty has occurred once can be used again.
This printer counts the time taken to dispense the toner. If the dispense time exceeds the regular
time taken, a NearEmpty Warning is given. Also, if toner concentration stops rising when printing is
continued, it is considered that the toner life has expired. As this dispense time is recorded in the
CRUM, the NearEmpty Warning will occur as usual if NearEmpty has occurred once on a refillable
toner cartridge and the refilled cartridge is installed again.
When this mode is set, the following are changed:
When this mode is displayed, NearEnd Warning does not appear.
Does not display the amount of remaining toner. (EWS, SimpleMonitor)
Although the ProCon frequency is increased in the NearEnd status to guarantee print, the
ProCon frequency is not increased in this mode.
For this reason, although refillable toners are used, the ProCon frequency is increased when the
toner is full to prevent problems such as toner spurting out.
However, as the data in the CRUM is not saved and the required ProCon frequency is low when
toner runs low, image quality guarantee is not applicable in this mode. In addition, the toners cannot
be set separately for each individual color in this mode.
* As toner Life End is detected by toner concentration, the machine is stopped in the same way as
in Normal mode.
* Only toner cartridges that can be used in Normal mode can be used in the 3rd Party Mode. For
example, if a NEC toner cartridge is installed in a FX printer, there will be an error and operation
does not start, as in a normal case.
* For the drum, there is no operation that is specific to the 3rd Party Mode.
* Unlike DocuPrint C2428, the life of the toner cartridge cannot be extended after toner Empty has
occurred once even by setting to 3rd Party Mode because the toner cartridge is considered
Empty in toner concentration. (Printing cannot be carried out unless the toner cartridge is
replaced and the toner concentration recovered.)
6.1.8.7 Maintenance
1) Firmware Update
User can update the ESS, NIC and MCU Firmware.
Update can be done from a Windows PC with the dedicated utility.
When the Firmware Update fails due to errors in rewriting, the update can be carried out using other
means. (via USB, 1284)
2) Diagnostic Function
There are 3 types of diagnostic functions as follows.
1) When power is connected, automatic diagnosis is carried out to check whether hardware such as
ROM, RAM and ASIC is operating normally.
2) Manual diagnosis from the Control Panel for test items such as Code ROM Test, EEPROM Test
and Control Panel Test can be carried out separately by specifying from the Control Panel.
Applies To Windows
via USB via 1284 via Network
ESS Yes Yes Yes
NIC Yes Yes Yes
MCU Yes Yes Yes
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-21
3) User Maintenance
- Transfer Voltage Adjustment
With improved response to environmental changes, the offset value of the 2nd transfer voltage can
be adjusted.
6.1.8.8 Power Saver
1) Power Saver Modes
The printer has 2 Power Saver modes to reduce power consumption when it is left idle. When no
print data is received for a period of time, the printer will enter the Power Saver mode.
The switch to Low Power mode cannot be prohibited. (Cannot be disabled)
The switch to Deep Sleep mode can be enabled or disabled.
* The function is the same when installing the optional Network Expansion Card.
2) Power Saver Mode Timer
The time between Standby mode and Low Power mode and the time between Lower Power mode
and Deep Sleep mode can be specified.
3) Resume from Power Saver mode
Printer returns to Normal mode when a print job is received or any button on the Control Panel is
pressed in Low Power mode.
Printer returns to Normal mode when a print job is received or the Power Saver button on the
Control Panel is pressed in Deep Sleep mode.
Paper Type Setting Range Default Remarks
Plain 0-15 5 Common for local/overseas
Bond 0-15 5
Heavyweight 1 0-15 5
Heavyweight 2 0-15 5
Coated 1 0-15 5
Coated 2 0-15 5
Coated 3 0-15 5
Postcard 0-15 5
Transparency 0-15 5
Label 0-15 5 Common for local/overseas
Envelope 0-15 5
Mode Power Saver Details Default
Low Power mode Fusing: Paused, Exposure: Paused, Recording:
Paused
Enabled only
Deep Sleep mode Fusing: Paused, Exposure: Paused, Recording:
Paused, etc.
Enabled
Mode Specifying Switch Time Default
Standby mode to Low
Power mode
Specify between 1-60min in increments of 1min 3min
Low Power mode to Deep
Sleep mode
Specify between 1-120min in increments of 1min 5min
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-22
6.1.8.9 Utility Print
1) Printer Settings
Printer Settings can be printed at user's command.
Prints B/W on A4 by selecting Auto Tray.
The content of Printer Settings is as follows:
[Title] Product Name (Log)
[General] Memory Capacity, ESS Version, IOT Version, Boot Version, Color Print Volume, Black
Print Volume, Total Print Volume, Default Paper Size, Default Plain, Default Label
[Network]
NIC Version, MAC Address, 10 or 100 base & half or full
TCP/IP: TCP/IP Settings (Panel or DHCP), IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway Address,
IP Filter (Off or On)
Other available protocol
[Printer Options]
Availability of Network Expansion Card (that version if available)
Shows the trays that can be used as Feeder Tray (Tray 1, Tray 2, MSI)
Availability of Duplex Unit
250 Sheet Feeder
500 Sheet Feeder
[Print Volume]
Print Volume by paper size
2) Printing the Panel Settings
User can print the settings set in the Control Panel (refer to Section 6.7 Software Related
Information). Prints B/W on A4 by selecting Auto Tray.
3) Printing the Job Log
Job Log can be printed instantly as specified by user or set to print automatically.
Prints B/W on A4 by selecting Auto Tray.
4) Printing the Error Log
User can print the content of the Error Log.
Prints the Paper Jam History and Fatal Error History in B/W on A4 by selecting Auto Tray.
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-23
6.1.8.10 EWS
The website in the main unit or the optional Network Expansion Card can be accessed in a general-
purpose web browser. UI corresponds to 7thGen under FX specifications.
Items include Printer Status display, Job History display, Network Parameter settings/display
functions.
6.1.8.11 Status Messenger
The printer has a function that sends a notification E-mail to the preset address to inform of any
phenomenon that has occurred. "Contact Person" and "Location" are also included in the E-mail.
Japanese and English only
The notification to be sent can be chosen from Warning/Caution/Others.
The printer status can also be acquired.
6.1.8.12 Multilingual Support
Multilingual support for each function is shown in the table below.
Function FX AP
Report/List English <-
Control Panel
Display
Japanese and
English (switch)
English
EWS Japanese and
English (switch)
English, TC, SC, K
Status Messenger Japanese and
English (switch)
English
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-24
6.1.9 Software Specifications
6.1.9.1 Firmware Update tool
This tool operates in a Windows environment.
This tool operates with USB, 1284 and Port9100.
Tool Name: FWDL tool
6.1.9.2 Client Hardware
6.1.9.3 Client OS
The Client OS supported for each software is shown in the table below.
Hardware Guaranteed Conditions Remarks
PC/AT Pentium II 400Hz or higher
Operation is guaranteed with Windows98, Me,
NT4.0, 2000, XP or 2003 Server.
This is not a guarantee
for performance.
Macintosh Operation is guaranteed with Mac OS X.
Software Supported Client OS
Driver - Windows 2000/XP/2003 Server
Post Launch
- Windows98/Me/NT4.0
- Mac OS X 10.3~
- Linux
Status Monitor - Windows 2000/XP/2003 Server
Post Launch
Installer (Win) - Windows 2000/XP/2003 Server
Post Launch
Installer (Mac) Post Launch
- Mac OS X 10.3~
Installer (Linux (RPM)) Post Launch
Linux
Firmware Update tool - Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/2003 Server)
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-25
6.1.9.4 Other Network OS
None
6.1.9.5 Utility Software Support
To be applicable to DocuHouse.
6.1.9.6 3rd Party Software Support
1) Cooperation with MetaFrame
- Applicable to PUMF
2) Cooperation with InterStage (Old SystemWalker)
- Not applicable.
3) Cooperation with Hitachi JP1
- Not applicable.
4) SAP R3 Device Type Application
- Not applicable.
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-26
6.1.10 Performance
6.1.10.1 Print Speed
1) PC Conditions/Print Driver Settings
When there is no special notice, the OS/application software will use the latest patch by default.
- PC Conditions
- Print Driver Settings
2) First Print Output Time (FPOT)
The table below shows the time from receiving a print command on the print driver to the time when
the print is output to the Output Tray. ProCon, however, is excluded.
IMPORTANT
This value is the average of 5 measurements excluding the highest and
lowest values, rounded off to the nearest 2 decimal places.
Item Conditions
PC PC/WinXP: Pentium 4/2.4GHz, 256MB
Connection Interface PC/WinXP: Ethernet (Sizeless LPR)/USB 2.0
OS WinXP
Application Software Win: MS-Office XP
Item Conditions
Driver Settings Win: Default
Printer Settings Default
OS Measurement
Chart
Paper Paper
Type
Paper
Source
Color FPOT
XP J6 A4 SEF Plain Bypass
Tray
Color sec or less
Tray
B/W 12sec or
less
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-27
3) Continuous print speed for different document modes.
The table below shows the continuous print speed for different documents. ProCon, however, is
excluded.
IMPORTANT
This value is the average of 5 measurements excluding the highest and
lowest values, rounded off to the nearest 2 decimal places.
REFERENCE
MS-Office 2000 Color 1 Sided 150sec or less; B/W 1 Sided 45sec or less
4) Warm Up Time
The Warm Up time of the whole printer including the controller is defined as the time from power ON
to when the printer is online (this is the state where printing from USB or IEEE1284 becomes
possible. Ping will be established for Ethernet after the IP address is fixed.
The Warm Up time is within 39sec. (This excludes the Color Regi Adjustment process)
OS Measurement
Chart
Paper Paper
Type
Paper
Source
Color 1 or 2
Sided
Average
Print Speed
Tray
Color 1 Sided 152sec or
less
Tray
B/W 1 Sided 48sec or less
Tray
Color 2 Sided 165sec or
less
Tray
B/W 2 Sided 65sec or less
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6-28
6.1.11 Electrical Properties
Follows the regional standards shown below.
6.1.11.1 Power Supply Operating Voltage/Frequency
6.1.11.2 Power Consumption
*1: During full option configuration
6.1.12 Noise
6.1.12.1 Single Unit
6.1.12.2 Full System
Item Specifications
Phase Two wire line single phase
Power Supply
AC100V10%, AC110-127V10%, AC220-240V10%
Frequency
50Hz3Hz / 60Hz3Hz
Current Capacity 100V system 8.5A and below, 120V system 7.0A and below, 200V
system 4.0A and below
Mode Power Consumption Remarks
100V 110V 220V
Low Power 17W and
below
17W and
below
20W and
below
Complies with
International Energy Star
Deep Sleep 7W and
below
7W and
below
9W and
below
Standby 60W and
below
60W and
below
72W and
below
Reference value
Color Continuous Print*
1
220W and
below
220W and
below
220W and
below
Reference value
B/W Continuous Print*
1
280W and
below
280W and
below
290W and
below
Reference value
Maximum rating value*
1
840W and
below
880W and
below
910W and
below
Power Level (B) Impulse Power Level (B)
Standby Noise (Standard: less than or
equal to 4.0)
Print Less than or equal to 6.33
(Standard: 6.30)
Less than or equal to 7.05
(Standard: 6.6)
Power Level (B) Impulse Power Level (B)
Standby Noise (Standard: less than or
equal to 4.0)
Print Less than or equal to 6.80
(Standard: 6.80)
Less than or equal to 7.66
(Standard: 7.1)
Chapter 6 General
6-29
Basic Tool
6.3 Consumables
*1: Conditions are Color: Mono=2:1, and Image Coverage=5% for each B(50)
*2: Conditions are Color: Mono=2:1, Image Coverage=5% for each, Run Length=2
6.4 Periodic Replacement Parts
*1: Conditions are Color: Mono=2:1, Image Coverage=5% for each, Run Length=2
*2: Replace the Fuser and the 2nd BTR at the same time (whichever needs to be replaced earlier)
*3: Replace Deve-K independently
*4: Replace Deve-Y, M and C at the same time (replace when whichever's life has expired)
Consumables Product Code
(Different
Destinations)
Life Remarks
Black Toner Cartridge
CT200649
4KPV
*1
CRUM equipped
Yellow Toner Cartridge
CT200652
4KPV
*1
CRUM equipped
Magenta Toner Cartridge
CT200651
4KPV
*1
CRUM equipped
Cyan Toner Cartridge
CT200650
4KPV
*1
CRUM equipped
Drum/IBT Cartridge (with Waste Toner Bottle)
CT350380
14KPV
*2
CRUM equipped
Periodic
Replacement Parts
Life
(Life Warning Interval)
Remarks
Fuser Unit
*2
100KPV
*1
(99KPV)
B (50), without CRUM
Deve ASSY K
*3
100KPV (99KPV)
Deve ASSY Y
*4
67KPV (66KPV)
Deve ASSY M
*4
67KPV (66KPV)
Deve ASSY C
*4
67KPV (66KPV) 1,650K MagRoll ON Time
2nd BTR ASSY
*2
100KPV
*1
(99KPV)
B (10), without CRUM; 2,475K MagRoll ON Time
Chapter 6 General
6-30
6.5.1 Checking the Package Contents, Unpacking the Printer
1) Check that all items in the packaging box are available.
NOTE
Retain the packaging material and box for future use if there is a possiblilty
that the printer will be moved over long distances.
- This printer
- Drum Cartridge
- 4x Toner Cartridge ([K]: 4K, [Y] [M] [C]: 1.5K)
- Power cord
- Setup and Quick Reference Guide
- CentreWare CD-ROM
- Control Panel Sheet
2) Remove the printer from its packaging material, and move it to its installation location. Ensure
that the installation location is equipped with the following conditions or conditions stated in "For
Installation & Relocation" (P. 8).
Temperature range 10 - 32 degrees Celsius, humidity range 15 - 85% (no condensation).
Humidity should be 70% or below at 32 degrees Celsius, and temperature should be at 28
degrees Celsius or below at 85% humidity.
Do not expose the machine to direct sunlight.
Do not expose the printer to the direct draft of an air-conditioner or heater.
NOTE
Sudden temperature fluctuations can affect print quality. Rapid heating of a
cold room or moving the printer from a location with low humidity/temperature
to high humidity/temperature can cause condensation inside the printer,
directly interfering with image transfer. When condensation occurs, refer to
"Problems With the Printer" (P. 37).
When you use the printer with the bypass tray opened, do not locate the
printer in direct sunlight. Doing so may cause a malfunction or unnatural
screen image.
3) When the printer is first taken out of the packaging box, the cover of the printer is taped.
Remove the tape.
4) Open the front cover and remove the spacer.
Then, close the front cover.
Chapter 6 General
6-31
6.5.2 Installing the Optional Accessories
If you have bought optional 250/500 Sheet Feeder or Duplex Unit, install them according to the
manual bundled with each of the optional accessory.
This section describes how to install the additional memory and network expansion card.
WARNING Never open or remove machine covers that are secured with screws
unless specifically instructed in the manual. A high voltage component
can cause electric shock.
Do not try to alter the machine configuration, or modify any parts. An
unauthorized modification can cause smoke or fire.
CAUTION Switch OFF the machine before connecting the interface cable or
optional product. Connecting the cable or optional product with a live
machine can cause electric shock.
6.5.2.1 Installing the Additional Memory
There are three types of additional memory for this printer, 128 MB, 256 MB and 512 MB. When an
additional memory is installed, the total memory capacity becomes 192/320/576 MB respectively.
IMPORTANT
Do not touch the terminal area of the addition memory.
Do not bend or damage the additional memory.
Be sure to touch a metal surface to eliminate static electricity before touching
the additional memory with your bare hands.
To add more memory when the printer is in use, you need to configure the
memory capacity in the print driver. For details, refer to the Online Help for
the print driver.
1) Pull the cover on the left side of the printer forward by hooking your finger on the notch to
remove the cover.
2) Hold the additional memory so the notch is aligned with the protrusion on the slot, and insert the
additional memory into the slot firmly.
NOTE
Insert the additional memory firmly by pushing it from the top.
When you install a network expansion card, skip the next step and proceed to Step 2 in the next
section.
3) Reattach the cover on the left side of the printer to the printer.
Chapter 6 General
6-32
6.5.2.2 Installing the Network Expansion Card
1) Pull the cover on the left side of the printer forward by hooking your finger on the notch to
remove the cover.
2) Hold the network expansion card so its connector is toward the connector of the printer, and
insert the connector into the slot on the left side of the printer.
NOTE
Insert the network expansion card firmly by pushing it from the top.
3) Tighten the two screws supplied with the network expansion card on the back side of the
printer.
4) Reattach the cover on the left side of the printer to the printer.
Chapter 6 General
6-33
6.5.3 Connecting the Power Cord to Switch On the Printer
You can load the paper or install the Toner Cartridge and Drum Cartridge into this printer while the
printer is switched on.
When connecting the power cord, keep in mind the warning and caution items stated in "For Power
& Earth Connection" (P. 9).
1) Connect the power cord to the power cord connector at the back of the printer.
2) Connect the other end of the power cord to the power outlet.
3) Press the power switch of the printer to the [ | ] position.
The Toner Cartridge carrier rotates and then stops.
The "Load Black Cartridge" message is displayed on the Control Panel.
Chapter 6 General
6-34
6.5.4 Installing the Toner Cartridge
WARNING Never throw a toner cartridge into an open flame. It can cause an
explosion and you can get burnt.
IMPORTANT
Although the toner is not harmful to your body, wash it off immediately if your
hands or clothes are stained with it.
1) After confirming the "Load XXXX (the color of the toner) Cartridge" message on the Control
Panel, open the front cover.
2) Hold the tape and gently pull it forward to remove the protective cover.
IMPORTANT
The protective cover is attached to each toner cartridge slot at the factory.
You only have to remove the cover from each toner cartridge slot the first
time that you install the toner.
3) Take the Toner Cartridge out of the box, and gently shake it several times as shown in the
diagram to distribute the toner evenly.
Chapter 6 General
6-35
4) Remove the top part of the seal from the Toner Cartridge and pull the seal straight off, keeping
it parallel with the Toner Cartridge.
IMPORTANT
When pulling out the seal, pull it out horizontally. The tape might break if it is
pulled out diagonally.
After the seal has been pulled out, do not shake or bump the Toner Cartridge.
5) Insert the Toner Cartridge by facing the label on the cartridge to the front and aligning it with the
arrows on the printer.
IMPORTANT
Do not touch any parts inside the printer.
6) Push down the lever on the right of the Toner Cartridge to turn mark to the mark nex to the
mark.
7) Close the front cover.
The Toner Cartridge carrier rotates to the next empty slot.
IMPORTANT
Make sure the Toner Cartridge is installed correctly. Otherwise, the front
cover cannot close firmly.
8) Repeat Steps 1 through 7 until all cartridges are installed.
Chapter 6 General
6-36
6.5.5 Installing the Drum Cartridge
WARNING Never throw a Drum Cartridge into an open flame. It can cause an
explosion and you can get burnt.
1) When the "Load Drum Cartridge" message is displayed on the Control Panel, open the front
cover.
Then lift and push back the top cover.
IMPORTANT
If the optional Duplex Unit is installed, first open the unit D then the top cover.
2) Take the Drum Cartridge out of the packaging box, and then remove the protective sheet.
IMPORTANT
Hold the Drum Cartridge by the handle. Do not touch the surface of the drum
(blue colored part). Also, never allow any material to hit or rub the surface of
the drum.
Do not expose the Drum Cartridge to direct sunlight or strong light.
To ensure good print quality, always keep the Drum Cartridge level when
handling it.
3) To insert the Drum Cartridge, push up the lever on the right side of the printer. With the lever in
the upright position, hold the Drum Cartridge by the handle, align the arrows on the Drum
Cartridge with the corresponding arrows on the printer and guide the cartridge in until it snaps
into place.
Handle
Chapter 6 General
6-37
4) Pull down the lever on the right to lock the Drum Cartridge in place. Close the top cover,
then close the front cover.
NOTE
When the unit D has been opened as in Step 1, close it.
IMPORTANT
After installing the Drum Cartridge, the printer makes an adjustment for about
1 to 2 minutes. Do not switch off the printer during this time.
6.5.6 Connecting the Interface Cable
Connect the interface cable to be used to the printer.
Connect the USB cable only after the print driver has been installed on the computer.
1) Connect the interface cable to the interface connector at the back of the printer.
2) Connect the other end of the cable to the computer or a LAN drop or hub.
Parallel
USB
Network
Chapter 6 General
6-38
6.5.7 Loading Paper
This section explains how to load A4 size plain paper in the portrait orientation in the paper tray.
NOTE
Load the paper into this printer while the printer is switched ON.
REFERENCE
Paper type and size that can be loaded: "About Paper" (P. 28).
6.5.7.1 Loading Paper in the Bypass Tray
1) Gently pull open the bypass tray cover.
IMPORTANT
Do not apply excessive force to the bypass tray cover when you open or
close it as doing so may damage the machine.
2) Slide the paper guide to the edge of the tray while pinching the knob on the right paper guide.
The paper guides should be fully extended.
3) Insert the paper into the bypass tray with the side to be printed facing up and with all four
corners aligned.
Slide the right paper guide until they rest lightly against the edge of the paper stack.
IMPORTANT
Align the paper guides with the paper width correctly. Be careful not to bend
the paper.
Do not load paper exceeding the maximum fill line or the maximum capacity
allowed.
4) Close the bypass tray cover.
NOTE
When you print on paper fed from the bypass tray, set the paper size and
type in the print driver.
Paper feed direction
Maximum
fill line
Chapter 6 General
6-39
6.5.7.2 Loading Paper in Paper Trays (Optional)
1) Remove the paper tray from this printer.
2) Slide the width guides to the edge of the tray.
Squeeze the length guide and slide it to the desired paper size.
3) Load the paper with the side to be printed facing up and with all four corners aligned.
Slide the width guides until they rest lightly against the edge of the paper stack.
IMPORTANT
Do not load paper exceeding the maximum fill line or the maximum capacity
allowed.
Align the width guides with the paper width correctly. If the width guides are
not in place, the paper will not be properly fed and this may cause paper
jams.
4) Push the paper tray completely into the printer.
5) Set the paper size and type according to the message displayed on the Control Panel.
NOTE When you set the paper size and type on the Control Panel, press the [ ] or
[ ] button to select the item, then press the [Eject/Set] button to determine
the selection. For details, refer to "6 List of Menu Items on the Control Panel"
(P. 32).
Maximum
fill line
Chapter 6 General
6-40
6.5.7.3 Using the Extension Output Tray
Before printing a document, pull out the extension output tray. The extension output tray is designed
to prevent paper from falling from the printer after the print job is complete.
If the extension output tray is still not long enough for the paper you are loading, pull the extension
output tray further.
6.5.8 Printing Reports/Lists
To check whether the printer is correctly installed, use the Control Panel to print the reports/lists.
Print the [Printer Settings] to check whether optional accessories have been correctly installed. Print
the [Panel Settings] to check paper size and type for each tray.
NOTE
If you have made a mistake when operating the Control Panel, press the
[Menu] button to restart. For details on how to operate the Control Panel,
refer to "6 List of Menu Items on the Control Panel" (P. 32).
IMPORTANT
When you have installed 250 sheet/500 Sheet Feeder (optional), load A4 size
paper in Tray 1 to print reports/lists.
1) Press the [Menu] button to display the Menu screen.
2) Press the [ ] or [ ] button until [Report/List] is displayed, then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set]
button.
3) Press the [ ] or [ ] button until [Printer Settings] or [Panel Settings] is displayed, then press
the [Eject/Set] button.
The specified report/list will be printed.
Chapter 6 General
6-41
6.5.8.1 Printing Example
This section introduces an example of [Printer Settings].
NOTE
The layout of the reports/lists may be different depending on the configuration
and settings of the printer.
Check the installed optional
accessories here.
Chapter 6 General
6-42
6.6.1 Supported Environment
This printer can be used as a local printer when connected to a computer directly by interface cable
or as a network printer via a network.
6.6.1.1 Supported OS and Environment
IMPORTANT
Supported OS are subject to change without prior notice. Refer to our
company's web site.
IMPORTANT
To use this printer as a network printer, refer to the CD-ROM Documentation
(HTML) in the CentreWare CD-ROM to configure the network environment
settings.
Connection Local Network
Port Parallel USB LPD
NetWare
*1
SMB
*1*2
IPP
*1*3
Port
9100
Protocol - - TCP/IP IPX/SPX
Net
BEUI
TCP/IP TCP/IP TCP/IP
OS
Windows 2000 O
O
*4
O O O O O O
Windows XP O
O
*4
O O O O O
Windows Server
TM

2003
O
O
*4
O O O O O
*1: Network expansion card (optional) is required.
*2: Used when printing via Windows network.
*3: Used when printing via the internet.
*4: Connected computer must have USB port.
Chapter 6 General
6-43
6.6.2 Setting IP Address
When the printer is connected to the network, it retrieves the IP address automatically from the
DHCP server once it is switched on.
If the DHCP server is not available or not in use, use one of the following methods to retrieve and
set the IP address.
Set the IP address from the Control Panel.
Use the IP Address Setting Tool in the CentreWare CD-ROM bundled with this printer.
IMPORTANT
When using the DHCP server, the IP address may be changed so you need
to check the IP address on a regular basis.
When using the DHCP server in the WINS (Windows Internet Name Service)
environment, the network expansion card is required.
The address information can also be retrieved automatically via the BOOTP
or RARP servers. For such cases, change the [Get IP Address] selection on
the Control Panel to [BOOTP] or [RARP].
The IP address is controlled by the whole network system. Setting an
incorrect IP address may have an adverse effect on the whole network
system. Please check with your network administrator if you have any
questions concerning your network environment.
REFERENCE
Details on retrieving IP address: User Guide 4.2 "Description of Menu Items"
IP Address Setting Tool: CD-ROM Documentation (HTML) in the CentreWare
CD-ROM
CentreWare Internet Services: "Setting Printer Configurations via
CentreWare Internet Services" (P. 45)
NOTE
You can change the IP address using the CentreWare Internet Services.
You can check the current IP address, subnet mask and gateway address
settings from the [Printer Settings]. Refer to "Printing Reports/Lists" (P. 40) on
how to print the [Printer Settings].
This section explains how to set the IP address from the Control Panel.
NOTE
If you have made a mistake when operating the Control Panel, press the
[Menu] button to restart.
Chapter 6 General
6-44
6.6.2.1 Setting IP Address
1) Press the [Menu] button to display the Menu screen.
2) Press the [ ] or [ ] button until [Admin Menu] is displayed, then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set]
button.
3) Check that [Network Settings] is displayed, then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set] button.
4) Press the [ ] or [ ] button until [TCP/IP] is displayed, then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set] button.
5) Check that [Get IP Address] is displayed, then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set] button.
6) Press the [ ] or [ ] button until [Panel] is displayed, then press the [Eject/Set] button.
7) After "Reboot to apply settings" is displayed for 3 seconds, return to the setting screen.
After you complete setting the gateway address, switch ON the printer. Then continue.
8) Press the [ ] button to return to [Get IP Address].
9) Press the [ ] to display [IP Address], then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set] button.
10) Press the [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] buttons to enter the IP address, then press the [Eject/Set] button.
11) To set the subnet mask and gateway address, press the [ ] button and proceed to "Setting
Subnet Mask/Gateway Address".
6.6.2.2 Setting Subnet Mask/Gateway Address
NOTE
When "Ready to Print" is displayed, follow Steps 1 to 4 in the previous section
before proceeding to the next procedure.
1) When [IP Address] is displayed, press the [ ] or [ ] button to display [Subnet Mask], then
press the [ ] or [Eject/Set] button.
2) Press the [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] buttons to enter the subnet mask, then press the [Eject/Set] button.
3) Press the [ ] button to return to [Subnet Mask].
4) Press the [ ] or [ ] button until [Gateway Address] is displayed, then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set]
button.
5) Press the [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] buttons to enter the gateway address, then press the [Eject/Set]
button.
6) Switch OFF the printer and then switch it ON again.
Chapter 6 General
6-45
6.6.3 Setting Printer Configurations via CentreWare Internet Services
CentreWare Internet Services are services that allow the user to make use of a web browser in a
TCP/IP-enabled environment to display the printer or job printing status and to change the settings.
Settings for the system and network ports can be configured under the [Properties] tab of this
service.
NOTE
CentreWare Internet Services is not available when the printer is used as a
local printer.
Refer to the User Guide 6.3 "Checking/Managing the Printer Status on a Web
Browser" when the CentreWare Internet Services screen does not appear
after following the procedures below.
1) Boot up the computer, and start the web browser.
2) Enter the printers IP address or URL in the address input column of the web browser and press
the [Enter] key.
- Entering URL
- Entering IP address
The top page of CentreWare Internet Services
appears.
Chapter 6 General
6-46
6.6.3.1 Items that can be set on CentreWare Internet Services
Main features that can be set in each tab of the CentreWare Internet Services are as follows.
6.6.3.2 Using Online Help
For details regarding the items that can be set in each tab, click the [Help] button to display the
Online Help.
NOTE
When you click the [Help] button, the online manual on our companys web
site is displayed.
Tab Main features
Jobs Displays the Job list and Job History list.
Status [General]
Displays the printer product name, IP address, and status of the printer.
[Printer Status]
Displays the sizes of paper loaded in the paper trays and the amount remaining, output tray status,
remaining status of consumables.
[Fault Status]
Displays the status of the Control Panel, location of the error and contents of the Fault Status.
Properties [Machine Details]
Displays the [Product Name] and [Serial Number]. You can also configure the [Name]*, [Location]*,
[Contact Person]* and [Administrator E-mail Address]*.
[Configuration]
Displays the printers specifications, Page Description Language (PDL), and information about the
memory.
[Billing Meter]
Displays the total number of output pages and the number of output pages after turning on the printer
of output pages.
[Initialization]
Initialize NV memory and restart printer.
[Internet Services Settings]*
Allows you to configure the intervals of the update by the second and whether the display of the
CentreWare Internet Services is updated automatically using the browser. Allows you to configure
the administrators name and password and whether the administrator mode is to be used in
CentreWare Internet Services.
The default administrators name and password are "admin" and "x-admin" respectively. Be sure to
change the default password.
[Port Status]
Allows you to activate or deactivate the ports.
[Port settings]
Allows you to configure Ethernet settings.
[Protocol Settings]*
Allows you to configure detailed settings for each protocol.
Support Displays the support information. This is linked to our company's web site.
*: These items can be configured only on CentreWare Internet Services. They cannot be set on the Control Panel.
Chapter 6 General
6-47
6.6.4 Installing the Print Driver.
To print from the computer, install the print driver and other reguired software.
The print driver is software that converts print data and instructions from the computer to data that
can be interpreted by this printer.
Depending on the environment being used, the required software and its installation procedure may
be different. Refer to the CD-ROM Documentation (HTML) in the CentreWare CD-ROM bundled
with this printer to install each software.
6.6.4.1 Installing the SimpleMonitor
SimpleMonitor is a tool that allows you to check the print job you sent and printer status on a
computer, when you use this printer as a local printer.
Allows you to check the sizes of paper loaded in the paper trays and their remaining amount, output
tray status, remaining status of consumables.
Refer to the CD-ROM Documentation (HTML) in the CentreWare CD-ROM for the installation
procedure.
6.6.4.2 Setting Configuration of Optional Accessories and Paper
When installation of the print driver is completed, set the configuration of the optional accessories,
and type and size of the paper loaded in the paper trays on the [Options] tab in the print driver. For
details on the way of setting, refer to the Online Help for the print driver or User Guide 1.5 "Display
Optional Accessory Configuration and Paper Tray Settings".
Display the [Options] tab by the following procedure. The procedure here explains with Windows XP
as an example.
1) From the [Start] menu, click [Printers and Faxes].
2) Click the icon of this printer, and then select [Properties] from the [File] menu.
3) Click the [Options] tab.
6.6.4.3 Uninstalling the Print Driver
The print driver for Windows can be uninstalled by using the uninstall tool of the print driver in the
CentreWare CD-ROM bundled with this printer. For details, refer to the CD-ROM Documentation
(HTML) in the CentreWare CD-ROM for the uninstall tool.
NOTE
To uninstall another software of Fuji Xerox, refer to the ReadMe files for each
software in the product information (HTML) on the CentreWare CD-ROM.
Chapter 6 General
6-48
6.7.1 List of Menu Items on the Control Panel
For details on how to operate the Control Panel, refer to the User Guide 4 Setting on the Control
Panel.
Main operations and buttons on the Control Panel
NOTE
Indicates items that can be set when optional accessories are installed.
(1): Network expansion card
(2): 250 Sheet Feeder or 500 Sheet Feeder
* Indicates default value.
Continued on next page
Display/Close the Menu screen [Menu] button
Switch between the menu levels
[ ] button (moves one level downwards) or [ ] button (displays one
level upwards)
Switch between menu or items in the
same level
[ ] button (displays the next menu) or [ ] button (displays the next
menu or item)
Move the cursor (_) of the setting value
to the right or left
[ ] button (moves to the right) or [ ] button (moves to the left)
Confirm setting [Eject/Set] button
Reset settings to default value
Press [ ] and [ ] button at the same time
Chapter 6 General
6-49
Continued from previous page
Table of Contents
7-1
Table of Contents
7.1 Connectors [P (Plug) / J (Jack)] ................................................................................ 7-2
7.1.1 P/J List .................................................................................................................................... 7-2
7.2 P/J Layout ................................................................................................................. 7-5
7.3 Connection Chart .................................................................................................... 7-12
7.3.1 Symbols in Overall Connection Chart................................................................................... 7-12
7.3.2 Overall Connection Chart ..................................................................................................... 7-13
7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts.......................................................................... 7-14
7.4.1 Notes on using the Connection Charts Between Parts ........................................................ 7-14
7.4.2 Organization of the Connection Charts Between Parts ........................................................ 7-16
1 DC POWER SUPPLY ................................................................................................................... 7-18
2 MSI & REGI .................................................................................................................................. 7-20
3 FEEDER (500) .............................................................................................................................. 7-22
4 ROS .............................................................................................................................................. 7-24
5 XEROGRAPHIC ........................................................................................................................... 7-26
6 HIGH VOLTAGE ........................................................................................................................... 7-28
7 DEVELOPER ................................................................................................................................ 7-30
8 2nd BTR ........................................................................................................................................ 7-32
9 FUSER .......................................................................................................................................... 7-34
10 CONTROLLER ........................................................................................................................... 7-36
11 DUPLEX ...................................................................................................................................... 7-38
7.1 Connectors [P (Plug) / J (Jack)]
7-2
7.1.1 P/J List
IOT
P/J Coordinates Remarks
1 G-156 Connection between the PWBA FUSER CONT and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
2 G-156 Connection between the PWBA FUSER CONT and the HARNESS ASSY AC
3 G-157
Connection between the PWBA FUSER CONT and the HARNESS ASSY
MCU C/L
29 H-154 Connection between the PWBA ESS and the HARNESS ASSY PANEL
70 H-154 Connection between the PWBA ESS and the FFC-ASSY ESS
71 H-155 Connection between the PWBA ESS and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
72 H-155 Connection between the PWBA ESS and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
100 F-122 Connection between the SWITCH-P/H DOOR and the HARNESS ASSY P/H2
101 G-123 Connection between the SENSOR OHP and the HARNESS ASSY P/H2
102 F-123 Connection between the SENSOR REGI and the HARNESS ASSY P/H2
103 D-124
Connection between the SENSOR PAPER EMPTY and the HARNESS
ASSY P/H1
104 H-110 Connection between the SENSOR HUM & TEMP and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
105 D-108
Connection between the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI and the
HARNESS ASSY MAIN
106 H-108 Connection between the ANTENNA CTRG and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
107 D-107 Connection between the SENSOR IBT RETRACT and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
108 D-106 Connection between the SENSOR TR-0 and the HARNESS-ASSY XERO
109 D-106 Connection between the ANTENNA ASSY and the HARNESS-ASSY XERO
111 G-137
Connection between the SENSOR FUSER IN and the HARNESS ASSY
2BTR SENS
112 H-137
Connection between the SENSOR 2BTR RETRUCT and the HARNESS
ASSY ADC
113 H-136
Connection between the SWITCH 2BTR COVER and the HARNESS ASSY
2BTR SW
114 D-104 Connection between the SWITCH-INLK FUSER and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
116 G-108 Connection between the SWITCH ASSY TOP and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
117 D-105 Connection between the SWITCH-INLK FUSER and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
126 F-138
Connection between the SENSOR TNER FULL and the HARNESS ASSY
TNER FULL
128 G-153 Connection between the FUSER LOCK SWITCH and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
200 H-153 Connection between the MOT ASSY P/R and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
201 G-153 Connection between the MOT ASSY P/R and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
202 F-124
Connection between the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI and the HARNESS
ASSY P/H2
203 F-122 Connection between the CLUTCH ASSY REGI and the HARNESS ASSY P/H2
204 C-109 Connection within the MOT ASSY ROT
220 B-106 Connection between the OP PANEL and the HARNESS ASSY PANEL
400 I-149 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the FFC-ASSY ESS
401 I-149 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the FFC-ASSY LV/MCU
403 H-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
404 H-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOT ASSY FSR
405 H-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOT ASSY MAG
7-3
406 H-149 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOT ASSY MAG
407 H-149 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
408 H-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY P/H1
409 H-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY P/H1
410 I-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
411 I-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the DRIVE ASSY PRO
414 I-147 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the DRIVE ASSY PRO
415 J-147 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS-ASSY MAIN
416 J-147 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS-ASSY XERO
417 I-147 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L
418 I-147 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY ADC
420 J-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
421 J-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
422 I-147 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY ADC
429 D-109 Connection between the PWBA CRUM and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
430 E-109 Connection between the PWB ASSY ROT and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
431 F-138 Connection between the SENSOR ASSY ADC and the HARNESS ASSY ADC
432 D-109 Connection between the PWB ASSY ROT and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
433 D-109 Connection between the PWB ASSY ROT and the PWB ASSY MOT
500 H-153 Connection between the LV/HVPS and the FFC-ASSY LV/MCU
501 I-152 Connection between the LV/HVPS and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
502 I-153 Connection between the LV/HVPS and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
503 I-155 Connection between the LV/HVPS and the HARNESS ASSY AC
504 H-154 Connection between the LV/HVPS and the WIRE ASSY BTR
505 F-109 Connection between the LV/HVPS and the WIRE ASSY 2BTR
506 E-109 Connection between the PWBA HVPS and the WIRE ASSY IBT
507 E-109 Connection between the PWBA HVPS and the WIRE ASSY DTN
508 H-155 Connection between the LV/HVPS and the WIRE ASSY BCR
509 H-156 Connection between the LV/HVPS and the WIRE ASSY DEVE
510 I-108 Connection between the HOLDER ASSY BIAS and the WIRE ASSY DEVE
512 I-107 Connection between the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD and the WIRE ASSY BTR
513 H-107 Connection between the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD and the WIRE ASSY IBT
514 I-108 Connection between the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD and the WIRE ASSY BCR
515 H-153 Connection between the LV/HVPS and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
516 F-110 Connection between the PWBA HVPS and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
600 F-153 Connection between the MOT ASSY MICRO and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
601 H-138 Connection between the ROS ASSY and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
602 H-138 Connection between the ROS ASSY and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
603 F-124 Connection between the HARNESS ASSY P/H1 and the HARNESS ASSY P/H2
604 F-124 Connection between the MOTOR-PH and the HARNESS ASSY P/H1
605 E-124 Connection between the SOLENOID PICK UP and the HARNESS ASSY P/H1
607 E-140
Connection between the HARNESS ASSY MAIN and the HARNESS ASSY
DUP2
614 E-105 Connection between the FUSER ASSY and the HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L
617 D-140
Connection between the HARNESS-ASSY TNER FULL and the HARNESS
ASSY MAIN
7-4
DUP
500 FEEDER
620 H-137
Connection between the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS and the HARNESS
ASSY ADC
621 I-136
Connection between the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SW and the HARNESS
ASSY ADC
T2 I-107 Connection between the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY and the WIRE ASSY 2BTR
T4 H-107 Connection between the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD and the WIRE ASSY DTN
122 G-207
Connection between the SWITCH-DUP DOOR and the HARNESS-ASSY
DUP1
123 E-209
Connection between the SENSOR LOW PASS and the HARNESS-ASSY
DUP2
124 F-205
Connection between the SENSOR UPPER PASS and the HARNESS-ASSY
DUP1
442 H-209
Connection between the SENSOR UPPER PASS and the MOTOR ASSY
DUP
443 G-209 Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the HARNESS-ASSY DUP2
444 H-208 Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the HARNESS-ASSY DUP1
607 B-209
Connection between the HARNESS ASSY MAIN and the HARNESS-ASSY
DUP2
611 D-204
Connection between the SOLENOID ASSY DUP and the HARNESS-ASSY
DUP1
612 G-206
Connection between the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV and the HARNESS-ASSY
DUP1
119 E-307
Connection between the SENSOR NO PAPER and the HARNESS ASSY
FEED3
120 D-307
Connection between the SENSOR T/R (P120) and the HARNESS ASSY
FEED3
121 C-308
Connection between the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR and the HARNESS-ASSY
FEED MAIN
435 E-309 Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED1
436 E-309 Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED2
437 E-309
Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED
MAIN
440 E-308 Connection between the PWBA MOT and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN
446 D-308 Connection between the PWBA MOT and the MOTOR ASSY FEEDER
608 D-307
Connection between the HARNESS ASSY MAIN and the HARNESS-ASSY
FEED1
609 C-309
Connection between the CLUTCH ASSY FEED and the HARNESS-ASSY
FEED MAIN
610 C-308
Connection between the SOLENOID FEED and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED
MAIN
618 D-307
Connection between the HARNESS ASSY FEED MAIN and the HARNESS-ASSY
FEED3
4358 D-309 Does Not Connect
7.2 P/J Layout
7-5
7.2 P/J Layout
108 117 114 614 109
105
T4 (IBT)
204
107
220
429
106
433 432 430 104 116 506 507 516 505
510
(DEVE)
514
(BCR)
513
(IBT)
512
(1BTR)
T2
(2BTR)
A
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
101
B C D E F G H I J K L
Leg_Sec04_001FA
7.2 P/J Layout
7-6
604 603 605 103
100
202
101
102
203
A
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
116
Leg_Sec04_002FA
7.2 P/J Layout
7-7
126
617
431 111 620 112 113
601
607
602
621
A
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
131
Leg_Sec04_003EB
7.2 P/J Layout
7-8
501
515
504
503
508
509
502
500
608
3 2 1
CN71
CN29
CN70
CN72
400
415
412
403
404
405
421
420
411
413
409
406
416 414 422 418 417
401 410 408 407
600
128
201
200
A
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
146
Leg_Sec04_004FA
7.2 P/J Layout
7-9
611 124 612
122
123 442
607
444
443
A
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
201
Leg_Sec04_005EA
7.2 P/J Layout
7-10
121 608 618 120 119 446
609 610 4358 436 435 437
440
A
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
301
Leg_Sec04_006EA
7.2 P/J Layout
7-11
Blank Page
7.3 Connection Chart
7-12
7.3.1 Symbols in Overall Connection Chart
The way to read the Overall Connection Chart is shown below.
Symbol Description
Shows the connection to a part from a harness, wire, etc.
Shows the difference in connection from the specifications.
Shows the connection to a part from a conductive component (leaf
spring, etc).
Shows the connection to a part from a screwed end.
Shows a frame ground.
Shows a connector and the corresponding connector number.
Shows a joining terminal with a leaf spring, etc. on a circuit board and the
corresponding connector (port) number.
Shows a connector that is directly mounted onto a circuit board and the
corresponding connector number.
Shows a part if a part name is indicated.
Shows item 'Z' of Plate (PL) 'X.Y' in "Chapter 5 Parts List" if PL X.Y.Z is
indicated.
Shows a functional component within a part and the corresponding
component name.
Shows a section in "7.4. Connection Charts Between Parts" and the
corresponding section number.
Shows the screw for securing a conductive component (harness, leaf
spring, etc).
Shows a conductive component (leaf spring, etc).
7-13
7.3.2 Overall Connection Chart
PWBA FUSER
CONT
PL12.2.12
P/J 1 P/J 2
P/J 3
P/J 4
PWBA MCU
PL12.2.1
P/J 401
PWBA ESS
PL12.2.7
P/J 400 P/J 70
P/J 71
OP PANEL
PL1.1.17
P/J 29 P/J 220
ROS ASSY
PL8.1.1
P/J 72 P/J 602
P/J 407
PWBA
DUP-L
PL13.4.13
P/J 420 P/J 607 P/J 443
P/J 444
SWITCH-DUP DOOR
PL13.3.7
P/J 122
SOLENOID ASSY DUP
PL13.2.7
P/J 611
SENSOR UPPER PASS
PL13.2.10
P/J 124
MOTOR ASSY DUP INV
PL13.2.18
P/J 612
MOTOR ASSY DUP
PL13.4.14
SENSOR LOW PASS
PL13.3.11
P/J 123 P/J 442
PWBA HVPS
PL12.1.9
P/J 516
P/J 507
P/J 505
P/J 506
LV/HVPS
PL12.2.3
P/J 501
P/J 502 P/J 410
P/J 503
P/J 601
DRIVE ASSY PRO
PL11.1.2
SENSOR TNER FULL
PL7.1.24
P/J 126 P/J 617
SENSOR
IBT RETRACT
PL6.1.26
P/J 107
SENSOR TR-0
PL7.1.2
P/J 108
ANTENNA ASSY
PL7.1.10
P/J 109
MOT ASSY P/R
PL11.1.6
P/J 200
P/J 411
P/J 414
P/J 413
P/J 415
P/J 416
SENSOR HUM &TEMP
PL12.1.6
P/J 104
PWBA CRUM
PL12.1.11
P/J 429
MOT ASSY MAG
PL11.1.4
SENSOR ROTARY
HOME POSI
PL9.1.18
P/J 105
ANTENNA CTRG
PL9.1.12
P/J 106
SENSOR FUSER IN
PL6.1.3
P/J 111
SENSOR 2BTR
RETRACT
PL6.1.22
P/J 112
SWITCH 2BTR
COVER
PL6.1.18
P/J 113
SENSOR ASSY ADC
PL6.1.20
P/J 431
MOT ASSY MICRO
PL11.1.7
MOT ASSY FSR
PL11.1.3
FUSER ASSY
PL10.1.1
SWITCH-INLK
FUSER
PL1.1.34
MOTOR-PH
PL5.2.20
P/J 604
SOLENOID PICK UP
PL4.1.23
P/J 605
PL5.2.22
P/J 202
CLUTCH ASSY REGI
PL5.2.2
P/J 203
SWITCH-PH DOOR
PL5.2.23
P/J 100
SENSOR PAPER EMPTY
PL4.1.24
P/J 103
P/J 603 P/J 408
P/J 409
P/J 418 P/J 620
P/J 621
P/J 422
P/J 600
PWB ASSY ROT
PL12.1.10
P/J 433 P/J 430
P/J 412
P/J 405
P/J 406
MOT ASSY ROT
PL11.1.5
P/J 204
P/J 432
P/J 201
P/J 404
P/J 417
P/J 403
P/J 614
P/J 114
PWBA TRAY 500
PL14.3.3
P/J 421 P/J 608 P/J 435
P/J 437
PWBA MOT
PL14.3.4
P/J 440 P/J 446
CLUTCH ASSY FEED
PL14.3.12
SWITCH FEEDER DOOR
PL14.3.18
SENSOR NO PAPER
PL14.4.3
SOLENOID FEED
PL14.3.8
P/J 609
P/J 121
P/J 119
P/J 610
P/J 618
SENSOR T/R (P120)
PL14.4.7
P/J 120
N.C. P/J 436
FUSER LOCK SWITCH
PL10.1.6
SWITCH
ASSY TOP
PL1.1.7
P/J 116 P/J 116
SWITCH-INLK
FUSER
PL1.1.34
P/J 117 P/J 117
P/J 515
P/J 500
MOTOR ASSY FEEDER
PL14.3.9
HOUSING ASSY-DEVE PL9.2.5
IBT ASSY PL7.1.1
2ND BTR ASSY PL6.1.12
P/J 504
P/J 509
P/J 508
FUSER ASSY
PL10.1.1
P/J 614
9-1
5
7
8
2
11
3
9-2
1
6
4
10
Leg_007_001FA
J 4358
SENSOR OHP
PL5.2.16
SENSOR REGI
PL5.2.19
P/J 101
P/J 102
P/J 128 P/J 128
7-14
7.4.1 Notes on using the Connection Charts Between Parts
The way to read the Connection Charts Between Parts in the following pages is shown below.
The descriptions for common symbols have been omitted.
Symbols Description
Shows a plug.
Shows a jack.
Shows Pin yy and Jack yy of connectors Pxx and Jxx.
Shows a part.
Shows item 'Z' of Plate (PL) 'X.Y' in "Chapter 5 Parts List" if PL
X.Y.Z is indicated.
Shows a functional component within a part and the
corresponding component name.
Shows a Control within the PWB section and an overview of it.
Shows the connection to a part from a harness, wire, etc.
and the corresponding signal name/description.
The arrow shows the direction of the signal.
Shows a function and the logical value (Low: L, High: H) of the
signal when the function is in operation. The voltage value
shown is when the signal is high.
Shows a function and the logical value (Low: L, High: H) of the
signal when the function is detected. The voltage value shown
is when the signal is high.
P/JXX
YY
PWBA HNB DRV
PL X.Y.Z
Heater
Control
DEVE_A
REGI CLUTCH ON(L)+24VDC
EXIT PAPER SENSED(L)+3.3VDC
7-15
Shows the connection between wires.
I/L +24VDC
Shows the DC voltage when the Interlock Switch within the
HNB MCU with CPU is turned ON.
+5VDC
+3.3VDC
Shows DC voltage.
SG Shows a signal ground.
AG Shows an analog ground.
RTN Shows a return.
Symbols Description
7-16
7.4.2 Organization of the Connection Charts Between Parts
The Connection Charts are divided into 11 sections showing in detail the connection between parts.
1 DC POWER SUPPLY
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the LV/HVPS
Connection between the LV/HVPS and the PWBA FUSER CONTROL
Connection between the LV/HVPS and the MOT ASSY P/R
Connection between the LV/HVPS and the PWB ASSY ROT
Connection between the LV/HVPS and the SWITCH ASSY TOP
Connection between the SWITCH ASSY TOP and the SWITCH-INLK FUSER
Connection between the SWITCH-INLK FUSER and the LV/HVPS
2 MSI & REGI
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOTOR-PH
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SOLENOID PICK UP
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the CLUTCH ASSY REGI
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SWITCH-PH DOOR
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR OHP
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR REGI
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR PAPER EMPTY
3 FEEDER (500)
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the PWBA TRAY 500
Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the CLUTCH ASSY FEED
Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the SWITCH FEEDER
Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the SENSOR NO PAPER
Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the SENSOR T/R
Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the SOLENOID FEEDER
Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the PWBA MOT
Connection between the PWBA MOT and the MOTOR ASSY FEEDER
4 ROS
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the ROS ASSY
Connection between the ROS ASSY and the PWBA ESS
5 XEROGRAPHIC
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the DRIVE ASSY PRO
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR TNER FULL
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR IBT RETRACT
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR TR-O
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the ANTENNA ASSY
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOT ASSY P/R
Connection between the LV/HVPS and the MOT ASSY P/R
6 HIGH VOLTAGE
Connection between the LV/HVPS and the PWBA HVPS
Connection between the LV/HVPS and the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE, IBT ASSY, 2ND BTR
ASSY
Connection between the LV/HVPS and the PWBA MCU
7-17
7 DEVELOPER
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR HUM & TEMP
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the PWBA CRUM
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOT ASSY MAG
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the ANTENNA CTRG
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the PWB ASSY ROT
Connection between the PWB ASSY ROT and the MOT ASSY ROT
Connection between the PWB ASSY ROT and the LV/HVPS
8 2nd BTR
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR FUSER IN
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SWITCH 2BTR COVER
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR ASSY ADC
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOT ASSY MICRO
9 FUSER
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOT ASSY FUSER
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the FUSER ASSY
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SWITCH-FUSER DOOR
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the FUSER LOCK SWITCH
Connection between the LV/HVPS and the PWBA FUSER CONTROL
Connection between the PWBA FUSER CONT and the FUSER ASSY
Connection between the PWBA FUSER CONT and the PWBA MCU
Connection between the PWBA FUSER CONT and the FUSER LOCK SWITCH
Connection between the LV/HVPS and the PWBA MCU
10 CONTROLLER
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the PWBA ESS
Connection between the PWBA ESS and the OP PANEL
Connection between the PWBA ESS and the LV/HVPS
11 DUPLEX
Connection between the PWBA MCU and the PWBA DUP-L
Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the SENSOR LOW PASS
Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the SWITCH-DUP DOOR
Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the SOLENOID ASSY DUP
Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the SENSOR UPPER PASS
Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV
Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the MOTOR ASSY DUP
7-18
1 DC POWER SUPPLY
LV/HVPS
PL12.2.3
Power
Save
P/J 500
3
+5VDC
Supply
+24VDC
Supply
+3.3VDC
Supply
15
P/J 500
5
P/J 502
3
4
+5VDC
+24VDC
5
6
7
8
1
2
9
10
11
12
+3.3VDC
PWBA MCU
PL12.2.1
4
P/J 502
13
SWITCH-
INLK
FUSER
PL.1.1.34
+5VDC
SWITCH
ASSY
TOP
PL.1.1.7
I/L +5VDC
POWER SAVE
P/J 401
20
19
PWBA MCU
PL12.2.1
I/L +5VDC
P/J 401
18
+5VDC
SG
P/J 410
3
4
I/L +24VDC
I/L +24VDC
SG
SG
5
6
7
8
+3.3VDC
SG
I/L +24VDC
SG
I/L +24VDC
SG
1
2
P/J 201
1
2
P/J 432
1
3
MOT ASSY P/R
PL11.1.6
PWBA FUSER CONTROL
PL12.2.12
P/J 2
3
1
P/J 503
3
1
Interlock
+24VDC
PWB ASSY
ROT
PL12.1.10
Interlock
+24VDC
Interlock
+5VDC
+5VDC
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
+3.3VDC
3
P/J 116
1 1
P/J 116
3
3
P/J 117
1 1
P/J 117
3
Leg_007_002FA
7-19
- Overcurrent Protection
All output will be suspended if each output (+24VDC, +5VDC, +3.3VDC) of the LV/HVPS is
short circuited between the earth or the ground.
The power supply of equipment is turned OFF after the short circuit is released. After some
time, the power is turned ON and each output resumes.
When the current exceeds 16A for each output, overcurrent protection will be activated.
- Overvoltage Protection
All output will be suspended if overvoltage occurs for each output of the LV/HVPS.
The voltage for each output when overvoltage protection is activated is as follows.
+24VDC:36VDC
+5VDC:7VDC
+3.3VDC:5VDC
- Power Save
- Output suspended by Interlock Switch
The I/L +5VDC signal which passed through the Upper Interlock Switch and the Fuser
Interlock Switch serves as the power supply for the relay coil within the LV/HVPS. The signal
opens and closes the relay contact and controls the Interlock +24VDC and Interlock +5VDC.
Signal Wire Name Remarks
POWER SAVE Signal that turns OFF +24VDC
I/L +5VDC
7-20
2 MSI & REGI
SG
PWBA MCU
PL12.2.1
2
3
4
5
P/H MOT ON (H) +3.3VDC
P/H MOT PWM +3.3VDC
P/H MOT TG +3.3VDC
P/H MOT ON CW/CCW
SG
P/J 409
1
6
I/L +24VDC
P/J 604
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
M
MOTOR-PH
PL5.2.20
P/J 409
7
I/L +24VDC
8
FEED SOL ON (L) +24VDC
P/J 605
2
1
1
2
P/J 408
1
PRE REGI CL ON (L) +24VDC
2
I/L +24VDC
P/J 202
2
1
1
2
3
REGI CL ON (L) +24VDC
4
I/L +24VDC
3
4
10
9
P/J 203
2
1
1
2
5
6
P/H POOR SW OPENED (H) +3.3VDC
5
6
8
7
P/J 603
12
11
1
2
7
SG
8
OHP SENSED (H) +5VDC
7
8
6
5
9
+5VDC
9 4
P/J 100
2
1
2
1
P/J 101
3
10
PULL UP +5VDC
11
SG
10
11
3
2
12
REGI SENSED (H) +5VDC
12 1
2
1
P/J 102
3
SENSOR REGI
PL5.2.19
SENSOR OHP
PL5.2.16
SWITCH-PH
DOOR
PL5.2.23
13
PULL UP +5VDC
14
SG
15
PAPER EMPTY SENSED (H) +5VDC
2
1
P/J 103
3
SENSOR PAPER
EMPTY
PL4.1.24
SOLENOID
PICK UP
PL4.1.23
CLUTCH ASSY
PRE REGI
PL5.2.22
CLUTCH ASSY
REGI
PL5.2.2
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
+5VDC
+5VDC
Leg_Sec007_003FB
7-21
PAPER EMPTY SENSED (H)
+5VDC
Signal for detection of paper in MSI by Sensor Photo (No Paper
Sensor).
P/H MOTER ON (H)+3.3VDC
P/H MOTER PWM
P/H MOTER FG
P/H MOTER CW/CCW
P/H Motor drive control signal.
FEED SOL ON (L)+24VDC Solenoid Feed ON/OFF signal.
PREREGI CL ON (L)+24VDC Pre-Regi Clutch ON/OFF signal.
REGI CL ON (L)+24VDC Regi Clutch ON/OFF signal.
P/H DOOR SW OPEND
(H)+3.3VDC
Signal for detection of the opening/closing of the CHTE ASSY
REATR by the P/H Door Switch.
OHP SENSED (H)+5VDC
Signal for detection of transparency by Sensor Photo (OHP
Sensor).
REGI SENSED (H)+5VDC
Signal for detection of paper at the Regi section by Sensor Photo
(REGI Sensor).
7-22
3 FEEDER (500)
PWBA MCU
PL12.2.1
P/J 421
10
9
TRAY
SENSOR
10
9
P/J 608
1
2
8
RXD
8 3
2
3
P/J 435
1
7
TXD
6
SG
7
6
4
5
5
+5VDC
5 6
5
6
4
4
SG
3
SG
4
3
7
8
2
I/L +24VDC
2 9
8
9
7
1
I/L +24VDC
1 10 10
PWBA TRAY 500
PL14.3.3
+5VDC
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
PWBA TRAY
500
PL.14.3.3
P/J 437
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
16
17
FEED MOT ON (H)
I/L +24VDC
SG
1
2
4
P/J 440
5
PWBA MOT
PL14.3.4
P/J 446
1
2
3
4
5
6
MOTOR ASSY
FEEDER
PL14.3.9
M
I/L +24VDC
FEED CL ON (L) +24VDC
1
P/J 609
2
2
1
SG
P/J 121
2
1
SWITCH FEEDER
DOOR
PL14.3.18
P/J 119
3
2
1
PULL UP +5VDC
SG
NO PAPER SENSED (H) +5VDC
SENSOR NO PAPER
PL14.4.3
13
14
15
P/J 120
3
2
1
PULL UP +5VDC
SG
PAPER PASS SENSED (L) +5VDC
SENSOR T/R
PL14.4.7
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
+5VDC
+5VDC
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
CLUTCH ASSY FEED
PL14.3.12
+5VDC
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
I/L +24VDC
FEED SOL ON (L) +24VDC
P/J 610
2
1
1
2
SOLENOID FEED
PL14.3.8
P/J 618
6
5
4
1
2
3
3
2
1
4
5
6
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
N.C. N.C.
N.C.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
P/J 436
1
J 4358
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
DOOR SW OPENED (H) +5VDC
Leg_Sec007_004FB
Tray Interface
Connector
7-23
TRAY SENSOR
RXD
TXD
PWBA TRAY CONT. control signal
FEED MOTOR ON (H)+ FEEDER MOTOR control signal
FEED CL ON (L)+24VDC Feed Clutch ON/OFF signal.
DOOR SW OPEND (H)+5VDC
Signal for detection of the opening/closing of the Rear Cover by
the Door Rear Cover Switch.
NO PAPER SENSED (H)+5VDC
Signal for detection of paper in paper tray by Sensor Photo (No
Paper Sensor).
PAPER PASS SENSED (L)+5VDC
Signal for detection of start of paper transport by Sensor Photo
(Paper Pass Sensor).
FEED SOL ON (L)+24VDC Solenoid Feed ON/OFF signal.
7-24
4 ROS
SOS PWB
SCANNER PWB
SCANNER MOTOR
PWBA LD
PWBA ESS
PL12.2.7
P/J 72
1
2
P/J 407
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
P/J 424
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
P/J 425
5
4
3
1
P/J 426
3
2
1
PWBA MCU
PL12.2.1
P/J 602
2
1
P/J 601
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
P/J 427
2
1
DATA-
DATA+
DATA-
DATA+
P CONT
LASER ON (L) +5VDC
SG
VREF
SG
+5VDC
+3.3VDC
I/L +24VDC
SG
SCAN MOT ON(L) +5VDC
SCAN MOT CLOCK
SG
SOS SENSED (L) +5VDC
+5VDC
ROS ASSY
PL8.1.1
Single
Beam Laser
Diode
M
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
+5VDC
+3.3VDC
+5VDC
Leg_007_005FA
7-25
ESS DATA-
ESS DATA+
Image signal from ESS.
MCU DATA-
MCU DATA+
Image signal from MCU.
PCONT
LASER ON (L)+5VDC
VREF
Control signal of the PWBA LD within the ROS ASSY.
SCANNER MOTOR ON(L)+5VDC
SCANNER MOTOR CLOCK
Control signal of the PWBA Scanner within the ROS ASSY.
SOS SENSED (L)+5VDC Standard signal for start of Laser Fast Scan.
7-26
5 XEROGRAPHIC
PWBA MCU
PL12.2.1
2
3
4
5
6
IBT BRUSH MOT ON
IBT BRUSH MOT PWM
IBT BRUSH MOT TG
IBT BRUSH MOT CW/CCW
SG
I/L +24VDC
I/L +24VDC
IBT BRUSH MOTOR
M
P/J 411
1
1
2
3
IBT CLEN RET MOT ON
SG
IBT CLEANER
RETRACT MOTOR
P/J 414
M
P/J 413
8
9
I/L +24VDC
RETRACT SOL ON (L) +24VDC
10
11
SG
FULL TONER SENSED (H) +5VDC
12
PULL UP +5VDC
P/J 606
2
1
P/J 617
3
2
1
1
2
3
P/J 126
3
2
1
SENSOR
TNER FULL
PL7.1.24
P/J 415
3
4
PULL UP +5VDC
SG
5
IBT RETRACT SENSED (L) +5VDC
P/J 107
3
2
1
IBT RETRACT
SENSOR
PL6.1.26
P/J 416
1
2
+5VDC
TRO SENSED (H) +5VDC
3
SG
P/J 108
3
2
1
SENSOR TR-0
PL7.1.2
4
ANTENNA OUT
5
ANTENNA IN
P/J 109
2
1
ANTENNA
ASSY
PL7.1.10
P/J 403
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
P/J 502
9
10
P/R MOT GAIN
P/J 200
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
P/J 201
1
2
P/R MOT CLK
P/R MOT LD
P/R MOT FG
P/R MOT ON (L) +
+5VDC
SG
I/L +24VDC
SG
LV/HVPS
PL12.2.3
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
+5VDC
+5VDC
+5VDC
MOT ASSY P/R
PL11.1.6
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
M
Leg_Sec007_006FC
DRIVE ASSY PRO
PL11.1.2
N.C.
7-27
IBT BRUSH MOT ON
IBT BRUSH MOT PWM
IBT BRUSH MOT TG
IBT BRUSH MOT CW/CCW
IBT Brush Motor drive control signal.
IBT CLEN RET MOT START
IBT CLEN RET MOT PWM
IBT CLEN RET MOT TG
IBT Cleaner Retract Motor drive control signal.
FULL TONER SENSED
(H)+5VDC
Signal for detection of full toner by Sensor Photo (Sensor Toner
Full).
IBT RETRACT SENSED
(L)+5VDC
Signal for detection of retraction of IBT Cleaner by Sensor Photo
(IBT Retract Sensor).
TR0 SENSED (H)+5VDCS
Signal for detection of belt position by Sensor Photo (TR0
Sensor).
ANTENNA OUT
ANTENNA IN
Crum XERO Antenna control signal.
P/R MOT GAIN
P/R MOT CLK
P/R MOT LD
P/R MOT FG
P/R MOT ON (L)+
P/R Motor drive control signal.
7-28
6 HIGH VOLTAGE
LV/HVPS
12.2.3
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
P/J 500
22
11
10
9
8
7
6
6
P/J 515
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
P/J 504
1
P/J 509
1
P/J 508
1
P/J 401
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
P/J 516
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
P/J 507
1
P/J 505
1
P/J 506
1
PWBA MCU
PL12.2.1
PWBA HVPS
PL12.1.9
1st BTR CONT
IBT CLEANER H/L
SG
SG
BCR CONT
DE-TONER CONT
DEVE BIAS ON
DEVE BIAS CONT
IBT CLEANER ON
1st BTR REV ON
2nd BTR REV ON
1st BTR ON
2nd BTR ON
DEVE BIAS CLK
2nd BTR CONT
BCR CLK
SG
I/L +24VDC
CLEANER H/L
DE-TONER CONT
IBT CLEANER ON
2nd BTR REV ON
2nd BTR ON
2nd BTR CONT
DE-TONER
IBT ASSY
PL7.1.1
2ND BTR
ASSY
PL6.1.12
HOUSING ASSY-DEVE
PL9.2.5
1st BTR
IBT CLEANER
DEVE
BCR
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
D
C
A
H
F
G
2nd
BTR
Leg_Sec007_007FB
7-29
1st BTR CONT 1st BTR Bias voltage control signal.
IBT CLEANER H/L IBT Cleaner Bias voltage control signal.
BCR CONT BCR Bias voltage control signal.
DE-TONER CONT DE-TONER Bias voltage control signal.
DEVE BIAS ON DEVE Bias ON/OFF signal.
DEVE BIAS CONT DEVE Bias voltage control signal.
IBT CLEANER ON Belt Cleaning Brush Bias ON/OFF signal.
1st BTR REV ON 1st BTR DC Bias control signal.
2nd BTR REV ON 2nd BTR DC Bias control signal.
1st BTR ON 1st BTR Bias ON/OFF signal.
2nd BTR ON 2nd BTR Bias ON/OFF signal.
DEVE BIAS CLK DEVE AC Bias cycle control signal.
2nd BTR CONT 2nd BTR Bias voltage control signal.
BCR CLK BCR Bias cycle control signal.
7-30
7 DEVELOPER
PWBA
MCU
PL12.2.1
P/J 405
1
2
3
MAGNET
ROLL MOTOR
MAG ROLL MOT ON
3
5
7
P/J 406
1
PULL UP +5VDC
4
5
6
MAG ROLL MOT PWM
MAG ROLL MOT TG
MAG ROLL MOT CW/CCW
SG
I/L +24VDC
M
2
DISP CLUTCH ON (L) +24VDC
I/L +24VDC
P/J 413
5
6
7
SG
HOME POSITION SENSED (H) +5VDC
P/J 105
3
3
1
2
2
1
SENSOR ROTARY
HOME POSI
PL9.1.18
HOLD
ANTENNA IN
P/J 415
1
2 1
ANTENNA CTRG
PL9.1.12
P/J 415
6
7
8
9
CLOCK
ON (H) +5VDC
P/J 430
4
PWB ASSY ROT
PL12.1.10
MOT
ASSY ROT
PL11.1.5
M
I/L +24VDC
3
P/J 432
1
P/J 502
11
12
P/J 433
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
11
DEVE ROT A
I/L +24VDC
DEVE ROT XA
DEVE ROT B
I/L +24VDC
DEVE ROT XB
ANTENNA OUT
Interlock
+24VDC
SG
LV/HVPS
PL12.2.3
Interlock
+24VDC
+5VDC
Interlock
+24VDC
2
3
4
2
3
4
TEMP.
SG
HUMI.
+5VDC
DATA
+5VDC
CLOCK
SG
SENSOR HUM & TEMP
PL12.1.6
3
2
1
3
2
1
PWBA CRUM
PL12.1.11
+5VDC
+5VDC
P/J 413
1
P/J 412
1
P/J 104
4
P/J 429
4
SG
P/J 204
1
P/J 106
2
+5VDC
+5VDC
MOT ASSY MAG
PL11.1.4
DISPENSE CLUTCH
Leg_007_008FA
7-31
MAG ROLL MOT ON
MAG ROLL MOT PWM
MAG ROLL MOT TG
MAG ROLL MOT CW/CCW
Magnet Roll Motor drive control signal.
TEMP.
Temperature data in the equipment measured by sensor.
(Analog value)
HUMI.
Humidity data in the equipment measured by sensor. (Analog
value)
HOME POSITION SENSED
(H)+5VDC
Signal for detection of Home Position of Deve Rotary by Sensor
Photo (Rotary Home Position Sensor).
ANTENNA OUT
ANTENNA IN
CRUME Cartridge Antenna control signal.
SG
HOLD
CLOCK
ON (H) +5VDC
PWBA Rotate Motor Control control signal.
DEVE ROT A,XA,B,XB Deve Rotate Motor excitation signal.
DATA
CLOCK
PWBA CRUM control signal.
7-32
8 2nd BTR
PWBA MCU
PL12.2.1
4
5
6
PULL UP +5VDC
Interlock
+24VDC
7
8
SG
RETRACT SENSED (H) +5VDC
SG
COVER OPENED (H) +3.3VDC
P/J 112
3
2
1
SENSOR
2BTR
RETRACT
PL6.1.22
SENSOR ASSY ADC
PL6.1.20
MOT ASSY MICRO
PL11.1.7
P/J 422
1
2
3
4
5
6
+5VDC
1
P/J 113
2
SWITCH
2BTR COVER
PL6.1.18
7
P/J 431
8
ADC SOL RELEASE ON (L) +24VDC
I/L +24VDC
6
5
4
3
2
1
ADC SOL NIP ON (L ) +24VDC
SG
ADC LED COLOR ON (L) +5VDC
ADC LED BLACK ON (L) +5VDC
ADC SENSOR
+5VDC
7
8
P/J 403
1
2
3
1 3
2
3
2
1
P/J 600
RETRACT MOT ON (H) +3.3VDC
I/L +24VDC
1
P/J 621
2
2 1
P/J 418
1
2
3
SG
FUSER IN SENSED (L)+5VDC
+5VDC
SENSOR
FUSER IN
PL6.1.3
2
1
1
P/J 620
3
2 2
3 1
+5VDC
SG
Interlock
+24VDC
P/J 111
3
+5VDC
Leg_Sec007_009FB
M
7-33
FUSER IN SENSED (L)+5VDC
Signal for detection of paper at the 2nd BTR section by Sensor
Photo (Fuser In Sensor).
RETRACT SENSED (H)+5VDC
Signal for detection of retraction of 2nd BTR section by Sensor
Photo (2nd BTR Retract Sensor).
ADC SOL RELEASE ON
(L)+24VDC
ON/OFF signal of Solenoid within Sensor ADC. (Shutter is at
reference board reflection measurement position)
ADC SOL NIP ON (L)+24VDC
ON/OFF signal of Solenoid within Sensor ADC. (Shutter is at
diffused light measurement position)
ADC LED COLOR ON (L)+5VDC
LED ON signal for detection of Color Toner Patch within Sensor
ADC.
ADC LED BLACK ON (L)+5VDC
LED ON signal for detection of Black Toner Patch within Sensor
ADC.
ADC SENSOR
Toner patch density data in the equipment measured by sensor.
(Analog value)
RETRACT MOT ON (H)+3.3VDC
RETRACT MOT PWM
2nd BTR Retract Motor control signal.
7-34
9 FUSER
RL
PWBA MCU
PL12.2.1
P/J 404
1
2
3
4
5
Interlock
+24VDC
+5VDC
6
P/J 417
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
FUSER MOT ON (H) +3.3VDC
FUSER MOT PWM
FUSER MOT TG
+5VDC
SG
I/L +24VDC
SG
SG
Vc
PULL UP +5VDC
SG
FUSER EXIT SENSED (L) +5VDC
FUSER ASSY
PL10.1.1
Safety Temp.
Sensor
Temp. Sensor
1 2
P/J 615
2 1
1
2
3
3
P/J 616
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
11
10
9
8
P/J 614
7
8
9
7
6
5
1
2
3 1
2
P/J 619
3
FUSER EXIT
SENSOR
P/J 110
3
2
1
MOT ASSY FSR
PL11.1.3
M
P/J 403
11
12
SG
FUSER DOOR SW OPENED (H) +3.3VDC
P/J 114
2
1
SWITCH-FUSER
DOOR
PL1.1.36
FUSER LOCK
SWITCH
PL10.1.6
RELAY ON (L) +24VDC
PWBA FUSER CONT
PL12.2.12
5
P614
P/J 1
3
1
22
LV/HVPS
PL12.2.3
P/J 500
2
1
6
P/J 3
2
1
I/L +24VDC
P/J 410
9
1 2
10
P/J 614
3
1
Thermostat
100/115V
220/240V
Heater
3
2
Thermostat
Heater
FRIKER CLK +3.3VDC
LAMP ON (L)
220/240V ONLY USE
5
6
P/J 401
21
Interlock
+24VDC
FUSER
RELAY
CONTROL
P/J 503
4
P/J 2
4
+5VDC
Vd
Leg_Sec007_010FB
7-35
FUSER MOT ON (H)+3.3VDC
FUSER MOT PWM
FUSER MOT TG
FUSER MOT CW/CCW
Fuser Motor drive control signal.
RL
Heat Roll surface temperature data measured by Temp. Sensor
used for detection of high temperatures. (Analog value)
VC
Temperature data measured by Temp. Sensor used for
temperature control. (Analog value)
VD
Temperature data measured by Temp. Sensor used for
temperature control. (Analog value)
FUSER EXIT SENSED (L)+5VDC
Signal for detection of paper output by Sensor Photo (Fuser
Exit Sensor).
DATA
CLOCK
Crum control signal.
FLICKER CLK +3.3VDC
Control signal for countering flickering. (Exclusively for
AC220V/AC240V)
LAMP ON (L)+ Fuser Lamp ON signal.
RELAY ON (L)+24VDC ON/OFF signal for Fuser Lamp Relay within PWBA Fuser Cont.
FUSER DOOR SW OPENED
(H)+3.3VDC
Signal for detection of the opening/closing of the Cover Fuser.
7-36
10 CONTROLLER
PWBA ESS
PL12.2.7
P/J 70
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
P/J 71
1
2
3
4
5
6
P/J 400
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
P/J 501
1
2
3
4
5
6
P/J 29 P/J 220
PWBA MCU
PL12.2.1
LV/HVPS
PL12.2.3
OP PANEL
PL1.1.17
+3.3VDC
+5VDC
Leg_007_011FA
7-37
Blank Page
7-38
11 DUPLEX
PWBA MCU
PL12.2.1
P/J 420
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SG
SG
I/L +24VDC
I/L +24VDC
SG
+5VDC
DUPLEX START
DUPLEX READY
FUSER EXIT SENSOR
10
11
12
PRE REGI CLUTCH
RXD
TXD
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
P/J 443
12
J 607
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
P607
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
3
2
1
10
11
12
PWBA DUP-L
PL13.4.13
P/J 443
13
14
15
PULL UP +5VDC
SG
LOW PASS SENSED (L) +5VDC
P/J 123
3
2
1
SENSOR LOW PASS
PL13.3.11
P/J 444
1
2
SG
DOOR SW OPENED (H) +5VDC
P/J 122
2
1
SWITCH-DUP DOOR
PL13.3.7
3
4
PULL (L) +24VDC
I/L +24VDC
5
PUSH (L) +24VDC
P/J 611
3
2
1
2
1 3
SOLENOID ASSY DUP
PL13.2.7
1
PWBA DUP-L
PL13.4.13
6
7
8
PULL UP +5VDC
SG
UPPER PASS SENSED (L) +5VDC
P/J 124
3
2
1
SENSOR UPPER PASS
PL13.2.10
9
10
I/L +24VDC
I/L +24VDC
11
12
13
DUP UPPER A
DUP UPPER B
DUP UPPER XA
P/J 612
6
5
1
2
4
3
2
3
4
5
MOTOR ASSY DUP INV
PL13.2.18
14
DUP UPPER XB
1 6
M
P/J 442
1
2
I/L +24VDC
I/L +24VDC
3
4
5
DUP LOWER A
DUP LOWER B
DUP LOWER XA
MOTOR ASSY DUP
PL13.4.14
6
DUP LOWER XB
M
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
+5VDC
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
+5VDC
+5VDC
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
+5VDC
Leg_Sec007_012FB
7-39
DUPLEX START
DUPLEX READY
FUSER EXIT SENSOR
PRE REGI CLUTCH
TXD
RXD
PWBA DUP control signal.
LOW PASS SENSED (L)+5VDC
Signal for detection of paper at the Transport section by Sensor
Photo (Low Pass Sensor).
DOOR SW OPENED (H)+5VDC
Signal for detection of the opening/closing of the Cover Dup by
the Duplex Door Switch.
GATE SOL PULL ON (L)+24VDC Signal for Gate Solenoid Pull (for use during 1-Sided Print).
GATE SOL PUSH ON (L)+24VDC Signal for Gate Solenoid Push (for use during 2-Sided Print).
UPPER PASS SENSED
(L)+5VDC
Signal for detection of paper at the Invert section by Sensor
Photo (Upper Pass Sensor).
DUP UPPER A, XA, B, XB Upper Roll Motor excitation signal.
DUP LOWER A, XA, B, XB Lower Roll Motor excitation signal.
Table of Contents
8-1
Table of Contents
8.1 250/500 Sheet Feeder Installation Guide ................................................................. 8-2
8.1.1 Checking the Packaged Items................................................................................................ 8-2
8.1.2 Installation Procedure............................................................................................................. 8-3
8.1.2.1 Removing the Tray Module from the Printer ................................................................ 8-3
8.1.2.2 Connecting Tray Modules ............................................................................................ 8-5
8.1.2.3 Installing the Printer onto the Tray Modules ................................................................. 8-6
8.2 Duplex Unit Installation Guide................................................................................... 8-8
8.2.1 Checking the Packaged Items................................................................................................ 8-8
8.2.2 Installation Procedure............................................................................................................. 8-8
8-2
This guide explains how to install the 250 Sheet Feeder or the 500 Sheet Feeder.
To ensure safe operation, be sure to read the Safety Notes section of the manual bundled with the
printer.
When lifting the machine, one facing the front of the machine (Control
Panel) and the other facing the back, should firmly grip the recessed
areas on the bottom part of both sides of the machine. Never try to lift
the machine by gripping any other areas. Lifting the machine by
gripping any other areas can cause the machine to fall and result in
injuries.
8.1.1 Checking the Packaged Items
The following items can be found inside the packaging box. If there are any missing items, contact
our Customer Support Center or your dealers.
Tray module and paper tray 2 screws (only 500 Sheet Feeder)
Label G, H (only for 500 Sheet
Feeder)
This guide
(This illustration shows the 250 Sheet Feeder.)
Tray
module
Paper
tray
(These screws are not used when
installing only one tray module.)
8-3
8.1.2 Installation Procedure
The 250 Sheet Feeder and 500 Sheet Feeder can be installed to the printer in the following
configurations. The installation procedures differ depending on the configurations. Follow the
procedure for your tray configuration.
8.1.2.1 Removing the Tray Module from the Printer
1) Press the power switch on the left side of the printer to the [O] position to switch OFF the power.
Next, unplug the power cord from the power outlet and the printer.
2) Remove the paper tray from the tray module that is already installed to the printer.
3) Loosen the 2 fixing screws located on the upper surface inside the tray module by turning them
in the directions shown by the arrows.
IMPORTANT
Be sure to loosen both the fixing screws. If the printer is lifted up while only
one fixing screw is loosened, the tray module may fall and cause injury.
When installing one 250
Sheet Feeder
When installing one 500
Sheet Feeder
When installing the 250 Sheet Feeder in the
upper position and the 500 Sheet Feeder in
the lower position
"Installing the Printer onto
the Tray Modules"(P.6)
"Installing the Printer onto
the Tray Modules"(P.6)
When one tray module has already been
installed - "Removing the Tray Module from
the Printer"(P.3)
When installing two tray modules at the
same time - "Connecting Tray Modules"(P.5)
250 500
500
250
8-4
4) Remove the printer from the tray module by holding the recessed areas at the bottom on both
sides of the printer.
IMPORTANT
The rear side of this printer is heavier than the front. Take note of this
difference in weight when moving the printer. To lift the printer, face the front
and back of the printer and grip the recessed areas at the bottom left and
right with both hands.
5) In the case of removing the tray module of the 500 Sheet Feeder, reinsert the paper tray into
the tray module, and then proceed to the next section.
In case of removing the tray module of the 250 Sheet Feeder, leave the paper tray removed
from the tray module, and then proceed to the Step 2 of the next section.
8-5
8.1.2.2 Connecting Tray Modules
1) Remove the paper tray from the upper tray module of the 250 Sheet Feeder.
2) Align the corners of the top and bottom tray modules, lower the top tray module so that the
three guide pins on the bottom tray module enter the holes on the bottom of the top tray
module.
IMPORTANT
The tray module must be lowered gently. Otherwise, the interior parts may be
damaged.
3) Tighten the two screws, which were included in the packaging, until they are secure.
Then, proceed to Step 2 of the next section.
8-6
8.1.2.3 Installing the Printer onto the Tray Modules
NOTE
Although the following illustrations are for the case of installing two tray
modules, the procedure to install one tray module is the same as below.
1) Remove the paper tray from the tray module.
3) Lift the printer by holding the recessed areas at the bottom on both sides of the printer and align
the three guide pins on the tray module with the holes at the bottom of the printer. Gently lower
the printer onto the tray module.
IMPORTANT
The rear side of this printer is heavier than the front. Take note of this
difference in weight when moving the printer. To lift the printer, face the front
and back of the printer and grip the recessed areas at the bottom left and
right with both hands.
The printer must be lowered gently. Otherwise, the interior parts may be
damaged.
4) Tighten the 2 fixing screws located on the upper surface inside the tray module by turning them
in the directions shown by the arrows, while pushing upward.
5) Insert the paper tray completely into the tray module.
8-7
6) When installing the 500 Sheet Feeder, put the labels, which were included in the packaging, on
the feed cover at the back of the tray module.
IMPORTANT
When the 500 Sheet Feeder is installed directly under the printer, use the "G"
label. When it is under the 250 Sheet Feeder, use the "H" label.
7) Connect the power cord. Press the power switch of this printer to the [ | ] position to switch ON
the power.
Installation of the 250/500 Sheet Feeder is now completed.
For details on how to load paper into the paper tray, refer to the manual bundled with the printer.
NOTE
You can check if the 250/500 Sheet Feeder is installed correctly by printing
the [Printer Settings]. For details on how to print the list, refer to the manual
bundled with the printer.
After installing the 250/500 Sheet Feeder, update the options configuration of
the printer on the [Options] tab of the [Properties] dialog box. For details, refer
to the Online Help for the print driver.
8-8
This guide explains how to install the Duplex Unit.
To ensure safe operation, be sure to read the Safety Notes section of the manual bundled with the
printer.
8.2.1 Checking the Packaged Items
The following items can be found inside the packaging box. If there are any missing items, contact
our Customer Support Center or your dealers.
8.2.2 Installation Procedure
2) Open the cover E.
Insert and push your fingers into the round holes on both sides of the cover E, then remove only
the outside cover by sliding the cover up slightly.
Unit D Connector cover
Label
This guide
8-9
3) Close the cover E.
4) Open the cover A.
To remove the cover A, push in the cover A while pulling out on the left side of the printer cover.
5) Insert the hooks on the unit D into the grooves on the back side of the printer.
IMPORTANT
The unit D must be supported until the support straps have been fastened in
Step 7.
6) Attach the straps to both sides of the printer with the screw.
8-10
7) Close the unit D. Tighten the screws at the bottom left and right.
8) Open the unit D. Remove the connector cover,
and then connect the connector at the bottom left of the unit D to the printer.
NOTE
Keep the original cover somewhere safe.
9) Attach the connector cover provided with this product.
10) Close the unit D.
11) Put the label provided with this product in the position as shown in the diagram.
8-11
12) Connect the power cord. Press the power switch of this printer to the [ | ] position to switch ON
the power.
Installation of the duplex unit is now completed.
NOTE
You can check if the Duplex Unit is installed correctly by printing the [Printer
Settings]. For details on how to print the list, refer to the manual bundled with
the printer.
After installing the Duplex Unit, update the options configuration of the printer
on the [Options] tab of the [Properties] dialog box. For details, refer to the
Online Help for the print driver.
Table of Contents
10-1
Table of Contents
10.1 Print Process........................................................................................................... 10-2
10.1.1 Print Process Overview........................................................................................................ 10-2
10.1.2 Print Process Schematic ...................................................................................................... 10-3
10.1.3 Print Process Technical Description..................................................................................... 10-4
10.1.3.1 Electrical charge.......................................................................................................... 10-4
10.1.3.2 Exposure ..................................................................................................................... 10-5
10.1.3.3 Development ............................................................................................................... 10-7
10.1.3.4 Primary transfer (Drum to Belt) ................................................................................. 10-10
10.1.3.5 Cleaning (Drum) ........................................................................................................ 10-11
10.1.3.6 Repetition (Complete Toner Image Formation) ......................................................... 10-11
10.1.3.7 Secondary transfer (Belt to paper) ............................................................................ 10-13
10.1.3.8 Discharge .................................................................................................................. 10-15
10.1.3.9 Cleaning .................................................................................................................... 10-15
10.1.3.10 Fusing........................................................................................................................ 10-16
10.2 Print Data Flow ..................................................................................................... 10-17
10.2.1 Data Flow ........................................................................................................................... 10-17
10.3 Drive Channels ..................................................................................................... 10-18
10.3.1 DRIVE ASSY FEED ........................................................................................................... 10-18
10.3.2 MOTOR ASSY P/R, DRIVE ASSY PRO............................................................................ 10-19
10.3.3 MOTOR ASSY MAG, MOTOR ASSY ROT........................................................................ 10-20
10.3.4 MOTOR ASSY DUP........................................................................................................... 10-21
10.3.5 MOTOR ASSY FSR ........................................................................................................... 10-22
10.3.6 MOTOR-PH........................................................................................................................ 10-23
10.4 Paper Feed ........................................................................................................... 10-24
10.4.1 MSI (Multi Sheet Inserter)................................................................................................... 10-25
10.4.1.1 Primary Operations ................................................................................................... 10-25
10.4.2 Registration & FUSER........................................................................................................ 10-27
10.4.2.2 Paper Lead Edge Adjustment ................................................................................... 10-29
10.4.3 500 Paper Feeder............................................................................................................... 10-30
10.4.4 Duplex ................................................................................................................................ 10-33
10.5 Xerographic........................................................................................................... 10-34
10.5.1 Component Functions ........................................................................................................ 10-35
10.5.1.1 ROS ASSY................................................................................................................ 10-35
10.5.1.2 XERO CRU ............................................................................................................... 10-36
10.5.1.3 Development ............................................................................................................. 10-39
10.5.1.4 2nd BTR .................................................................................................................... 10-41
10.5.1.5 FUSER ASSY............................................................................................................ 10-42
10.5.2 Process Control .................................................................................................................. 10-43
10.6 Electrical ............................................................................................................... 10-46
10.6.1 Primary Operations............................................................................................................. 10-46
10.7 Operation Modes .................................................................................................. 10-48
10.1 Print Process
10-2
10.1 Print Process
10.1.1 Print Process Overview
This machine is a "full-color laser printer", which makes use of the electrophotographic recording
method principles. The machine has 4 toners: "Yellow, Magenta, Cyan and Black (Y, M, C, K)" and a
Drum that develops toner images. The toner image for each color is developed on the Drum and
transferred to the Belt (intermediate transfer unit). Superposing the color images on the Belt realizes
full-color printing.
This machine's print process consists of the following basic steps:
(1) Electrical charge: Charges the Drum surface with electrical charges.
(2) Exposure: Exposes the image part with laser beams.
(3) Development: Develops the image part with toners.
(4) Primary transfer: Transfers the toner image on the Drum to the Belt.
(5) Cleaning: Cleans the Drum.
(6) Repetition: Repeats steps (1) to (5) for each toner in full-color mode.
(7) Secondary transfer: Transfers the toner image on the Belt to paper.
(8) Discharge: Removes the electrical charge on the paper.
(9) Cleaning: Cleans the Belt.
(10) Fusing: Fuses the toners on the paper with heat and pressure.
Leg_Sec06_001FA
Drum Paper
1Charge
2Exposure
3Development
41st transfer (drum to belt)
6Repeating
6Forming complete
toner image
72nd transfer (belt to paper)
5Cleaning 9Cleaning 8Neutralization
Fixing
Belt (Intermediate
transfer Belt)
10.1 Print Process
10-3
10.1.2 Print Process Schematic
The print process schematic is shown below.
Leg_Sec06_002EB
IBT BELT ASSY(Belt)
[41st transfer (drum to belt)]
[6Repeating (forming complete toner image)]
[72nd transfer (belt to paper)]
Cleaning Brush
[9Cleaning (Belt)]
Cleaning Roll
[9Cleaning (Belt)]
Cleaning Sheet
[9Cleaning (Belt)]
ROTARY
FRAME ASSY
Toner Cartridge
Developer Assy
[3Development]
BELT CLEANER
ASSY
BCR
[1Charge]
ROS ASSY
[2Exposure]
1ST BTR
[41st transfer (drum to belt)]
HEAT ROLL
[Fixing]
BACK UP ROLL
Detack Saw
[8Neutralization]
2ND BTR
Drum
Cleaning Blade
[5Cleaning (drum)]
: Laser beam
: Paper feed
PRESSURE ROLL
[Fixing]
10.1 Print Process
10-4
10.1.3 Print Process Technical Description
10.1.3.1 Electrical charge
In the "electrical charge" process, the BCR (Bias Charge Roll) evenly distributes a negative
electrical charge on the surface of the Drum that rotates at a fixed speed.
- The BCR is always in contact with the Drum and driven by the Drum rotation.
The BCR is a conductive roll that discharges the negative voltage with added AC voltage applied
to it from the HVPS to the Drum surface.
The Drum surface is evenly charged with negative electricity by DC bias voltage.
- The Drum surface is photoconductive (becomes a nonconductor when it is in a dark place and a
conductor when it receives light) and is internally composed of a conductor (aluminum cylinder).
HVPS
BCR
Leg_Sec06_005FA
: Negative charge
: Positive charge
Drum
Photoconductor
Conductor
Leg_Sec06_006FA
Drum surface
-V
0
Leg_Sec06_007FA
Potential on
drum surface
10.1 Print Process
10-5
10.1.3.2 Exposure
In the "exposure" process, the negatively charged Drum surface is scanned with laser light to form
an invisible electrostatic latent image on the Drum surface.
- The laser light is emitted from the laser diode in the ROS ASSY to scan the Drum surface
thoroughly from end to end with the polygon mirror, fixed mirrors and lenses of the Scanner Assy
in the ROS ASSY. The laser diode emits one beam of laser light.
Leg_Sec06_008FA
Drum
Mirror
Lens COL
Lens CYL
Lens L1
Polygon Mirror
PWBA SOS
SOS Sensor
Scanner Assy
PWBA LD
Mirror SOS
Window
10.1 Print Process
10-6
- Emission of the laser light is triggered by the print data (image data) from the printer controller.
Laser light is output only when the print data is composed of pixels (small dots forming a text,
image, etc). (The laser diodes for the parts that will be developed with toners are lit up, while the
diodes for the parts that will not be developed are lit off.)
The Drum surface exposed to the laser light becomes a conductor, in which negative electric
charges flows towards positive side on the Drum and counteract with positive electric charges,
resulting in potential drop on the Drum surface. This lower potential parts forms an electrostatic
latent image.
ROS ASSY
Leg_Sec06_009FA
Photoconductor
Conductor
Drum
(Laser beam)
: Negative charge
: Positive charge
Leg_Sec06_010FA
<Concept of drum>
Laser beam
Photoconductor
Conductor
Electrostatic
latent image
Leg_Sec06_011FA
Drum surface
(Laser beam)
Electrostatic
latent image
-V
0
Leg_Sec06_012FA
Potential on
drum surface
(Laser beam)
10.1 Print Process
10-7
10.1.3.3 Development
In the "development" process, the electrically charged toners adhere to the electrostatic latent image
on the Drum surface to form a visible image on it.
- This machine employs the "rotary development method", which performs development by
rotating 4 developers (Developer Assy) sequentially, and the "trickle development method", which
uses 2-element (carrier and toner) developer.
The developer in the Developer Assy is beat with a spiral stirrer called Auger and supplied to the
Magnet Roll, which is placed in neighborhood on the Drum surface. Beating generates frictional
electric charges (toner becomes negative and carrier becomes positive) and they magnetize
each other and fuse.
Since the carrier is a magnetic substance, it is magnetized by the Magnet Roll and forms even
layers through the Trimmer Blade.
Negative voltage with added AC voltage from the HVPS has been applied onto the Magnet Roll.
Since the potential of the electrostatic latent image that has been formed on the Drum by
exposure is relatively positive, the negatively charged toners on the Magnet Roll are magnetized
to form a toner image.
10.1 Print Process
10-8
HVPS
Toner Cartridge
Magnet Roll
Drum
Trimmer Blade
Auger
Developer Assy
Leg_Sec06_013FA
: Negative charge
: Positive charge
: Toner
: Carrier
Leg_Sec06_014FA
Drum surface
Toner image
-V
0
Leg_Sec06_015FA
Potential on
drum surface
Developer
bias
10.1 Print Process
10-9
- As the number of printed sheets increases, more toners in the developer are consumed. To keep
appropriate development density, the equivalent amount of toner to the one consumed must be
filled from the Toner Cartridge to the Developer Assy. This filling is called "toner dispense".
Dispensing of toner is carried out by using two kinds of controls ("PCDC" and "ADC").
- To create a full-color image using 4 color toners, toner images for Y, M, C and K must be formed
on the Drum sequentially.
This machine has 4 Developer Assy, which are placed at 90-degree intervals on a circle. By
rotating the Rotary Frame Assy, the Developer Assy for each color is opposed to the Drum to
form a toner image for the color. This is called "Rotary Development Method".
- The carrier's electrostatic charge characteristic will deteriorate due to toner contamination on the
surface or surface damage by beating.
To maintain the electrostatic charge, a small amount of carrier is mixed in toner of a Toner
Cartridge. While the toner and carrier is supplied at toner dispense, the deteriorated carrier in the
Developer Assy is collected in a separate compartment in the Toner Cartridge. This is called
"Trickle Development Method". The trickle development is performed by using the Rotary Frame
Assy rotation at rotary development.
The trickle development mechanism is shown below.
(1) A pipe is inserted in the carrier in the Developer Assy.
(2) A small amount of carrier enters the pipe hole.
(3) The carrier is taken up and moved inside the pipe.
(4) The carrier is collected in the Toner Cartridge.
Developer Assy C
Toner Cartridge C
Toner Cartridge BK
Toner Cartridge M
Toner Cartridge Y
Developer Assy BK
Developer Assy M
Developer Assy Y
Drum
Rotary Frame Assy Leg_Sec06_016FA
Rotary Frame Assy
L shaped pipe
Drum
Leg_Sec06_017FA
Toner Cartridge
Separate chamber
for collecting carrier
Leg_Sec06_018FA
10.1 Print Process
10-10
10.1.3.4 Primary transfer (Drum to Belt)
In the "primary transfer" process, the toner images formed on the Drum surface are transferred onto
the Belt surface in the XERO CRU by the 1st BTR (First Bias Transfer Roll).
- The 1st BTR is a conductive roll and has positive charge from the HVPS. The 1st BTR contacts
the rear side of the Belt and supplies positive electricity on the side.
The toner images on the Drum surface that have been negatively charged are magnetized by the
positive electricity on the rear side of the Belt and transferred from the Drum to the Belt.
HVPS
1ST BTR
Drum
: Negative charge
: Positive charge
: Toner
Belt
Leg_Sec06_019FA
-V
0
Leg_Sec06_020FA
Potential on
drum surface
Leg_Sec06_021FA
Drum surface
Un-transferred
toner
Leg_Sec06_022FA
Belt surface
10.1 Print Process
10-11
10.1.3.5 Cleaning (Drum)
In the "Cleaning (Drum)" process, unnecessary toner is removed from the Drum surface.
- Cleaning a Drum
The toner that was not transferred to the Belt in the "primary transfer" process remains on the
Drum surface. Since the remaining toner on the Drum surface becomes an obstacle for the
subsequent processes, the Cleaning Blade that is in contact with the Drum sweeps off the
remaining toner and collects it in the Cleaner Box.
10.1.3.6 Repetition (Complete Toner Image Formation)
In the "Repetition (Complete Toner Image Formation)" process, the toner images for each color that
have formed on the Drum surface are transferred to the Belt sequentially, forming a complete toner
image that is composed of 4 colors on the Belt surface.
Cleaning Blade
Drum
Leg_Sec06_023FA
: Negative charge
: Positive charge
: Toner
Leg_Sec06_024FA
: Black toner
: Cyan toner
: Magenta toner
: Yellow toner
1ST BTR
Belt
Drum
10.1 Print Process
10-12
Leg_Sec06_025FA
Drum surface
(Yellow toner image)
Drum surface
(Magenta toner image)
Belt surface
Yellow
toner image
Magenta
toner image
Cyan
toner image
Black
toner image
Drum surface
(Cyan toner image)
Drum surface
(Black toner image)
10.1 Print Process
10-13
10.1.3.7 Secondary transfer (Belt to paper)
In the "secondary transfer" process, the toner image formed on the Belt surface is transferred onto
paper by the 2nd BTR (Second Bias Transfer Roll).
- The 2nd BTR gets in contact with paper only during paper transfer so that it will not damage the
toner image forming on the Belt surface. In normal situations, the 2nd BTR is in the Home
position, which is detected by the SENSOR RETRACT 2BTR. To get in contact with the paper, it
is driven and moved by the MOT ASSY MICRO.
2ND BTR ASSY
SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT
MOT ASSY MICRO
Leg_Sec06_026FB
10.1 Print Process
10-14
- The 2nd BTR is a conductive roll which is in contact with the back of the toner transfer paper. It
has positive charge from the HVPS.
The Back Up Roll, which is placed opposite the 2nd BTR, is grounded to the frame ground by
using a conductive roll.
The 2nd BTR positioned at the back of the paper charges the paper positively so that the
negatively charged toner images can be transferred from the Belt surface to the paper.
HVPS
2nd BTR Back Up Roll Belt Paper
Leg_Sec06_027FA
HVPS
2nd BTR
Detack Saw
Back Up Roll
Belt Leg_Sec06_028FA
: Negative charge
: Positive charge
: Toner
Paper
Leg_Sec06_029FA
Belt surface
Residual
toner
Leg_Sec06_030FA
Paper surface
10.1 Print Process
10-15
10.1.3.8 Discharge
In the "Discharge" process, the electrical charge on the paper is neutralized/removed by the Detack
Saw (discharge plate).
- The Detack Saw is in contact with the back of paper. The electrical charge from "the secondary
transfer" makes the toners scatter to neighboring metals. Therefore, the electricity must be
neutralized/removed.
10.1.3.9 Cleaning
In the "Cleaning (Belt)" process, the remaining toner is removed after toner images have been
transferred to paper.
- The Belt Cleaner gets in contact with the Belt only during the cleaning so that it will not damage
the toner images forming on the Belt surface. It is driven by the IBT Retract Motor when getting in
contact.
- The remaining toner on the Belt surface is absorbed by the Cleaning Roll. After that, it is
absorbed by a cleaning brush and collected in the Cleaner Box.
Belt Cleaner Assy
Cleaning Blade
: Toner
Cleaning Brush
Belt
Leg_Sec06_031FB
10.1 Print Process
10-16
10.1.3.10 Fusing
In the "Fusing" process, the toners are fused on the paper using heat and pressure.
- The Fuser Assy does not have a Pressure Roll and has a Fuser Belt instead.
The Heat Roll is rotated by the MOT ASSY FSR drive and the Fuser Belt starts operation by
following the friction.
The inside of the Fuser Belt is as shown in the figure below. The pressure system in the Belt nips
the Belt and Heat Roll.
- In the Fuser Assy, toners are melted in the Heat Roll by heat from the Heater Lamp. And the
pressure for nipping the Heat Roll and Fuser Belt makes the toners fuse on paper.
Heat Roll
Fuser Belt
Nip Area
Paper
Leg_Sec06_032FB
10.2 Print Data Flow
10-17
10.2 Print Data Flow
10.2.1 Data Flow
The print data (electric signals) from the Printer Controller goes through the following flow before
becoming a print image.
REFERENCE Forming a 2-dimensional Print Image
According to the electric signals from the Printer Controller (VIDEO signals: representing
image data using high and low voltages), scanning an image while turning ON/OFF the laser
light creates a dot image for one line.
By doing the above scan for a whole image, a complete monochromatic image (2-dimensional
dot image) is created. To create a full-color image, this 2-dimensional dot image must be
created respectively for 4 colors.
The resolution is calculated as follows:
Fast scan direction: number of dots/inch
Slow scan direction: number of scan lines/inch
Leg_Sec06_033FB
Host (electric signal)
Printer controller (electric signal)
ROS ASSY (laser beam)
Toner image on paper
Printed image on paper
Toner image on drum (toner image)
Electrostatic latent image on drum
(invisible image)
Toner image on belt
(intermediate transfer belt)
Leg_Sec06_034FA
Paper feeding direction
Number of dots/inch
Number of scanning
lines/inch
10.3 Drive Channels
10-18
10.3 Drive Channels
10.3.1 DRIVE ASSY FEED
The DRIVE ASSY FEED rotation is transmitted through the following flow:
DRIVE ASSY FEED
CLUTCH ASSY FEED
ROLL ASSY TURN 500
GEAR FEED
ROLL ASSY FEED 500
500 FEEDER ASSY
Leg_Sec06_035EB
DRIVE ASSY FEED
GEAR FEED CLUTCH ASSY FEED
FRONT
Leg_Sec06_042EB
10.3 Drive Channels
10-19
10.3.2 MOTOR ASSY P/R, DRIVE ASSY PRO
The MOTOR ASSY P/R and DRIVE ASSY PRO rotations are transmitted through the following flow:
DRIVE ASSY PRO MOT ASSY P/R
FLANGE
GEAR INPUT
GEAR BRUSH 22/30
CAM ASSY
DRUM
GEAR BRUSH 32
GEAR DRIVE BRUSH
XERO CRU
ROLL ASSY BRUSH IBT
GEAR-19
CAM ASSY-IBT CL
GEAR IDLE 26/40
GEAR DTR 23
ROLL DTN
Leg_Sec06_036EB
MOT ASSY P/R
DRIVE ASSY PRO
GEAR-19
GEAR INPUT
GEAR BRUSH 32
GEAR IDLE 26/40
GEAR DTR 23
GEAR DRIVE BRUSH
GEAR BRUSH 22/30
IBT ASSY
FRONT
Leg_Sec06_045EC
10.3 Drive Channels
10-20
10.3.3 MOTOR ASSY MAG, MOTOR ASSY ROT
The MOTOR ASSY MAG and MOTOR ASSY ROT rotations are transmitted through the following
flow:
MOT ASSY MAG MOT ASSY ROT
GEAR IDLE DISP
GEAR AUGER DISPENCE
INPUT GEAR
HOUSING ASSY-DEVE
DEVE ASSY
AUGER DISPENCE
GEAR AUGER ADMIX
GEAR MAG
ROLL MAG GEAR IDLE GEAR AUGER SUPPLY
FRAM ASSY-ROTARY
AUGER SUPPLY
AUGER ADMIX
Leg_Sec06_037FB
TNR CRU
(TONER CARTRIDGE)
GEAR AGITATOR
AGITATOR
INPUT GEAR(K)
INPUT GEAR(Y)
INPUT GEAR(M)
INPUT GEAR(C)
MOT ASSY MAG
MOT ASSY ROT FRAM ASSY-ROTARY
GEAR IDLE DISP(K)
GEAR IDLE DISP(C)
GEAR IDLE DISP(Y)
GEAR IDLE DISP(M)
FRONT
Leg_Sec06_044FC
10.3 Drive Channels
10-21
10.3.4 MOTOR ASSY DUP
The MOTOR ASSY DUP rotation is transmitted through the following flow:
MOTOR ASSY DUP MOTOR ASSY DUP INV
GEAR 40/42
GEAR 36
GEAR 48H
GEAR 40/42
TRANSPORT ASSY DUP
INVERTER ASSY DUP
GEAR 36
GEAR 36
GEAR 30 OW
GEAR 36
ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT
GEAR 30
ROLLER ASSY DUP
GEAR 48H
GEAR 20/21H
GEAR 36
GEAR 30
ROLLER ASSY INVERTER
Leg_Sec06_038FB
GEAR 30
GEAR 30
GEAR 36
GEAR 20/21H
GEAR 48H
MOTOR ASSY DUP INV
INVERTER ASSY DUP
TRANSPORT ASSY DUP
GEAR 36
GEAR 36
GEAR 40/42
GEAR 48H
MOTOR ASSY DUP
GEAR 40/42
GEAR 36
GEAR 36
GEAR 30 OW
FRONT
Leg_Sec06_041FC
10.3 Drive Channels
10-22
10.3.5 MOTOR ASSY FSR
The MOTOR ASSY FSR rotation is transmitted through the following flow:
MOTOR ASSY FSR (Fuser Motor)
GEAR-IDLER EXIT
GEAR EXIT
GEAR HR
ROLL ASSY FUSER
FUSER ASSY
TRANSFER ASSY
EXIT ROLLER BELT ASSY
GEAR 2ND
GEAR-IDLER GEAR-27
2ND BTR ASSY
MOT ASSY MICRO
DRIVE ASSY BTR
GEAR-28
CAM ASSY-2ND
Leg_Sec06_039EB
GEAR EXIT
GEAR-IDLER EXIT
GEAR-IDLER
GEAR-27
GEAR 2ND
FUSER ASSY
DRIVE ASSY BTR
TRANSFER ASSY
2ND BTR ASSY
MOTOR ASSY FSR
BELT ASSY
ROLL ASSY FUSER
GEAR HR
GEAR-28
MOT ASSY MICRO
FRONT
Leg_Sec06_043EC
10.3 Drive Channels
10-23
10.3.6 MOTOR-PH
The MOTOR -PH rotation is transmitted through the following flow:
GEAR 43
CLUTCH ASSY REGI
GEAR 43
PH ASSY
MSI
ROLL REGI METAL ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI
ROLL REGI RUBBER
GEAR 28/40
MOTOR-PH
GEAR 21/104
GEAR PICK UP
ROLL ASSY MSI
HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI
Leg_Sec06_040EB
GEAR 21/104
MOTOR -PH
GEAR 28/40
GEAR PICK UP
HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI MSI
PH ASSY
CLUTCH ASSY REGI
GEAR 43
GEAR 43
FRONT
Leg_Sec06_046EC
10.4 Paper Feed
10-24
10.4 Paper Feed
The following illustration describes the main functional parts for paper feed.
They are separated in the following blocks according to the basic configuration.
- MSI (Multi Sheet Inserter)
- Registration & FUSER
- 500 Paper Feeder
- Duplex (Option)
Leg_Sec06_004EC
SENSOR OHP
(PL5.2.16)
Fuser Exit Sensor (FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1))
Registration & Fuser
Duplex
MSI
500 Paper Feeder
(PL13.2.21)
HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500
(PL14.3.24)
SENSOR NO PAPER (PL14.4.3)
ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8)
SENSOR PAPER EMPTY
(PL4.1.24)
IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)
PAPER FEED
10.4 Paper Feed
10-25
10.4.1 MSI (Multi Sheet Inserter)
10.4.1.1 Primary Operations
- GUIDE SIDE L (PL4.1.12)/GUIDE ASSY SIDE R (PL4.1.13)
The GUIDE SIDE L/GUIDE ASSY SIDE R move vertically against the paper feed direction to
align paper widths.
- SOLENOID PICK UP (PL4.1.23)
The SOLENOID PICK UP controls the GEAR PICK UP rotation. When the Solenoid is excited,
the GEAR PICK UP is unlocked and the MOTOR-PH drives to rotate the ROLL MSI.
ROLL MSI
SOLENOID PICK UP
SENSOR PAPER EMPTY
GUIDE ASSY SIDE R
GUIDE SIDE L
PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI
Leg_06_047FA
ROLL MSI
SOLENOID PICK UP
Leg_Sec06_048FB
10.4 Paper Feed
10-26
- PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (PL4.1.15)
In normal situations, the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI is pressed down by the Cam, which is
attached to the shaft. When paper is fed, the shaft rotates and removes the pressure from the
Cam. Then, the paper is pressed on the ROLL MSI by spring pressure.
- ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8)
The paper that has been pressed by the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI is fed by frictional force
from the ROLL MSI.
- SENSOR PAPER EMPTY (PL4.1.24)
The SENSOR PAPER EMPTY detects whether or not paper is loaded. When no paper is loaded,
the Actuator empty weight blocks a sensor, which enables it to detect no paper status. (No Paper:
Sensor Blocked)
ROLL MSI
Cam
Cam
Leg_Sec06_049FB
10.4 Paper Feed
10-27
10.4.2 Registration & FUSER
- CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22)
Drive from the MOTOR-PH is transmitted to the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI to feed paper to the Regi
part.
- SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16)
This is a reflective sensor that detects whether paper is a plain paper or transparency. When the
light emitted from the emission part of the sensor is reflected on the paper and the sensor
receiver detected it, the paper is considered as a plain paper.
- SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19)
This detects that paper leading edge has reached the Regi Assy. (No Paper: Light Received By
Sensor)
Since this unit does not have a switch for paper size detection, it only detects the paper length by
using the SENSOR REGI during paper feed. If the print data and paper size do not match, an
error is sent to the Controller.
- CLUTCH ASSY REGI (PL5.2.2)
Drive from the MOTOR-PH is transmitted to the ROLL-REGI METAL to feed paper to the Transfer
part.
- MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20)
This is a DC motor that drives the Rolls in the MSI and REGI.
- SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3)
This is a reflective sensor that detects the paper after toner image transfer has been fed just
before the Fuser.
SENSOR REGI
Fuser Exit Sensor
SENSOR FUSER IN
FUSER ASSY
SENSOR OHP
MOTOR-PH
CLUTCH ASSY REGI
Leg_06_050FA
10.4 Paper Feed
10-28
This fuses the complete toner images that have been transferred by the 2nd BTR on paper. It
also feeds the paper before/after fusing.
- Fuser Exit Sensor (In FUSER ASSY)
This detects that paper has been output from the Fuser. (No Paper: Sensor Blocked)
10.4 Paper Feed
10-29
10.4.2.2 Paper Lead Edge Adjustment
When this is loaded in a tray or cassette and it feeds paper to the toner transfer part, images may
not be transferred on a proper location. Therefore, paper lead edge needs alignment using the "Roll
Loop" method at the Regi part.
With the "Roll Loop" method, paper enters a loop by aligning the paper that has passed through the
ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI to the stopped ROLL-REGI METAL. Rotating the ROLL-REGI METAL in the
loop aligns the paper lead edges before it is output from the ROLL-REGI METAL.
ROLL-REGI METAL
ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI
Leg_Sec06_051FB
10.4 Paper Feed
10-30
10.4.3 500 Paper Feeder
- Connector (HARNESS-ASSY FEED1 (PL14.3.14))
This is used for communications with and power supply to the machine.
- PWBA TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3)
This controls the Motor, Sensor, etc. in the 500 Paper Feeder.
- 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1)
The 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY capacity is only 500 sheets (optional).
Leg_Sec06_052EB
500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY
GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500
PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500
GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500
GUIDE END ASSY
MOTOR ASSY FEEDER
SWITCH FEEDER DOOR
SOLENOID FEED
ROLL ASSY TURN 500
SENSOR T/R
ROLL ASSY FEED 500
SENSOR NO PAPER
PWBA TRAY 500
PWBA MOT
Leg_Sec06_053EB
Connection Connector
10.4 Paper Feed
10-31
- GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500 (PL14.1.4)/GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500 (PL14.1.6)
The GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500/GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500 move vertically against the paper
feed direction to align paper widths.
- GUIDE END ASSY (PL14.1.2)
The GUIDE END ASSY moves in parallel to the paper feed direction to align paper widths.
- SOLENOID FEED (PL14.3.8)
This controls rotation of the Feed Gear. When the Solenoid is turned ON, the Feed Gear is
unlocked and the Feed Roll starts rotating. The SOLENOID FEED controls the paper feed timing
by repeatedly turning ON/OFF for each sheet.
The PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 is locked at the Bottom side when the 500 PAPER CASSETTE
ASSY is pulled out from the 500 Paper Feeder. When the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY is
inserted in the 500 Paper Feeder, the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 is unlocked and presses
paper on the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 using spring pressure.
- MOTOR ASSY FEEDER (PL14.3.9)
The MOTOR ASSY FEEDER drives the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 and ROLL ASSY TURN 500.
- ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11)
The paper that has been pressed by the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 is fed by frictional force
from the ROLL ASSY FEED 500.
When 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY is pulled out, the nip with HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 is
released.
- ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16)
This transfers the paper that has been fed by the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 to the Regi part.
- SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7)
This detects that paper has been transferred from the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (No Paper:
Sensor Blocked)
- SENSOR NO PAPER (PL14.4.3)
The SENSOR NO PAPER detects whether or not paper is loaded. When no paper is loaded, the
Actuator empty weight blocks a sensor, which enables it to detect no paper status. (No Paper:
Sensor Blocked)
- SWITCH FEEDER DOOR (PL14.3.18)
The SWITCH FEEDER DOOR detects the opening/closing of the Tray door.
SOLENOID FEED
ROLL ASSY FEED 500
Leg_Sec06_054FB
10.4 Paper Feed
10-32
- LOCK MC TO FDR (PL14.2.12)
This secures the 500 Paper Feeder to the machine by rotating the right and left levers.
Leg_06_071FA
LOCK MC TO FDR
10.4 Paper Feed
10-33
10.4.4 Duplex
- SWITCH-DUP DOOR (PL13.3.7)
The SWITCH-DUP DOOR detects the opening/closing of the Duplex door.
- SOLENOID ASSY DUP (PL13.2.7)
The SOLENOID ASSY DUP switches the gate in the Fuser. When the SOLENOID ASSY DUP is
turned ON, the Actuator pushes up the gate to feed paper to the Invert part.
- MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18)
The MOTOR ASSY DUP INV drives the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER to feed paper to the
Transport part. When the paper from the Fuser is output halfway to the Catch Tray, the Motor
reverses rotation to feed the paper to the Transport part.
- SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10)
The SENSOR UPPER PASS detects that paper has been fed to the Invert part of the Duplex. (No
Paper: Sensor Blocked)
- MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14)
The MOTOR ASSY DUP drives the ROLLER ASSY DUP and ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT to feed
paper in the Transport part.
- SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11)
The SENSOR LOW PASS detects that paper has been fed in the Transport part. (No Paper:
Sensor Blocked)
- PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13)
This controls the Motor, Sensor, etc. in the Duplex.
SOLENOID ASSY DUP
MOTOR ASSY DUP INV
SWITCH-DUP DOOR
PWBA DUP-L
MOTOR ASSY DUP
SENSOR LOW PASS
ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT
ROLLER ASSY DUP
SENSOR UPPER PASS
Leg_Sec06_055FB
10.5 Xerographic
10-34
10.5 Xerographic
The following describes the main functions of the Xerographic parts and how to control them
(process control).
The Xerographic is composed of the following blocks according to the function.
- ROS ASSY
- XERO CRU
- Development
- 2nd BTR
- FUSER
ROS ASSY
Development
XERO CRU
Second BTR
FUSER
Leg_Sec06_003EB
: Laser beam
: Paper feed
10.5 Xerographic
10-35
10.5.1 Component Functions
10.5.1.1 ROS ASSY
- The ROS ASSY (Raster Output Scanner Assembly) is an exposure device that outputs laser
light to form the electrostatic latent image on the Drum surface. (The ROS ASSY is referred to
as "ROS" hereinafter)
The ROS is composed of the following main components.
- The PWBA LD (Laser Diode) converts the image data of input electric signals to blinking laser
light.
To stabilize laser light amount when the electrostatic latent image is formed, the PWBA LD
always monitors and controls the laser light amount. This is called "APC (Auto Power
Control)".
- The Scanner Assy contains the polygon mirror that is attached to the Scanner Motor that
rotates at a fixed speed and Motor rotation axis.
The polygon mirror is exposed to the laser light output from the PWBA LD.
The polygon mirror has a six-face reflective mirror. By rotating the Scanner Motor, the
reflection angle of laser light is changed. This reflection angle change enables scanning of
laser light in the Drum axis direction. One mirror face can scan one line.
- The laser light reflected from the polygon mirror reaches the Drum surface via a lens, mirror
and window. The lens corrects aberration, the mirror ensures the correct light path, and the
window prevents foreign substances from entering the interior of the ROS.
- The SOS Sensor on the PWBA SOS (Start of Scan) converts incoming laser light to electric
signals as scan start reference and sends it to the PWBA MCU.
The signals from the SOS Sensor are used to match the start timing of laser light scan and
the timing of image drawing.
Leg_Sec06_008FA
Drum
Mirror
Lens COL
Lens CYL
Lens L1
Polygon Mirror
PWBA SOS
SOS Sensor
Scanner Assy
PWBA LD
Mirror SOS
Window
10.5 Xerographic
10-36
10.5.1.2 XERO CRU
- The XERO CRU is composed of the Belt, Belt Cleaner, Drum, Drum Cleaner, 1st BTR and Toner
Waste Box for each Cleaner. For the XERO CRU, the ANTENNA ASSY, SENSOR TR-0,
SENSOR ASSY ADC, SENSOR IBT RETRACT, SENSOR HUM & TEMP, MOT ASSY P/R, IBT
Brush Motor and IBT Cleaner Retract Motor are attached in the unit.
- XERO CRU (IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1))
- The Belt forms a complete toner image by superposing 4 color images, each of which has
been transferred from the 1st BTR to the IBT Belt. After forming the complete 4-color toner
image, the image is transferred onto paper by using the positive electricity arisen from the 2nd
BTR (secondary transfer).
- The remaining toner on the Belt surface is collected by the Cleaning Blade in the Belt Cleaner
in the Waste Toner Box.
- The Drum surface is photoconductive (becomes a nonconductor when it is in a dark place
and a conductor when it receives light) and is internally composed of a conductor (aluminum
cylinder).
SENSOR IBT RETRACT
IBT Cleaner
Retract Motor
ANTENNA ASSY
IBT Brush Motor
SENSOR TR-0
MOT ASSY P/R
SENSOR HUM & TEMP
SENSOR ASSY ADC
SENSOR TNER FULL
Cleaning Sheet
Cleaner Brush Cleaning Roll
Drum Cleaner
1ST BTR
Drum
Belt
Leg_Sec06_056EC
10.5 Xerographic
10-37
The Drum Cleaner is composed of the Cleaning Blade and Toner Waste Box. It sweeps off the
remaining toner on the Drum surface with the Cleaning Blade that is in contact with the Drum.
The Toner Waste Box has the SENSOR TNER FULL Actuator that operates when the waste
toner increases and blocks the Sensor to detect full toner. When full toner is detected, the
XERO CRU needs to be replaced.
- The 1st BTR is a conductive roll and positive voltage from the HVPS is applied to it. The 1st
BTR contacts the rear side of the Belt and applies positive voltage on the side.
- In the CRUM XERO, specific data that is related to the XERO CRU is stored.
- IBT Brush Motor (DRIVE ASSY PRO(PL11.1.2))
The IBT Brush Motor drives the brush in the Belt Cleaner.
- IBT Cleaner Retract Motor (DRIVE ASSY PRO (PL11.1.2))
The IBT Cleaner Retract Motor drives the Cam to advance the Belt Cleaner to the IBT Belt (gets
in contact with the Belt). The Belt Cleaner comes into contact with the Belt by rotating the Cam.
- SENSOR IBT RETRACT (PL6.1.26)
The SENSOR IBT RETRACT detects the Cam position for the Belt Cleaner retract.
- MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6)
The MOT ASSY P/R drives the Drum. The Motor is combined with the Drum by coupling.
- SENSOR TR-0 (PL7.1.2)
The SENSOR TR-0 reads a silver seal on the Belt surface that is out of the toner image formation
area and detects the Belt position. When the silver seal detection count exceeds the specified
value, the XERO CRU needs to be replaced.
- SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20)
The SENSOR ASSY ADC reads a toner patch on the Belt before the secondary transfer and
converts it to a voltage value. The voltage value is used for toner density control.
- SENSOR HUM & TEMP (PL12.1.6)
The SENSOR HUM & TEMP reads the temperature/humidity in the device and converts them to
voltage values. The voltage values are used for toner density control.
10.5 Xerographic
10-38
- SENSOR TNER FULL (PL7.1.24)
The SENSOR TNER FULL detects Full Toner in the Remaining Toner Waste Box. The remaining
toner swept by the Drum Cleaning Blade is collected in the Waste Box. The Waste Box has an
Actuator, which blocks the area that has been detected by the SENSOR TNER FULL. The
Actuator is retained by a spring and lowered by the weight of the Waste Toner Box. When it
blocks the Sensor detectable part, Full Toner is detected.
Leg_Sec06_068FB
SENSOR TNER FULL
Actuator
10.5 Xerographic
10-39
10.5.1.3 Development
The Rotary Developer is composed of the TNR CRU (Toner Cartridge) and ANTENNA CTRG for 4
colors, HOUSING ASSY-DEVE and FRAME ASSY ROTARY. The Dispense Clutch, MOT ASSY
MAG, MOT ASSY ROT, and SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI are attached in the unit.
- TNR CRU (PL9.2.1-4) (Toner Cartridge)
- The TNR CRU supplies toner and carrier and has a separate compartment in which
deteriorated carrier will be collected. This is called the "Trickle Development Method".
- In the ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12), specific data that is related to the Toner Cartridge is
stored. Wireless communication is used for writing data in the ANTENNA CTRG.
- HOUSING ASSY-DEVE (PL9.2.5-8)
The HOUSING ASSY-DEVE for 4 colors (Y, M, C and K) are provided. Each of them is composed
of two Augers (for toner beating and toner supply respectively), the Magnet Roll (which
magnetizes magnetic carrier to form developed layers and supplies toner to the Drum) and the
Trimmer Blade (which makes the developed layers even on the Magnet Roll).
To avoid insertion mistake, the FRAME ASSY ROTARY is designed with a hole at a raised
portion.
TNR CRU
ANTENNA CTRG
HOUSING ASSY-DEVE
Dispense Clutch
MOT ASSY ROT
SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI
MOT ASSY MAG
Leg_Sec06_058EA
Leg_Sec06_066FA
Y
M
C
K
10.5 Xerographic
10-40
When the Magnet Roll rotation time exceeds the specified value, the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE
needs to be replaced.
- Dispense Clutch (In MOT ASSY MAG)
The Dispense Clutch links with the MOT ASSY MAG drive to rotate the Auger for toner supply.
The MOT ASSY MAG rotates the Magnet Roll in the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE.
- MOT ASSY ROT (PL11.1.5)
The MOT ASSY ROT rotates the FRAME ASSY ROTARY, which holds the HOUSING ASSY-
DEVE.
- SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI (PL9.1.18)
The SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI detects the Rotary Developer position so that the Rotary
Developer is placed at an appropriate location. The Home position can be obtained by rotating
the Black toner Developer transfer position by approximate 10 degrees clockwise.
- LATCH ROTARY (PL9.1.7)
The LATCH ROTARY locks the Rotary Developer so that it does not move when the Front Cover
is opened.
LATCH ROTARY
Front Cover
Leg_06_059FA
10.5 Xerographic
10-41
10.5.1.4 2nd BTR
- The 2nd BTR (2ND BTR ASSY(PL6.1.12)) is a conductive roll in contact with the back side of the
toner transfer paper. It has applied voltage from the HVPS.
- The MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) operates when the toner images on the Belt are transferred
to paper. The Motor drive rotates the shaft, which rotates the Cam that is attached to the shaft.
The Cam advances the BTR (to be in contact with the paper) to transfer the toner images. After
the transfer is complete, the Motor starts rotation and the BTR is returned to the retract position
by a spring.
- The SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) detects the BTR position. The shaft with Cam, which
retracts the BTR, has a Sensor Actuator. When it is blocked, retraction occurs. When it is not
blocked, advancement occurs.
- When the number of printed sheets exceeds the specified value, the 2nd BTR needs to be
replaced.
Leg_Sec06_070FB
2ND BTR ASSY
SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT
MOT ASSY MICRO
10.5 Xerographic
10-42
10.5.1.5 FUSER ASSY
- The FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) fuses the complete toner image that has been transferred on the
paper by using heat and pressure, feeds the paper before/after fusing, and switches the gate in
the Fuser to feed the paper to the Output Tray or Duplex Unit.
The Fuser is composed of the following parts.
Heat Roll Belt
Heater Lamp Exit Roll
Thermostat Temp. Sensor (contact type/non-contact type)
Exit Sensor
- Thermostat
When the Heat Roll temperature is over a certain temperature, it blocks the Heater Lamp path in
the Heat Roll.
- Temp. Sensor (contact type/non-contact type)
Non-contact type: Monitors the Heat Roll surface temperature and controls the ON/OFF of the
Heater Lamp.
Contact type: Monitors the Heat Roll surface temperature and shuts power supply to the Heater
Lamp when the temperature becomes abnormally high.
- When the number of printed sheets exceeds the specified value, the FUSER ASSY needs to be
replaced.
Leg_06_060FA
FUSER ASSY
Heater Lamp
Heat Roll
Exit Roll
Thermostat
Temp. Sensor
(Contact Type)
Temp. Sensor
(Non-Contact Type)
Exit Sensor
Fuser Belt
10.5 Xerographic
10-43
10.5.2 Process Control
To always gain a stable image quality, the parameters related to image formation needs to be
corrected as needed. The control of the whole print process including the parameter correction is
called "Process Control".
- TC (Toner Content) Control
The SENSOR ASSY ADC reads the density of the toner patch for TC Control that has been
created on the Belt surface. Using the read data, it controls the laser light amount and application
of high voltages.
The TC Control steps are shown below.
(1) Sensor ADC Adjustment
The Sensor ADC has a configuration as shown in the figure. Using two LEDs for Black and Color,
it reads the patch density of each of the two reflection paths, which have difference light axis
angles. The LED for Black uses a mirror reflection light path and the LED for Color uses a
diffused reflection light path.
Laser
Power
Control
Voltage/Current
Control
Toner Dispense Control
Toner Density
Life Counter
Temp.
Humidity
BCR
1st BTR
LV/HVPS
ROS ASSY
PWBA CRUM
MCU PWB
SENSOR
ASSY ADC
SENSOR
HUM&TEMP
Motor/
Clutch
Leg_Sec06_064EB
Calculation of
correction value
Calculation of parameter
for creation
of ADC toner patch
10.5 Xerographic
10-44
(2) Adjustments for Environment and Component Deterioration
Temperature and humidity that change everyday and component deterioration (e.g. the IBT Belt
or Drum, etc.) due to print jobs have influences on the image quality. Therefore, the temperature/
humidity data from the SENSOR HUM & TEMP and the unit usage information from the CRUM
are checked and imported during parameter correction.
(3) Toner Patch Creation
Using the parameters that have been calculated using various information, the HVPS supplied
power, laser light amount and toner supply amount are determined and 4 toner patches for each
color are created on the Belt surface.
(4) Toner Patch Reading
The SENSOR ASSY ADC reads the density of the created toner patches and compares it with a
desired value. When a difference is detected, it re-calculates the parameter and goes back to (3).
When the read value is extremely light or dark, the following controls are carried out:
- Admix Control
When the patch density read by the SENSOR ASSY ADC is too light, toner supply to the
Developer is increased. This is called "Admix Control".
- Sweep Control
When the patch density read by the SENSOR ASSY ADC is too dark, toner is transferred to
the Drum and toner in the Drum Cleaner is swept off to forcibly output the toner from the
Developer. This is called "Sweep Control".
Leg_Sec06_057FA
Belt
Built in reference plate
LED for diffuse reflection
(For YMC)
Position when shutter opens,
Position at (Patch detection)
Common light
receiving element
LED for front reflection (For K)
Position when shutter is closed
(reference plate is detected)
Parts for switching light path
of reference plate
10.5 Xerographic
10-45
(5) Adjustment during Print Job
Performing a print job consumes the toner in the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE. To keep a stable image
quality, toner is loaded in the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE even during printing. To achieve an
appropriate toner supply amount, the following controls are carried out:
- PCDC (Pixel Count Dispense Control)
Estimates the toner amount to be consumed by using the count value of the image data that
has been entered from the Controller to control the toner supply amount to the Developer. The
supply amount control is performed using the Toner Dispense time.
(6) Adjustment after printing
When more than 20 sheets has been printed in total, the following image quality adjustments
described in (1) to (4) are carried out.
- Toner Cartridge Management
(1) Near Empty detection
Counts the operation time of the Dispense Clutch, which operates to supply toner from the
Cartridge. When the time exceeds a specified value, Near Empty is detected.
(2) Empty detection
Whether or not the Cartridge has no toner is determined by using the TC value. When the read
value from the TC patch is low, forced toner supply (Admix Control) is performed. If the low
density persists, Toner Empty is detected.
(3) Empty reset
In the Toner Empty status, turning the power OFF/ON and opening/closing a cover are
considered that the toner cartridge has been replaced. When the system considers the Toner
Cartridge is placed (installed), it carries out forced toner supply.
ROS ASSY
Toner Cartridge
Developer Assy
Dispense
Clutch
MOT ASSY MAG
Auger
(MCU PWB)
Leg_Sec06_062FB
Drum
Laser beam
(Printer controller)
Video signal
Video signal count
Calculation of
dispense time
Calculation of
toner consumption
10.6 Electrical
10-46
10.6 Electrical
The following illustrates and describes the main functional parts.
10.6.1 Primary Operations
The PWBA MCU communicates with the Printer Controller and controls the units for printing
operation.
The LV/HVPS supplies the +24VDC, +5VDC and +3.3VDC power supplies from the AC power
supply to respective units and supplies high voltages to the units for transfer or discharge.
The PWBA HVPS supplies high voltages to the IBT Cleaner, 2nd BTR and Cleaning Sheet.
- PWBA FUSER CONT (PL12.2.12)
The PWBA FUSER CONT controls the ON/OFF of the Fuser Lamp and turns ON/OFF the AC
power supply, which is supplied to the machine by using the Switch on the PWBA.
- PWB ASSY ROT (PL12.1.10)
The PWB ASSY ROT uses the PWBA MCU input signals to generate pulses for the Motor and
supplies them to the Motor.
SWITCH-FUSER DOOR
FUSER LOCK SWITCH
SWITCH 2BTR COVER
SWITCH ASSY TOP
OP PANEL
PWBA HVPS
PWB ASSY ROT
PWBA MCU
LV / HVPS
PWBA CRUM
PWBA ESS
PWBA FUSER CONT
SWITCH-PH DOOR
SWITCH-INLK FUSER
Leg_Sec06_061EC
10.6 Electrical
10-47
The PWBA ESS converts print data that has been input from a network, USB or parallel port etc.
and communicates with a PC. The optional expansion memory is 512MB at the maximum.
- OP PANEL (PL1.1.17)
The OP PANEL displays the machine status by using the LCD and LED and perform operations
with the Switches on the OP PANEL.
- SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36)
The SWITCH-FUSER DOOR is a switch to detect the opening/closing of the COVER FUSER.
- SWITCH-PH DOOR (PL5.2.23)
The SWITCH-PH DOOR is a switch to detect the opening/closing of the CHUTE ASSY REAR.
- PWBA CRUM (PL12.1.11)
This is a non-volatile memory that stores machine information. (Non-Volatile Memory)
- SWITCH 2BTR COVER (PL6.1.18)
The SWITCH 2BTR COVER is a switch to detect the opening/closing of the COVER-RR 2ND.
- SWITCH ASSY TOP (PL1.1.7)
The SWITCH ASSY TOP is a switch to disconnect +24VDC drive power supply for the Motor etc.
when the COVER TOP and COVER FRONT ASSY U are opened.
- SWITCH-INLK FUSER (PL1.1.34)
The SWITCH-INLK FUSER is a switch to disconnect +24VDC drive power supply for the Motor
etc. when the COVER FUSER is opened.
- FUSER LOCK SWITCH (PL10.1.6)
The FUSER LOCK SWITCH is a switch to disconnect the coil power supply for the Fuser Lamp
power supply relay in the PWBA FUSER CONT when the Fuser latch lever is released.
Leg_Sec06_072EB
FUSER LOCK SWITCH
FUSER ASSY
Latch Lever
10.7 Operation Modes
10-48
10.7 Operation Modes
There are 7 operation modes:
- WARM UP mode The status when the machine is warming up (before it gets ready to
print).
- READY mode The status when the machine is waiting for a print operation after the
WARM UP mode.
- PRINTING mode The status when the machine is printing.
- LIGHT SLEEP mode The status when the Fuser has been turned OFF to save electricity.
- DEEP SLEEP mode The status when the +24VDC is turned OFF in addition to the status in
the LIGHT SLEEP mode to save electricity.
- DIAG TEST mode The status when the machine is ready to accept diag commands or
performing a diag.
- ERROR mode The status when the machine has detected any error.
(Excluding the errors related to No Paper Tray, No Paper and Life Warnings)
The status transition among the modes is shown below.
NOTE
l
For more information on the transitions between each mode, refer to the interface
specifications.
Leg_Sec06_065FA
Power Up
ERROR
mode
DEEP SLEEP mode
LIGHT SLEEP mode
WARM UP mode
READY mode
PRINTING mode
DIAG TEST
mode
Warmed Up
PAGE on
SLPOFF
SLPOFF
SLPON
(Deep)
SLPON
(Light)
SLPON
(Light)
DIAGOFF
DIAGON
Any Mode
PERST
ENGERR
ENGERR
ENGERR
SLPON
(Deep)

DocuPrint C525 A Service Manual 1st Edition

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

DocuPrint C525 A Service Manual 1st Edition

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DocuPrint C525 A

Service Manual 1st Edition

You might also like